ansi/tia/eia standard 568b.2 - Telecommunications Industry

Add to my manuals
299 Pages

advertisement

ansi/tia/eia standard 568b.2 - Telecommunications Industry | Manualzz

Draft 1.0

Wednesday, March 8, 2017

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

TR-42.7-2017-06-0xx Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)

Quebec City, Ca. June 2017

TITLE:

Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and

Components Standard

PN-568.2-D PROJECT NUMBER (PN):

DRAFT Number

Date of preparation

ABSTRACT: Working Draft 1.0 for first committee ballot 06-17.

Revision history:

Jan-23-2016: Initial merge of ANSI/TIA 568-C.2, and ANSI/TIA 568-C.2-1 (draft 3.3)

Aug-22-2016 Consolidate channel and permanent link requirements for all cats. Remove content of annexes B, C, D, F for editing in Annex X task group.

October 21, 2016 Implement comment resolution 123b Combined-568-2-DComForm-EdRec.doc from

October 5 th 2016 TR-42.7 meeting Philadelphia, PA.

October 25, 2016 Editorial touchup WL comments added to 123c Combined-568-2-DComForm implemented.doc

March 7, 2017 incorporate comment resolution from February 2017 TR-42.7 meeting Philadelphia, Pa.

TR42.7-2017-02-022c-568-2-D-combined-comments - resolved.

- i -

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

NOTICE

{TIA staff to insert applicable text here.} ii

16

17

18

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

25

26

27

28

29

19

20

21

22

23

24

30

12

13

14

15

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunications Cabling and Components Standard

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 SCOPE 1

2 NORMATIVE AND INFORMATIVE REFERENCES ............................................................................... 1

3 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS, UNITS OF MEASURE ..................................... 3

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

General ......................................................................................................................................... 3

Definitions ..................................................................................................................................... 3

Acronyms and abbreviations ........................................................................................................ 5

Units of measure ........................................................................................................................... 6

3.5

Variables ....................................................................................................................................... 6

4 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................... 7

4.1

Backward compatibility and interoperability .................................................................................. 7

4.2

Recognized categories ................................................................................................................. 7

5 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................... 8

5.1

5.2

Channel mechanical performance ................................................................................................ 8

Permanent link mechanical performance ..................................................................................... 8

5.3

Horizontal cable (cabling subsystem 1) mechanical performance ............................................... 8

5.3.1

Insulated conductor....................................................................................................................... 8

5.3.2

Pair assembly ............................................................................................................................... 8

5.3.3

Insulated conductor color code ..................................................................................................... 8

5.3.4

Horizontal cable diameter ........................................................................................................... 10

5.3.5

Horizontal cable breaking strength ............................................................................................. 10

5.3.6

Horizontal cable cold bend radius ............................................................................................... 10

5.3.7

Horizontal cable performance marking ....................................................................................... 10

5.3.8

Horizontal cable core wrap ......................................................................................................... 10

5.3.9

Horizontal cable core shield (screened only) .............................................................................. 10

5.3.10

Horizontal cable dielectric strength (screened only) ................................................................... 10

5.4

Bundled and hybrid cable mechanical performance................................................................... 10

5.5

Cord cable mechanical performance .......................................................................................... 11

5.5.1

Cord cable general...................................................................................................................... 11

5.5.2

Cord cable flex life (screened only) ............................................................................................ 11

5.6

Backbone cable (cabling subsystem 2 and 3) mechanical performance ................................... 11

5.6.1

Backbone cable insulated conductor .......................................................................................... 11

5.6.2

Pair assembly ............................................................................................................................. 11

5.6.3

Insulated conductor color code ................................................................................................... 11

5.6.4

Core assembly ............................................................................................................................ 12

5.6.5

Core shield .................................................................................................................................. 12

5.6.6

Jacket .......................................................................................................................................... 12

5.6.7

Performance marking ................................................................................................................. 12

5.6.8

Dielectric strength (screened only) ............................................................................................. 12

5.6.9

Core shield resistance ................................................................................................................ 12

5.7

Connecting hardware mechanical performance ......................................................................... 12

5.7.1

Connecting hardware environmental compatibility ..................................................................... 12

5.7.2

Connecting hardware mounting .................................................................................................. 12

5.7.3

Connecting hardware mechanical termination density ............................................................... 13

5.7.4

Connecting hardware design ...................................................................................................... 13

5.7.5

Work area telecommunications/equipment outlet/connector ...................................................... 14

5.7.6

Performance marking ................................................................................................................. 15

5.7.7

Connecting hardware reliability ................................................................................................... 15

- i -

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

58

59

60

61

62

63

72

73

74

75

76

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

77

78

79

80

81

82

52

53

54

55

56

57

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.7.8

Connecting hardware shield mating interface (screened only) .................................................. 15

5.7.9

Connecting hardware shield continuity (screened only) ............................................................. 16

5.8

Cords and jumpers mechanical performance ............................................................................. 16

5.8.1

Cords and jumpers insulated conductor ..................................................................................... 16

5.8.2

Cords and jumpers insulated conductor color codes .................................................................. 16

6 TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................... 17

6.1

General ....................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.1

Return loss .................................................................................................................................. 17

6.1.2

Insertion loss ............................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.3

NEXT loss ................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.4

PSNEXT loss .............................................................................................................................. 17

6.1.5

FEXT loss ................................................................................................................................... 17

6.1.6

ACRF .......................................................................................................................................... 18

6.1.7

PSACRF ..................................................................................................................................... 18

6.1.8

TCL ............................................................................................................................................. 18

6.1.9

ELTCTL ....................................................................................................................................... 19

6.1.10

Coupling attenuation ................................................................................................................... 19

6.1.11

Propagation delay ....................................................................................................................... 19

6.1.12

Propagation delay skew .............................................................................................................. 19

6.1.13

PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................................................ 19

6.1.14

Average PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................................. 20

6.1.15

PSAFEXT loss (connecting hardware only) ............................................................................... 20

6.1.16

PSAACRF ................................................................................................................................... 20

6.1.17

Average PSAACRF..................................................................................................................... 22

6.2

Category 3 through category 6A channel configuration ............................................................. 22

6.3

Category 8 channel configuration ............................................................................................... 23

6.3.1

Category 3 through category 6A DC loop resistance ................................................................. 24

6.3.2

Category 8 channel DC loop resistance ..................................................................................... 24

6.3.3

Channel DC resistance unbalance ............................................................................................. 24

6.3.4

Category 8 channel DC resistance unbalance between pairs .................................................... 24

6.3.5

Channel mutual capacitance ...................................................................................................... 25

6.3.6

Channel capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground ........................................................................ 25

6.3.7

Channel characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL) .......................................... 25

6.3.8

Channel return loss ..................................................................................................................... 25

6.3.9

Category 3 through category 6A insertion loss ........................................................................... 26

6.3.10

Category 8 insertion loss ............................................................................................................ 27

6.3.11

Channel NEXT loss..................................................................................................................... 29

6.3.12

Channel PSNEXT loss ................................................................................................................ 31

6.3.13

Channel FEXT loss ..................................................................................................................... 32

6.3.14

Channel ACRF ............................................................................................................................ 33

6.3.15

Channel PSFEXT loss ................................................................................................................ 34

6.3.16

Channel PSACRF ....................................................................................................................... 35

6.3.17

Channel TCL ............................................................................................................................... 36

6.3.18

Channel TCTL ............................................................................................................................. 37

6.3.19

Channel ELTCTL ........................................................................................................................ 38

6.3.20

Channel coupling attenuation (screened only) ........................................................................... 39

6.3.21

Category 8 channel coupling attenuation ................................................................................... 39

6.3.22

Channel Propagation delay ........................................................................................................ 40

6.3.23

Channel propagation delay skew ................................................................................................ 41

6.3.24

Channel ANEXT loss .................................................................................................................. 41

6.3.25

Channel PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................................. 42

6.3.26

Channel Average PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................... 44

6.3.27

Channel AFEXT loss .................................................................................................................. 45

6.3.28

Channel PSAFEXT loss .............................................................................................................. 45

6.3.29

Channel PSAACRF..................................................................................................................... 45

ii

107

131

132

133

134

135

136

137

138

123

124

125

126

127

128

129

130

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

108

109

110

111

112

113

114

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

147

154

155

156

157

158

159

160

161

148

149

150

151

152

153

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.30

Channel average PSAACRF ...................................................................................................... 46

6.4

Permanent link transmission performance ................................................................................. 48

6.4.1

Category 3 through 6A permanent link DC loop resistance ....................................................... 49

6.4.2

Category 8 permanent link DC loop resistance .......................................................................... 49

6.4.3

Category 3 through 6A Permanent link DC resistance unbalance ............................................. 49

6.4.4

Category 8 permanent link DC resistance unbalance within a pair ............................................ 49

6.4.5

Category 8 permanent link DC resistance unbalance between pairs......................................... 50

6.4.6

Permanent link mutual capacitance ............................................................................................ 50

6.4.7

Permanent link capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground ............................................................. 50

6.4.8

Permanent link characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL)................................ 50

6.4.9

Permanent link return loss .......................................................................................................... 51

6.4.10

Category 3 through 6A permanent link Insertion loss ................................................................. 53

6.4.11

Category 8 permanent link insertion loss ................................................................................... 53

6.4.12

Permanent link NEXT loss .......................................................................................................... 55

6.4.13

Permanent link PSNEXT loss ..................................................................................................... 57

6.4.14

Permanent link FEXT loss .......................................................................................................... 58

6.4.15

Permanent link ACRF ................................................................................................................. 59

6.4.16

Permanent link PSFEXT loss ..................................................................................................... 60

6.4.17

Category 3 through 6A permanent link PSACRF ....................................................................... 61

6.4.18

Permanent link TCL .................................................................................................................... 62

6.4.19

Permanent link TCTL .................................................................................................................. 63

6.4.20

Permanent link ELTCTL ............................................................................................................. 63

6.4.21

Permanent link coupling attenuation (screened only) ................................................................. 64

6.4.22

Permanent link propagation delay .............................................................................................. 65

6.4.23

Permanent link propagation delay skew ..................................................................................... 66

6.4.24

Permanent link ANEXT loss ....................................................................................................... 66

6.4.25

Permanent link PSANEXT loss ................................................................................................... 67

6.4.26

Permanent link average PSANEXT Loss ................................................................................... 69

6.4.27

Permanent link AFEXT loss ........................................................................................................ 70

6.4.28

Permanent link PSAFEXT loss ................................................................................................... 70

6.4.29

Permanent link PSAACRF .......................................................................................................... 71

6.4.30

Permanent link average PSAACRF loss .................................................................................... 72

6.5

Category 8 direct attach channel transmission performance ..................................................... 73

6.5.1

Category 8 direct attach channel return loss .............................................................................. 73

6.5.2

Category 8 direct attach channel insertion loss .......................................................................... 74

6.5.3

Category 8 direct attach channel NEXT loss .............................................................................. 75

6.5.4

Category 8 direct attach channel PSNEXT loss ......................................................................... 77

6.5.5

Category 8 direct attach channel ACRF ..................................................................................... 79

6.5.6

Category 8 direct attach channel PSACRF ................................................................................ 81

6.5.7

Category 8 direct attach channel propagation delay .................................................................. 82

6.5.8

Category 8 direct attach channel propagation delay skew ......................................................... 82

6.6

Horizontal cable transmission performance ............................................................................... 82

6.6.1

Horizontal cable DC resistance .................................................................................................. 83

6.6.2

Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance ................................................................................ 83

6.6.3

Horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance ................................................................................. 83

6.6.4

Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance............................................................... 83

6.6.5

Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance pair-to-pair ............................................ 83

6.6.6

Horizontal cable Mutual capacitance .......................................................................................... 83

6.6.7

Horizontal cable Capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground........................................................... 84

6.6.8

Horizontal cable Characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL) ............................. 84

6.6.9

Horizontal cable Return loss ....................................................................................................... 86

6.6.10

Horizontal cable Insertion loss .................................................................................................... 87

6.6.11

Horizontal cable NEXT loss ........................................................................................................ 89

6.6.12

Horizontal cable PSNEXT loss ................................................................................................... 90

6.6.13

Horizontal cable FEXT loss ........................................................................................................ 91

iii

182

183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

168

169

170

171

172

173

174

175

162

163

164

165

166

167

176

177

178

179

180

181

208

209

210

211

212

213

214

215

216

199

200

201

202

203

204

205

206

207

191

192

193

194

195

196

197

198

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.14

Horizontal cable ACRF ............................................................................................................... 91

6.6.15

Horizontal cable PSFEXT loss .................................................................................................... 92

6.6.16

Horizontal cable PSACRF .......................................................................................................... 92

6.6.17

Horizontal cable TCL .................................................................................................................. 93

6.6.18

Horizontal cable TCTL ................................................................................................................ 94

6.6.19

Horizontal cable ELTCTL ............................................................................................................ 94

6.6.20

Horizontal cable coupling attenuation (screened only) ............................................................... 95

6.6.21

Horizontal cable Propagation delay ............................................................................................ 96

6.6.22

Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay .......................................................................... 96

6.6.23

Category 3 through 6A horizontal cable propagation delay skew .............................................. 97

6.6.24

Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay skew ................................................................. 97

6.6.25

Horizontal cable surface transfer impedance (screened only) ................................................... 97

6.6.26

Horizontal cable ANEXT loss ...................................................................................................... 98

6.6.27

Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss ................................................................................................. 98

6.6.28

Horizontal cable Average PSANEXT loss .................................................................................. 99

6.6.29

Horizontal cable AFEXT loss ...................................................................................................... 99

6.6.30

Horizontal cable PSAFEXT loss ................................................................................................. 99

6.6.31

Horizontal cable PSAACRF ........................................................................................................ 99

6.6.32

Category 8 horizontal cable PSAACRF .................................................................................... 100

6.6.33

Horizontal cable Average PSAACRF........................................................................................ 100

6.7

Bundled and hybrid cable transmission performance............................................................... 100

6.7.1

Bundled and hybrid cable PSNEXT loss .................................................................................. 101

6.7.2

Bundled and hybrid cable PSNEXT loss from internal and external pairs (category 6 cables only) 101

6.8

Cord cable transmission performance ...................................................................................... 101

6.8.1

Cord cable DC resistance ......................................................................................................... 101

6.8.2

Cord cable return loss ............................................................................................................... 102

6.8.3

Category 3 through 6A cord cable insertion loss ...................................................................... 103

6.8.4

Category 8 cord cable insertion loss......................................................................................... 104

6.9

Backbone cable transmission performance .............................................................................. 105

6.9.1

Backbone cable insertion loss .................................................................................................. 105

6.9.2

Backbone cable NEXT loss ...................................................................................................... 105

6.9.3

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss ............................................................ 106

6.9.4

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF ........................................................................ 108

6.9.5

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF .................................................................... 110

6.9.6

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay ..................................................... 111

6.9.7

Category 5e through 6A backbone cable propagation delay skew .......................................... 111

6.10

Connecting hardware transmission performance ..................................................................... 112

6.10.1

Connecting hardware DC resistance ........................................................................................ 112

6.10.2

Connecting hardware DC contact resistance ........................................................................... 113

6.10.3

Connecting hardware DC resistance unbalance ...................................................................... 113

6.10.4

Connecting hardware mutual capacitance ............................................................................... 113

6.10.5

Connecting hardware capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground ................................................. 113

6.10.6

Connecting hardware characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL) ................... 113

6.10.7

Connecting hardware return loss .............................................................................................. 113

6.10.8

Connecting hardware insertion loss.......................................................................................... 115

6.10.9

Connecting hardware NEXT loss .............................................................................................. 116

6.10.10

Connecting hardware PSNEXT loss ......................................................................................... 117

6.10.11

Connecting hardware FEXT loss .............................................................................................. 118

6.10.12

Connecting hardware ACRF ..................................................................................................... 119

6.10.13

Connecting hardware PSFEXT loss ......................................................................................... 119

6.10.14

Connecting hardware PSACRF ................................................................................................ 119

6.10.15

Connecting hardware TCL ........................................................................................................ 120

6.10.16

Connecting hardware TCTL ...................................................................................................... 121

6.10.17

Connecting hardware ELTCTL ................................................................................................. 121

iv

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248

249

250

251

252

253

254

255

256

257

258

259

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

233

234

235

236

237

238

239

217

218

219

220

221

222

223

224

225

226

227

228

229

230

231

232

6.10.18

Connecting hardware coupling attenuation (screened only) .................................................... 122

6.10.19

Connecting hardware propagation delay .................................................................................. 122

6.10.20

Connecting hardware propagation delay skew ......................................................................... 122

6.10.21

Connecting hardware shield transfer impedance (screened only) ........................................... 122

6.10.22

Connecting hardware ANEXT loss ........................................................................................... 123

6.10.23

Connecting hardware PSANEXT loss ...................................................................................... 123

6.10.24

Connecting hardware Average PSANEXT loss ........................................................................ 124

6.10.25

Connecting hardware AFEXT loss ............................................................................................ 124

6.10.26

Connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss ....................................................................................... 124

6.10.27

Connecting hardware PSAACRF .............................................................................................. 125

6.10.28

Connecting hardware Average PSAACRF ............................................................................... 125

6.11

Cord transmission performance ................................................................................................ 126

6.11.1

Cord return loss ........................................................................................................................ 126

6.11.2

Work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss .................................................................. 127

Annex A (normative) - Reliability testing of connecting hardware ................................................ 131

A.1

A.2

A.3

A.4

General ..................................................................................................................................... 131

Modular plugs and jacks ........................................................................................................... 131

Solderless connections ............................................................................................................. 133

Other connecting hardware ...................................................................................................... 133

A.5

Informative examples of referenced test schedules ................................................................. 135

A.5.1

General ..................................................................................................................................... 135

A.5.2

Non-accessible IDC, IEC 60352-3 ............................................................................................ 135

A.5.3

Modular plug and jack, IEC 60603-7 series .............................................................................. 136

Annex B (normative) - Measurement requirements ......................................................................... 137

B.1

General test configuration ......................................................................................................... 137

B.2

Termination of a cable DUT to test system .............................................................................. 137

B.2.1

Interconnections between the device under test (DUT) and the calibration plane ................... 137

B.2.1.1

Test lead return loss requirements ........................................................................................ 138

B.3

B.4

Ground plane requirements ...................................................................................................... 140

Network analyzer requirements ................................................................................................ 140

B.5

Measurement points and spacing ............................................................................................. 140

B.6

Impedance matching terminations ............................................................................................ 141

B.6.1

Resistor terminations ................................................................................................................ 141

B.6.2

Termination return loss performance at the calibration plane .................................................. 141

B.6.3

Termination TCL performance at the calibration plane ............................................................ 142

B.6.4

Calibration methods .................................................................................................................. 142

B.6.4.1

Two-port calibration of the test system .................................................................................. 142

B.6.4.2

One-port calibration of the test system .................................................................................. 143

B.7

General calibration plane .......................................................................................................... 143

B.7.1

Calibration references ............................................................................................................... 143

B.7.1.1

50

 and 100  calibration reference load requirements ..................................................... 143

B.7.1.2

Calibration reference load return loss requirement ............................................................... 144

B.7.2

Typical test equipment performance parameters ..................................................................... 144

Annex C (normative) - Cabling and component test procedures .................................................. 145

C.1

Measurement test setup and apparatus ................................................................................... 145

C.1.1

Balun terminations .................................................................................................................... 145

C.1.2

Balun requirements ................................................................................................................... 145

C.2

Testing of cabling ...................................................................................................................... 147

C.2.1

Cabling DC resistance .............................................................................................................. 147

C.2.2

Return loss testing of cables and channels .............................................................................. 147

C.2.2.1

Test configuration of cable and channel return loss .............................................................. 147

v

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

315

316

317

318

319

320

321

322

323

308

309

310

311

312

313

314

295

296

297

298

299

300

301

302

303

304

305

306

307

282

283

284

285

286

287

288

289

290

291

292

293

294

274

275

276

277

278

279

280

281

268

269

270

271

272

273

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.2.2

Measurement of cable and channel return loss .................................................................... 148

C.2.3

Insertion loss of cables and channels ....................................................................................... 149

C.2.3.1

Test configuration of cable and channel insertion loss ......................................................... 149

C.2.3.2

Calibration of cable and channel insertion loss ..................................................................... 150

C.2.3.3

Measurement of cable and channel insertion loss ................................................................ 150

C.2.4

NEXT loss of cables and channels ........................................................................................... 150

C.2.4.1

Test configuration of cable and channel NEXT loss ............................................................. 150

C.2.4.2

Calibration of cable and channel NEXT loss ......................................................................... 151

C.2.4.3

Measurement of cable and channel NEXT loss .................................................................... 152

C.2.5

FEXT loss of cables and channels ........................................................................................... 152

C.2.5.1

Test configuration of cable and channel FEXT loss .............................................................. 152

C.2.5.2

Calibration of cable and channel FEXT loss ......................................................................... 153

C.2.5.3

Measurement of cable and channel FEXT loss ..................................................................... 154

C.2.6

Cable and channel propagation delay ...................................................................................... 154

C.2.6.1

Test configuration of cable and channel propagation delay .................................................. 154

C.2.6.2

Calibration of cable and channel propagation delay ............................................................. 154

C.2.6.3

Measurement of cable and channel propagation delay ........................................................ 154

C.2.7

TCL of cables and channels ..................................................................................................... 154

C.2.7.1

Test configuration of cable and channel TCL ........................................................................ 154

C.2.7.2

Calibration of channel TCL .................................................................................................... 155

C.2.7.3

Measurement of cable and channel TCL .............................................................................. 157

C.2.8

TCTL of cables and channels ................................................................................................... 157

C.2.8.1

Test configuration of channel TCTL ...................................................................................... 158

C.2.8.2

Calibration of cable and channel TCTL ................................................................................. 159

C.2.8.3

Measurement of cable and channel TCTL ............................................................................ 160

C.2.9

Cable and channel measurement precautions ......................................................................... 160

C.2.10

Screened or shielded cable and channel measurement configurations ................................... 160

C.3

Permanent link test procedures ................................................................................................ 160

C.3.1

Permanent link measurement configurations ........................................................................... 160

C.3.2

Calibration of permanent link test configurations. ..................................................................... 160

C.3.3

Return loss of permanent links ................................................................................................. 161

C.3.3.1

Test configuration of permanent link return loss ................................................................... 161

C.3.3.2

Calibration of permanent link return loss ............................................................................... 161

C.3.3.3

Measurement of permanent link return loss .......................................................................... 161

C.3.4

Insertion loss of permanent link ................................................................................................ 161

C.3.4.1

Test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, (also used for FEXT loss, ACRF, and propagation delay) .................................................................................................................................... 161

C.3.4.2

Calibration of permanent link insertion loss ........................................................................... 162

C.3.4.3

Measurement of permanent link insertion loss ...................................................................... 162

C.3.5

NEXT loss of permanent link .................................................................................................... 162

C.3.5.1

Test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss .................................................................. 162

C.3.5.2

Calibration of permanent link NEXT loss ............................................................................... 163

C.3.5.3

Measurement of permanent link NEXT loss .......................................................................... 163

C.3.6

FEXT loss of permanent link ..................................................................................................... 163

C.3.6.1

Test configuration of permanent link FEXT loss .................................................................... 163

C.3.6.2

Calibration of permanent link FEXT loss ............................................................................... 163

C.3.6.3

Measurement of permanent link FEXT loss .......................................................................... 163

C.3.7

TCL of permanent link .............................................................................................................. 164

C.3.7.1

Test configuration of permanent link TCL ............................................................................. 164

C.3.7.2

Calibration of permanent link TCL ......................................................................................... 165

C.3.7.3

Measurement of permanent link TCL .................................................................................... 165

C.3.8

TCTL of permanent link ............................................................................................................ 165

C.3.8.1

Test configuration of permanent link TCTL ........................................................................... 165

C.3.8.2

Calibration of permanent link TCTL ....................................................................................... 166

C.3.8.3

Measurement of permanent link TCTL .................................................................................. 166

C.3.9

Propagation delay of permanent link ........................................................................................ 166

vi

355

356

357

358

359

360

361

362

363

348

349

350

351

352

353

354

364

365

366

367

368

369

370

371

340

341

342

343

344

345

346

347

333

334

335

336

337

338

339

372

373

374

375

376

377

378

324

325

326

327

328

329

330

331

332

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.3.9.1

Test configuration of permanent link propagation delay ....................................................... 166

C.3.9.2

Calibration of permanent link propagation delay ................................................................... 166

C.3.9.3

Measurement of permanent link propagation delay .............................................................. 166

C.4

Direct Attach measurement procedures ................................................................................... 167

C.4.1

Direct attach test configurations ............................................................................................... 167

C.5

Modular cord test procedures ................................................................................................... 171

C.5.1

Network analyzer test configuration .......................................................................................... 171

C.5.2

Test fixturing for modular cords ................................................................................................ 173

C.5.3

Modular cord measurements. ................................................................................................... 173

C.6

Connecting hardware testing .................................................................................................... 174

C.6.1

Connecting hardware measurement configurations ................................................................. 174

C.6.2

Return loss measurements ....................................................................................................... 174

C.6.3

Insertion loss measurements .................................................................................................... 174

C.6.4

NEXT loss measurements ........................................................................................................ 175

C.6.4.1

Connecting hardware NEXT loss measurement and calculation of plug limit vector responses in the forward direction .............................................................................................................................. 175

C.6.4.2

Connecting hardware NEXT loss measurement and calculation of plug limit vector responses in the reverse direction .............................................................................................................................. 175

C.6.4.3

Determining the plug NEXT loss limit vectors ....................................................................... 176

C.6.4.4

Connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements .................................................................... 177

C.6.4.5

FEXT loss measurements ..................................................................................................... 177

C.6.4.6

TCL measurements ............................................................................................................... 177

C.6.4.7

TCTL measurements ............................................................................................................. 178

C.6.5

Test plug characterization ......................................................................................................... 178

C.6.5.1

Test plug measurement ......................................................................................................... 178

C.6.5.2

Test plug construction ........................................................................................................... 178

C.6.5.3

Test plug qualification ............................................................................................................ 182

C.6.5.4

Test plug NEXT loss requirements ........................................................................................ 183

C.6.5.5

Test plug NEXT loss measurement ....................................................................................... 185

C.6.5.6

Test plug FEXT loss requirements ........................................................................................ 186

C.6.5.7

Test plug FEXT loss measurement ....................................................................................... 186

C.6.5.8

Test plug return loss requirements ........................................................................................ 187

C.6.5.9

Test plug return loss measurement ....................................................................................... 188

C.6.5.9.1

Test plug return loss interconnections and termination ..................................................... 188

C.6.5.10

Direct fixture........................................................................................................................... 189

C.6.5.10.1

Procedure for mating a test plug to the direct fixture ......................................................... 190

C.6.5.11

Test plug phase reference plane and calibration planes ....................................................... 191

C.6.5.11.1

Device delay measurements .............................................................................................. 192

C.6.5.11.2

Network analyzer settings for delay measurement ............................................................ 192

C.6.5.11.3

Test plug delay and port extension .................................................................................... 192

C.6.5.11.3.1

C.6.5.11.3.2

Calculation of port extension ....................................................................................... 193

Plug delay correction ................................................................................................... 193

C.6.5.11.4

Direct fixture delay and port extension ............................................................................... 193

C.6.5.11.5

Alternative delay procedure for a test plug......................................................................... 194

C.6.6

Category 6A measurement reproducibility ............................................................................... 194

C.6.6.1

NEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories ............................................. 194

C.6.6.2

FEXT loss test plug measurement reproducibility between laboratories .............................. 195

C.6.6.3

Return loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories ........................................... 195

C.7

Modular cord test head requirements ....................................................................................... 196

C.7.1

Modular cord test head NEXT loss ........................................................................................... 196

C.7.2

Modular cord test head FEXT loss ........................................................................................... 196

C.7.3

Modular cord test head return loss ........................................................................................... 196

C.8

Alien crosstalk measurements .................................................................................................. 198

C.8.1

Cabling ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss laboratory measurement procedures ........................... 198

C.8.1.1

Cabling test configuration for ANEXT and AFEXT loss ........................................................ 198

vii

385

386

387

388

389

390

391

392

379

380

381

382

383

384

393

394

395

396

397

398

399

421

422

423

424

425

426

427

428

429

413

414

415

416

417

418

419

420

400

401

402

403

404

405

406

407

408

409

410

411

412

430

431

432

433

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.8.1.1.1

Termination of pairs ............................................................................................................ 198

C.8.1.2

Calibration of cabling ANEXT loss or AFEXT loss ................................................................ 198

C.8.1.3

Calculation of cabling PSANEXT loss or PSAFEXT loss ...................................................... 198

C.8.1.3.1

PSANEXT calculation procedure ....................................................................................... 198

C.8.1.3.2

PSAACRF calculation procedure ....................................................................................... 198

C.8.2

ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss of cable ...................................................................................... 200

C.8.2.1

Test configuration for cable ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss ................................................... 200

C.8.2.2

Calibration of cable ANEXT and AFEXT loss ........................................................................ 200

C.8.2.3

Measurement of cable ANEXT and AFEXT loss ................................................................... 200

C.8.2.4

Cable PSAFEXT loss and PSAACRF calculation ................................................................. 200

C.8.3

Connecting Hardware ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss measurements ...................................... 200

C.8.3.1

Measurement outline ............................................................................................................. 200

C.8.3.2

Network analyzer settings ..................................................................................................... 201

C.8.3.3

Measurement floor ................................................................................................................. 201

C.8.3.4

DUT setup for ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss measurement ................................................. 201

C.8.3.5

Disturbing connectors included ............................................................................................. 203

C.8.3.6

PSANEXT loss and PSAFEXT loss calculation .................................................................... 204

Annex D (normative) - Cabling and component test procedures .................................................. 205

D.1

Balunless measurement requirements ..................................................................................... 205

D.1.1

Resistor terminations used with balunless measurement systems .......................................... 205

D.2

Calibration methods .................................................................................................................. 206

D.3

Testing of cables and cabling ................................................................................................... 206

D.3.1

Cabling and cable measurement procedures ........................................................................... 206

D.3.2

Cabling and cable DC resistance ............................................................................................. 206

D.3.3

Cabling and cable return loss ................................................................................................... 206

D.3.3.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable return loss ............................................................... 206

D.3.3.2

Calibration of cabling and cable return loss .......................................................................... 207

D.3.3.3

Measurement of cabling and cable return loss ...................................................................... 207

D.3.4

Insertion loss of cables and channels ....................................................................................... 207

D.3.4.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable insertion loss ........................................................... 207

D.3.4.2

Calibration of cabling and cable insertion loss ...................................................................... 208

D.3.4.3

Measurement of cabling and cable insertion loss ................................................................. 208

D.3.5

NEXT loss of cables and channels ........................................................................................... 208

D.3.5.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable NEXT loss ............................................................... 208

D.3.5.2

Calibration of cabling and cable NEXT loss .......................................................................... 209

D.3.5.3

Measurement of cabling and cable NEXT loss ..................................................................... 209

D.3.6

FEXT loss of cables and channels ........................................................................................... 209

D.3.6.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable FEXT loss ............................................................... 209

D.3.6.2

Calibration of cabling and cable FEXT loss ........................................................................... 210

D.3.6.3

Measurement of cabling and cable FEXT loss ...................................................................... 210

D.3.7

TCL of cabling and cables ........................................................................................................ 210

D.3.7.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable TCL ......................................................................... 210

D.3.7.2

Calibration for measurement of cabling and cable TCL ........................................................ 210

D.3.8

TCTL of cabling and cables ...................................................................................................... 210

D.3.8.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable TCTL ....................................................................... 210

D.3.8.2

Calibration of cabling and cable TCTL .................................................................................. 210

D.3.8.3

Measurement of cabling and cable TCTL ............................................................................. 211

D.3.9

Propagation delay of cabling and cable .................................................................................... 211

D.3.9.1

Test configuration of cabling and cable propagation delay ................................................... 211

D.3.9.2

Calibration of cabling and cable propagation delay............................................................... 211

D.3.9.3

Measurement of cabling and cable propagation delay .......................................................... 211

D.4

Permanent link test procedures ................................................................................................ 212

D.4.1

Permanent link measurement configurations ........................................................................... 212

D.4.2

Calibration of permanent link test configurations. ..................................................................... 212

D.4.3

Return loss of permanent links ................................................................................................. 212

viii

472

473

474

475

476

477

478

479

480

481

482

483

484

485

486

466

467

468

469

470

471

456

457

458

459

460

461

448

449

450

451

452

453

454

455

440

441

442

443

444

445

446

447

434

435

436

437

438

439

462

463

464

465

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.4.3.1

Test configuration of permanent link return loss ................................................................... 212

D.4.3.2

Calibration of permanent link return loss ............................................................................... 213

D.4.3.3

Measurement of permanent link return loss .......................................................................... 213

D.4.4

Insertion loss of permanent link ................................................................................................ 213

D.4.4.1

Test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, (also used for FEXT loss, ACRF, and propagation delay) .................................................................................................................................... 213

D.4.4.2

Calibration of permanent link insertion loss ........................................................................... 213

D.4.4.3

Measurement of permanent link insertion loss ...................................................................... 213

D.4.5

NEXT loss of permanent link .................................................................................................... 213

D.4.5.1

Test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss .................................................................. 213

D.4.5.2

Calibration of permanent link NEXT loss ............................................................................... 214

D.4.5.3

Measurement of permanent link NEXT loss .......................................................................... 214

D.4.6

FEXT loss of permanent link ..................................................................................................... 214

D.4.6.1

Test configuration of permanent link FEXT loss .................................................................... 214

D.4.6.2

Calibration of permanent link FEXT loss ............................................................................... 214

D.4.6.3

Measurement of permanent link FEXT loss .......................................................................... 214

D.4.7

TCL of permanent link .............................................................................................................. 215

D.4.7.1

Test configuration of permanent link TCL ............................................................................. 215

D.4.7.2

Calibration of permanent link TCL ......................................................................................... 215

D.4.7.3

Measurement of permanent link TCL .................................................................................... 215

D.4.8

TCTL of permanent link ............................................................................................................ 215

D.4.8.1

Test configuration of permanent link TCTL ........................................................................... 215

D.4.8.2

Calibration of permanent link TCTL ....................................................................................... 215

D.4.8.3

Measurement of permanent link TCTL .................................................................................. 215

D.4.9

Propagation delay of permanent link ........................................................................................ 216

D.4.9.1

Test configuration of permanent link propagation delay ....................................................... 216

D.4.9.2

Calibration of permanent link propagation delay ................................................................... 216

D.4.9.3

Measurement of permanent link propagation delay .............................................................. 216

D.5

Balunless direct attach measurement procedures ................................................................... 217

D.5.1

Balunless direct attach test configurations ............................................................................... 217

D.6

Balunless modular cord test procedures .................................................................................. 221

D.6.1

Balunless network analyzer test configuration ......................................................................... 221

D.7

Connecting hardware test procedures ...................................................................................... 223

D.7.1

Connecting hardware measurement configurations ................................................................. 223

D.8

Balunless alien crosstalk for cabling, cable and connecting hardware. ................................... 224

D.8.1

Balunless ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss laboratory measurement procedures ....................... 224

D.8.1.1

Balunless connecting hardware ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss procedures .......................... 224

Annex E (normative) - Connecting hardware transfer impedance test method ........................... 227

E.1

Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 227

E.2

Purpose and scope ................................................................................................................... 227

E.3

Transfer impedance test method .............................................................................................. 227

E.3.1

General ..................................................................................................................................... 227

E.3.2

Test setup and apparatus ......................................................................................................... 229

E.3.3

Test method .............................................................................................................................. 236

E.3.3.1

Connecting hardware and cable preparation ........................................................................ 236

E.3.3.2

Calibration and measurement ............................................................................................... 236

E.3.4

Transfer impedance measurement consistency tests .............................................................. 237

E.3.4.1

Test orientation summary ...................................................................................................... 237

E.3.4.2

AC and DC resistance correlation ......................................................................................... 237

E.3.4.3

Open shield test ..................................................................................................................... 237

E.3.4.4

Measurement slope verification ............................................................................................. 237

Annex F (normative) - Modular Plug Terminated Link .................................................................... 238

F.1

Test configuration for modular plug terminated link .................................................................. 238

ix

505

506

507

508

509

510

511

512

513

514

515

516

517

518

519

520

521

522

523

524

525

526

527

528

529

530

531

532

533

497

498

499

500

501

502

503

504

487

488

489

490

491

492

493

494

495

496

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

F.2

Modular plug terminated link transmission requirements ......................................................... 238

Annex G (informative) - Connecting hardware test fixtures ........................................................... 239

G.1

G.2

G.3

G.4

G.5

General ..................................................................................................................................... 239

Additional components for connection to a network analyzer .................................................. 240

Direct fixture .............................................................................................................................. 241

PCB based test plug assembly ................................................................................................. 241

Connecting hardware measurement configuration ................................................................... 243

G.6

Test fixture calibration ............................................................................................................... 243

G.6.1

Calibration and reference plane location .................................................................................. 248

G.7

DUT connections using header PCB assemblies ..................................................................... 249

Annex H (informative) - Cable installation in higher temperature environments ......................... 250

H.1

H.2

General ..................................................................................................................................... 250

Insertion loss ............................................................................................................................. 250

H.3

Allowance for cable temperature .............................................................................................. 251

H.4

Installation example .................................................................................................................. 251

Annex I (informative) - Derivation of propagation delay from insertion loss equation .............. 252

I.1

Factoring the insertion loss equation ........................................................................................ 252

I.2

Developing the phase delay equation ...................................................................................... 254

Annex J (informative) - Development of channel and component return loss limits .................. 256

J.1

General ..................................................................................................................................... 256

J.2

Assumptions ............................................................................................................................. 257

J.2.1

Assumptions for the transmission matrix for cable ................................................................... 257

J.2.2

Assumptions for the transmission matrix for connectors .......................................................... 258

J.3

Return loss modeling results .................................................................................................... 259

Annex K (informative) - Modeling configurations and length scaling ........................................... 260

K.1

K.2

Category 3 through 6A channel modeling configurations ......................................................... 260

Category 8 channel modeling configurations ........................................................................... 261

K.3

K.4

Permanent link modeling configurations ................................................................................... 261

Direct attach modeling configurations....................................................................................... 261

K.5

Length scaling ........................................................................................................................... 262

K.5.1

Channel configuration and variables ........................................................................................ 262

K.5.2

Channel insertion loss length scaling ....................................................................................... 263

K.5.3

Channel DC resistance scaling ................................................................................................. 263

K.5.4

Channel return loss scaling ...................................................................................................... 263

K.5.5

Channel NEXT length scaling ................................................................................................... 264

K.5.6

Channel PSNEXT length scaling .............................................................................................. 264

K.5.7

Channel PSACRF length scaling .............................................................................................. 265

K.5.8

Channel ACRF length scaling ................................................................................................... 265

K.5.9

Channel FEXT length scaling ................................................................................................... 266

K.5.10

Channel propagation delay scaling ........................................................................................... 266

K.6

Category 8 direct attach channel worst case NEXT and PSNEXT .......................................... 266

Annex L (informative) - Additional information on channel and permanent link NEXT loss limits 269

L.1

L.2

General ..................................................................................................................................... 269

Reflected FEXT contributions to measured NEXT loss ............................................................ 269

L.3

Guidelines for determining the impact of reflected FEXT effects ............................................. 270

Annex M (informative) - PSAACRF and AFEXT loss normalization ............................................... 271

x

534

535

536

537

576

577

578

579

580

581

582

583

568

569

570

571

572

573

574

575

584

585

586

587

588

560

561

562

563

564

565

566

567

552

553

554

555

556

557

558

559

544

545

546

547

548

549

550

551

538

539

540

541

542

543

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

M.1

M.2

General ..................................................................................................................................... 271

Coupled length .......................................................................................................................... 271

M.3

AFEXT loss normalization ........................................................................................................ 272

Annex N (informative) - Category 5 channel parameters ................................................................ 274

Annex O (informative) - Bibliography ................................................................................................ 276

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1 - Matrix of backward compatible mated component performance ................................................... 7

Table 2 - Insulated conductor color code for 4-pair horizontal cables .......................................................... 9

Table 3 - Insulated conductor color codes for cord cable and cross-connect jumpers............................... 16

Table 4 - Equipment cord de-rating and allowed length for 24 m permanent Link ..................................... 24

Table 5 - Channel return loss ...................................................................................................................... 25

Table 6 - Minimum channel return loss ....................................................................................................... 26

Table 7 - Channel insertion loss ................................................................................................................. 28

Table 8 - Maximum channel insertion loss .................................................................................................. 28

Table 9 - Channel NEXT loss...................................................................................................................... 29

Table 10 - Minimum channel NEXT loss ..................................................................................................... 30

Table 11 - Channel PSNEXT loss ............................................................................................................... 31

Table 12 - Minimum channel PSNEXT loss ................................................................................................ 32

Table 13 - Channel ACRF ........................................................................................................................... 33

Table 14 - Minimum channel ACRF ............................................................................................................ 34

Table 15 - Channel PSACRF ...................................................................................................................... 35

Table 16 - Minimum channel PSACRF ....................................................................................................... 36

Table 17 - Channel TCL .............................................................................................................................. 36

Table 18 - Minimum channel TCL ............................................................................................................... 37

Table 19 - Channel ELTCTL ....................................................................................................................... 38

Table 20 - Minimum channel ELTCTL ........................................................................................................ 39

Table 21 - Category 8 channel coupling attenuation .................................................................................. 39

Table 22 - Minimum Category 8 channel coupling attenuation ................................................................... 40

Table 23 - Channel propagation delay ........................................................................................................ 40

Table 24 - Maximum channel propagation delay ........................................................................................ 41

Table 25 - Channel PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................................ 42

Table 26 - Minimum channel PSANEXT loss ............................................................................................. 43

Table 27 - Channel average PSANEXT loss .............................................................................................. 44

Table 28 - Minimum channel average PSANEXT loss ............................................................................... 45

Table 29 - Channel PSAACRF ................................................................................................................... 45

Table 30 - Minimum channel PSAACRF ..................................................................................................... 46

Table 31 - Channel average PSAACRF ..................................................................................................... 46

Table 32 - Minimum category 6A channel average PSAACRF .................................................................. 47

Table 33 - Permanent link return loss ......................................................................................................... 51

Table 34 - Minimum permanent link return loss .......................................................................................... 52

Table 35 - Permanent link insertion loss ..................................................................................................... 54

Table 36 - Maximum permanent link insertion loss .................................................................................... 54

Table 37 - Permanent link NEXT loss ......................................................................................................... 55

Table 38 - Minimum permanent link NEXT loss.......................................................................................... 56

Table 39 - Permanent link PSNEXT loss .................................................................................................... 57

Table 40 - Minimum permanent link PSNEXT loss ..................................................................................... 58

Table 41 - Permanent link ACRF ................................................................................................................ 59

Table 42 - Minimum permanent link ACRF ................................................................................................. 60

Table 43 - Permanent link PSACRF ........................................................................................................... 61

Table 44 - Minimum permanent link PSACRF ............................................................................................ 62

Table 45 - Category 8 permanent link TCL ................................................................................................. 62

Table 46 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link TCL ................................................................................. 63

Table 47 - Category 8 permanent link ELTCTL .......................................................................................... 63

Table 48 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link ELTCTL .......................................................................... 64

xi

635

636

637

638

639

640

641

642

643

644

626

627

628

629

630

631

632

633

634

619

620

621

622

623

624

625

611

612

613

614

615

616

617

618

603

604

605

606

607

608

609

610

595

596

597

598

599

600

601

602

589

590

591

592

593

594

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 49 - Category 8 permanent link coupling attenuation ....................................................................... 64

Table 50 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link coupling attenuation ....................................................... 65

Table 51 - Permanent link propagation delay ............................................................................................. 65

Table 52 - Maximum permanent link propagation delay ............................................................................. 66

Table 53 - Permanent link PSANEXT loss .................................................................................................. 67

Table 54 - Permanent link PSANEXT loss .................................................................................................. 68

Table 55 - Permanent link average PSANEXT loss ................................................................................... 69

Table 56 - Minimum permanent link average PSANEXT loss .................................................................... 70

Table 57 - Permanent link PSAACRF ......................................................................................................... 71

Table 58 - Minimum permanent link PSAACRF.......................................................................................... 71

Table 59 - Permanent link average PSAACRF ........................................................................................... 72

Table 60 - Minimum permanent link average PSAACRF ........................................................................... 72

Table 61 - Direct attach channel return loss ............................................................................................... 73

Table 62 - Minimum direct attach channel return loss ................................................................................ 74

Table 63 - Direct attach channel insertion loss ........................................................................................... 74

Table 64 - Maximum direct attach channel insertion loss ........................................................................... 75

Table 65 - Minimum direct attach channel NEXT loss ................................................................................ 77

Table 66 - Minimum direct attach channel PSNEXT loss ........................................................................... 79

Table 67 - Direct attach channel ACRF ...................................................................................................... 80

Table 68 - Minimum direct attach channel ACRF ....................................................................................... 80

Table 69 - Direct attach channel PSACRF ................................................................................................. 81

Table 70 - Minimum direct attach channel PSACRF .................................................................................. 81

Table 71 - Direct attach channel propagation delay ................................................................................... 82

Table 72 - Maximum direct attach channel propagation delay ................................................................... 82

Table 73 - Horizontal cable structural return loss ....................................................................................... 85

Table 74 - Minimum horizontal cable structural return loss ........................................................................ 85

Table 75 - Horizontal cable return loss ....................................................................................................... 86

Table 76 - Minimum horizontal cable return loss ........................................................................................ 86

Table 77 - Horizontal cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft) .................................................... 87

Table 78 - Category 8 horizontal cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft) ..................................... 87

Table 79 - Maximum horizontal cable insertion loss ................................................................................... 88

Table 80 - Horizontal cable NEXT loss ....................................................................................................... 89

Table 81 - Minimum horizontal cable NEXT loss ........................................................................................ 89

Table 82 - Horizontal cable PSNEXT loss .................................................................................................. 90

Table 83 - Minimum horizontal cable PSNEXT loss ................................................................................... 90

Table 84 - Horizontal cable ACRF .............................................................................................................. 91

Table 85 - Minimum horizontal cable ACRF ............................................................................................... 91

Table 86 - Horizontal cable PSACRF ......................................................................................................... 92

Table 87 - Minimum horizontal cable PSACRF .......................................................................................... 92

Table 88 - Category 6 through 8 Horizontal cable TCL .............................................................................. 93

Table 89 - Minimum horizontal cable TCL .................................................................................................. 93

Table 90 - Category 6 through 8 horizontal cable ELTCTL ........................................................................ 94

Table 91 - Minimum horizontal cable ELTCL .............................................................................................. 94

Table 92 - Horizontal cable coupling attenuation ........................................................................................ 95

Table 93 - Minimum horizontal cable coupling attenuation ......................................................................... 95

Table 94 - Horizontal cable propagation delay ........................................................................................... 96

Table 95 - Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay ......................................................................... 96

Table 96 - Maximum horizontal cable propagation delay ........................................................................... 97

Table 97 - Maximum cable surface transfer impedance ............................................................................. 98

Table 98 - Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss ................................................................................................ 98

Table 99 - Category 8 horizontal cable PSANEXT loss .............................................................................. 98

Table 100 - Minimum horizontal cable PSANEXT loss ............................................................................... 99

Table 101 - Horizontal cable PSAACRF ..................................................................................................... 99

Table 102 - Category 8 horizontal cable PSAACRF ................................................................................. 100

Table 103 - Minimum horizontal cable PSAACRF .................................................................................... 100

Table 104 - Cord cable return loss ............................................................................................................ 102

xii

682

683

684

685

686

687

688

689

690

675

676

677

678

679

680

681

691

692

693

694

695

696

697

698

699

700

667

668

669

670

671

672

673

674

659

660

661

662

663

664

665

666

651

652

653

654

655

656

657

658

645

646

647

648

649

650

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 105 - Minimum cord cable return loss ............................................................................................. 102

Table 106 - Cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft) ......................................................... 103

Table 107 - Maximum category 3 through 6A cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft) .... 104

Table 108 - Category 8 cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft.) ......................................... 104

Table 109 - Cord cable insertion loss de-rating factor .............................................................................. 104

Table 110 - Maximum category 8 cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft) .......................... 105

Table 111 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable NEXT loss .............................................................. 106

Table 112 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable NEXT loss .............................................. 106

Table 113 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss ......................................................... 107

Table 114 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss .......................................... 107

Table 115 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF ..................................................................... 108

Table 116 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF ...................................................... 109

Table 117 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF ................................................................. 110

Table 118 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF ................................................. 110

Table 119 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay .................................................. 111

Table 120 - Maximum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay .................................. 111

Table 121 - Connecting hardware return loss ........................................................................................... 113

Table 122 - Minimum connecting hardware return loss ............................................................................ 114

Table 123 - Connecting hardware insertion loss ...................................................................................... 115

Table 124 - Maximum connecting hardware insertion loss ....................................................................... 115

Table 125 - Connecting hardware NEXT loss........................................................................................... 116

Table 126 - Minimum connecting hardware NEXT loss ............................................................................ 116

Table 127 - Connecting hardware PSNEXT loss assumptions ................................................................ 117

Table 128 - Minimum connecting hardware PSNEXT loss assumptions ................................................. 117

Table 129 - Connecting hardware FEXT loss ........................................................................................... 118

Table 130 - Minimum connecting hardware FEXT loss ............................................................................ 118

Table 131 - Connecting hardware PSFEXT loss assumptions ................................................................. 119

Table 132 - Minimum connecting hardware PSFEXT loss ....................................................................... 119

Table 133 - Connecting hardware TCL ..................................................................................................... 120

Table 134 - Minimum connecting hardware TCL ...................................................................................... 120

Table 135 - Connecting hardware TCTL ................................................................................................... 121

Table 136 - Minimum connecting hardware TCTL .................................................................................... 121

Table 137 - Connecting hardware shield transfer impedance (screened only) ........................................ 122

Table 138 - Maximum connecting hardware shield transfer impedance .................................................. 122

Table 139 - Connecting hardware PSANEXT loss ................................................................................... 123

Table 140 - Minimum connecting hardware PSANEXT loss .................................................................... 124

Table 141 - Connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss .................................................................................... 124

Table 142 - Minimum connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss ..................................................................... 125

Table 143 - Cord return loss ..................................................................................................................... 126

Table 144 - Minimum work area, equipment, and patch cord return loss ................................................. 127

Table 145 - Minimum category 3 through 6A 2 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

........................................................................................................................................................... 128

Table 146 - Minimum category 3 through 6A 5 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

........................................................................................................................................................... 129

Table 147 - Minimum category 3 through 6A 10 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

........................................................................................................................................................... 129

Table 148 - Minimum category 8 1 meter, 2 meter and 3 meter equipment cord NEXT loss .................. 130

Table A.1 - Standards for modular plugs and jacks .................................................................................. 132

Table A.2 - Modular connecting hardware durability matrix ...................................................................... 132

Table A.3 - Standards for solderless connections .................................................................................... 133

Table A.4 - Standards for other connecting hardware .............................................................................. 134

Table B.1 - Interconnection return loss ..................................................................................................... 138

Table B.2 - Minimum number of measurement points .............................................................................. 140

Table B.3 - Calibration reference load return loss requirement ................................................................ 144

xiii

740

741

742

743

744

745

746

732

733

734

735

736

737

738

739

747

748

749

750

751

752

753

754

755

756

724

725

726

727

728

729

730

731

717

718

719

720

721

722

723

707

708

709

710

711

712

713

714

701

702

703

704

705

706

715

716

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table C.1 - Test balun performance characteristics ................................................................................. 145

Table C.2 - Category 6, 6A and 8 test plug NEXT loss limit vectors ........................................................ 176

Table C.3 - Category 5e test plug NEXT loss limit vectors ....................................................................... 177

Table C.4 - Category 6 and 6A connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements for case 1 and case 4 .. 177

Table C.5 - Category 5e, 6, and 6A test plug NEXT loss ranges ............................................................. 183

Table C.6 - Category 8 test plug NEXT loss ranges ................................................................................. 184

Table C.7 - Test plug FEXT loss ranges ................................................................................................... 186

Table C.8 - Category 5e, 6 and 6A test plug return loss requirements .................................................... 188

Table C.9 - Category 8 test plug return loss requirements ....................................................................... 188

Table C.10 - Direct fixture performance .................................................................................................... 190

Table C.11 - Category 6A NEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories ...................... 195

Table C.12 - Category 6A FEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories ...................... 195

Table C.13 - Category 5e, 6, and 6A modular cord test head return loss ................................................ 197

Table C.14 - Category 8 modular cord test head return loss .................................................................... 197

Table H.1 - Maximum horizontal cable length de-rating factor for different temperatures........................ 250

Table H.2 - Maximum horizontal cable length de-rating factor for different temperatures........................ 251

Table K.1 - Direct attach channel modeling configurations ...................................................................... 261

Table K.2 - Informative worst case NEXT for direct attach channels ....................................................... 266

Table K.3 - Informative minimum direct attach channel NEXT loss ......................................................... 267

Table K.4 - Informative worst case PSNEXT for direct attach channels .................................................. 267

Table K.5 - Informative minimum direct attach channel PSNEXT loss ..................................................... 268

Table N.1 - Category 5 channel parameters ............................................................................................. 274

Table N.2 - Category 5 channel performance at key frequencies ............................................................ 275

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1 - Eight-position modular jack pin/pair assignment (T568A) .......................................................... 14

Figure 2 - Optional eight-position modular jack pin/pair assignment (T568B) ............................................ 14

Figure 3 - Supplemental schematic representation of a channel test configuration ................................... 22

Figure 4 - Supplemental schematic representation of a category 8 horizontal channel configuration ....... 23

Figure 5 - Supplemental schematic representation of a category 8 backbone channel configuration ....... 23

Figure 6 - Schematic representation of a permanent link test configuration .............................................. 48

Figure 7 - Schematic representation of a category 8 permanent link ......................................................... 49

Figure B.1 - Example 360 degree shielded cable termination .................................................................. 138

Figure B.2 - Example individually shielded pair cable termination............................................................ 139

Figure B.3 - Test fixture interface pattern ................................................................................................. 139

Figure B.4 - Example pin and socket dimension ...................................................................................... 140

Figure B.5 - Resistor termination networks for balun testing .................................................................... 141

Figure B.6 - Balunless resistor termination network ................................................................................. 141

Figure B.7 - Calibration plane ................................................................................................................... 143

Figure C.1 - Measurement configurations for test balun qualification ...................................................... 146

Figure C.2 - Balun schematic diagram ...................................................................................................... 147

Figure C.3 - Laboratory test configuration for return loss ......................................................................... 148

Figure C.4 - Laboratory test configuration for insertion loss and propagation delay measurements ....... 149

Figure C.5 - Laboratory test configuration for cable and channel NEXT loss ........................................... 151

Figure C.6 - Laboratory test configuration for FEXT loss ......................................................................... 153

Figure C.7 - Laboratory test configuration for TCL ................................................................................... 155

Figure C.8 - Coaxial lead through calibration ............................................................................................ 156

Figure C.9 - Back-to-back balun insertion loss measurement .................................................................. 156

Figure C.10 - Output terminal connection ................................................................................................. 157

xiv

803

804

805

806

807

808

809

810

811

812

794

795

796

797

798

799

800

801

802

787

788

789

790

791

792

793

779

780

781

782

783

784

785

786

771

772

773

774

775

776

777

778

763

764

765

766

767

768

769

770

757

758

759

760

761

762

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Figure C.11 - Outer shield grounding position .......................................................................................... 157

Figure C.12 - Laboratory test configuration for TCTL ............................................................................... 159

Figure C.13 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link return loss and TCL measurements ....... 161

Figure C.14 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link insertion loss and propagation delay measurements. .................................................................................................................................. 162

Figure C.15 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss measurements ..................... 163

Figure C.16 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link FEXT loss (ACRF) ................................. 164

Figure C.17 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link TCL measurements................................ 165

Figure C.18 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link TCTL. ..................................................... 166

Figure C.19 - Direct attach return loss test configuration. ........................................................................ 167

Figure C.20 - Direct attach cord insertion loss test configuration ............................................................. 168

Figure C.21 - Direct attach cord NEXT loss test configuration ................................................................. 168

Figure C.22 - Direct attach cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration ................................................... 169

Figure C.23 - Direct attach cord TCL test configuration ........................................................................... 169

Figure C.24 - Direct attach cord TCTL test configuration ......................................................................... 170

Figure C.25 - Modular cord return loss test configuration ......................................................................... 171

Figure C.26 - Modular cord NEXT loss test configuration ........................................................................ 172

Figure C.27 - Modular cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration........................................................... 172

Figure C.28 - Female test connector interface mating dimensions .......................................................... 179

Figure C.29 - Female test connector interface mating dimensions .......................................................... 180

Figure C.30 - Balun fixture PCB paddle card interface mating dimensions .............................................. 181

Figure C.31 - Balunless fixture PCB paddle card interface mating dimensions ....................................... 181

Figure C.32 - Example of a measurement setup for test plug NEXT loss ................................................ 185

Figure C.33 - Example of a measurement setup for test plug FEXT loss ................................................ 187

Figure C.34 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, top view ......................................................................... 189

Figure C.35 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, front view ....................................................................... 189

Figure C.36 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, side view ........................................................................ 190

Figure C.37 - Modular plug placed into the plug clamp ............................................................................ 190

Figure C.38 - Guiding the plug into position .............................................................................................. 191

Figure C.39 - Calibration planes, test plug phase reference plane, and port extensions ......................... 192

Figure C.40 - Examples of direct fixture short, open, load, and through artifacts ..................................... 194

Figure C.41 - Inter-laboratory return loss variability for testing category 6A connecting hardware .......... 196

Figure C.42 - 6-around-1 cable test configuration .................................................................................... 200

Figure C.43 - Connecting hardware ANEXT loss measurement setup .................................................... 202

Figure C.44 - Connecting hardware AFEXT loss measurement setup ..................................................... 203

Figure C.45 - Example connector configurations for alien crosstalk ........................................................ 204

Figure D.1 - Balunless resistor termination network ................................................................................. 205

Figure D.2 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable return loss and TCL measurements .... 207

Figure D.3 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay measurements. Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL. ..................................... 208

Figure D.4 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable NEXT loss ............................................ 209

Figure D.5 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable FEXT loss (ACRF) ............................... 210

Figure D.6 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link return loss and TCL measurements ......... 212

Figure D.7 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay measurements. Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL. ............................................... 213

Figure D.8 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss measurements ....................... 214

Figure D.9 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link FEXT loss (ACRF) ................................... 215

Figure D.10 - Balunless direct attach cord return loss test configuration ................................................. 217

Figure D.11 - Balunless direct attach insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay test configuration.

Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL. ......................................................................... 218

Figure D.12 - Balunless direct attach cord NEXT loss test configuration ................................................. 219

Figure D.13 - Balunless direct attach cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration ................................... 220

Figure D.14 - Balunless modular cord NEXT loss test configuration ........................................................ 221

Figure D.15 - Balunless modular cord return loss test configuration ........................................................ 222

Figure D.16 - Connecting hardware ANEXT loss measurement setup .................................................... 225

xv

827

828

829

830

831

832

833

834

835

836

837

819

820

821

822

823

824

825

826

813

814

815

816

817

818

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Figure D.17 - Connecting hardware AFEXT loss measurement setup ..................................................... 226

Figure E.1 - Equivalent circuit diagram for HF sealed case ...................................................................... 228

Figure E.2 - HF sealed case covers, assembly details ............................................................................. 230

Figure E.3 - HF sealed case covers, case dimensions ............................................................................. 231

Figure E.4 - HF sealed case dimensional details...................................................................................... 232

Figure E.5 - HF sealed case covers details .............................................................................................. 233

Figure E.6 - HF fixed and inner ring detail ................................................................................................ 234

Figure E.7 - HF sealed case outer ring detail ........................................................................................... 235

Figure J.1 - Modeling configuration ........................................................................................................... 259

Figure K.1 - Channel configuration ........................................................................................................... 260

Figure K.2 - Permanent link configuration ................................................................................................. 260

Figure K.3 - Category 8 channel configuration ......................................................................................... 261

Figure K.4 - Category 8 permanent link configuration .............................................................................. 261

Figure K.5 - Channel configuration and variables ..................................................................................... 262

Figure L.1 - Principle of reflected FEXT effects adding to NEXT .............................................................. 269

Figure M.1 - Unequal lengths of disturbing and disturbed channels or permanent links .......................... 271

Figure M.2 - AACRF for the coupled permanent link or channel .............................................................. 272

Figure M.3 - AACRF normalized for the length of the disturbed permanent link or channel .................... 272

xvi

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

845

846

847

848

849

850

851

852

853

854

855

856

864

865

866

867

868

869

870

871

872

873

857

858

859

860

861

862

863

838

839

840

841

842

843

844

FOREWORD

(This foreword is not a part of this Standard.)

This Standard was developed by TIA Subcommittee TR-42.7.

Approval of this Standard

This Standard was approved by TIA Sub-Committee TR-42.7, TIA Engineering Committee TR-42, and the

American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

ANSI/TIA reviews standards every 5 years. At that time, standards are reaffirmed, rescinded, or revised according to the submitted updates. Updates to be included in the next revision should be sent to the committee chair or to ANSI/TIA.

Contributing Organizations

More than 30 organizations within the telecommunications industry contributed their expertise to the development of this Standard (including manufacturers, consultants, end users, and other organizations).

Documents superseded

This Standard replaces ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2 standard dated August 11, 2009. Since the original publication of ANSI/EIA/TIA-568 in July of 1991, telecommunications cabling has undergone a period of rapid change marked by the growth of increasingly powerful personal computers, access to more sophisticated applications and the need to interconnect different systems. These changes place increased demands on the transmission capacity of balanced twisted-pair cabling. This has led to the development of twisted-pair copper cables and optical fiber cables and associated, corresponding compatible connecting hardware with enhanced transmission characteristics.

This Standard incorporates and refines the technical content of:

-

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2

-

-

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2-1

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-C.2-2

This document takes precedence over the technical contents of the aforementioned bulletins, addenda and interim standards. xvii

874

875

876

877

878

879

880

881

882

883

892

893

894

895

896

897

898

884

885

886

887

888

889

890

891

899

900

901

902

903

904

905

906

907

908

909

910

911

912

913

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Significant technical changes from the previous edition

 Incorporation of the above mentioned TSBs, Addenda, and Interim Standards.

 Performance specifications are provided for category 8 shielded balanced twisted-pair cabling and components.

 Laboratory test measurement methodologies have been updated for category 8 cabling and components. These test procedures may also be applied to lower categories.

 Information on modeling configurations has been added.

 Balunless test methods have been added.

Relationship to other TIA standards and documents

The following are related Standards regarding various aspects of structured cabling that were developed and are maintained by Engineering Committee TIA TR-42. An illustrative diagram TIA-568-C series and other relevant TIA Standards is given in figure i.

Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises (ANSI/TIA-568.0-D);

Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard (ANSI/TIA-568.1-D);

Optical Fiber Cabling and Components Standard (ANSI/TIA-568.3-D);

Broadband Coaxial Cabling and Components Standard (ANSI/TIA-568-C.4);

Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces (ANSI/TIA-569-D);

Residential Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard (ANSI/TIA-570-C);

Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure (ANSI/TIA -606-B);

Generic Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding (Earthing) for Customer Premises (ANSI/TIA-

607-C);

Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Data Centers (ANSI/TIA-942-A)

Customer-Owned Outside Plant Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard (ANSI/TIA-758-B);

Structured Cabling Infrastructure Standard for Intelligent Building Systems (ANSI/TIA-862-B);

Healthcare Facility Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard (ANSI/TIA-1179);

Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard for Educational Facilities (ANSI/TIA-4966);

Telecommunications Physical Network Security Standard (ANSI/TIA-5017)

In addition, the following documents may be useful to the reader:

National Electrical Safety Code

National Electrical Code

(NESC

) (IEEE C 2);

(NEC

) (NFPA 70)

Useful supplements to this Standard include the BICSI Telecommunications Distribution Methods Manual, the Outside Plant Design Reference Manual, and the Information Technology Systems Installation Methods

Manual. These manuals provide practices and methods by which many of the requirements of this standard

are implemented. Other references are provided in Annex O.

xviii

Common

Standards

ANSI/TIA-568.0

(Generic)

ANSI/TIA-569

(Pathways and spaces)

ANSI/TIA-606

(Administration)

ANSI/TIA-607

(Bonding and grounding

[earthing])

ANSI/TIA-758

(Outside plant)

ANSI/TIA-862

(Intelligent building systems)

ANSI/TIA-5017

(Security)

Premises

Standards

ANSI/TIA-568.1

(Commercial)

ANSI/TIA-570

(Residential)

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Cabling &

Component

Standards

ANSI/TIA-568.2

(Balanced twistedpair)

ANSI/TIA-568.3

(Optical fiber)

ANSI/TIA-942

(Data centers)

ANSI/TIA-1005

(Industrial)

ANSI/TIA-568.4

(Broadband coaxial)

ANSI/TIA-1179

(Healthcare)

ANSI/TIA-4966

(Educational)

914

915

916

917

918

919

920

921

Figure i - Illustrative relationship between the TIA-568 series and other relevant TIA standards

Annexes

Annexes A, B, C, D, E and F are normative and considered requirements of this Standard. Annexes G, H,

I, J, K, L, M, N and O are informative and are not considered requirements of this Standard. xix

922

954

955

956

957

958

959

960

961

962

963

944

945

946

947

948

949

950

951

952

953

923

924

925

926

927

928

929

930

931

932

933

934

935

936

937

938

939

940

941

942

943

964

965

966

967

968

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Introduction

This Standard provides requirements for 100

 category 3, category 5e, category 6, category 6A and category 8 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components and for the test procedures used to verify the performance of installed cabling.

Purpose

This Standard specifies a generic telecommunications cabling system that will support a multi-product, multi-vendor environment. It also provides information that may be used for the design of telecommunications products.

The purpose of this Standard is to enable the planning and installation of a structured cabling system.

Installation of cabling systems during building construction or renovation is significantly less expensive and less disruptive than after the building is occupied.

This Standard establishes performance and technical criteria for balanced twisted-pair cabling system configurations and their respective components. In order to determine the requirements of a generic cabling system, performance requirements for various telecommunications services were considered.

The diversity of services currently available, coupled with the continual addition of new services, means that there may be cases where limitations to desired performance occur. When applying specific applications to these cabling systems, the user is cautioned to consult application standards, regulations, equipment vendors, and system and service suppliers for applicability, limitations, and ancillary requirements.

Stewardship

Telecommunications infrastructure affects raw material consumption. The infrastructure design and installation methods also influence product life and sustainability of electronic equipment life cycling. These aspects of telecommunications infrastructure impact our environment. Since building life cycles are typically planned for decades, technological electronic equipment upgrades are necessary. The telecommunications infrastructure design and installation process magnifies the need for sustainable infrastructures with respect to building life, electronic equipment life cycling and considerations of effects on environmental waste.

Telecommunications designers are encouraged to research local building practices for a sustainable environment and conservation of fossil fuels as part of the design process.

Specification of criteria

Two categories of criteria are specified; mandatory and advisory. The mandatory requirements are designated by the word "shall"; adv isory requirements are designated by the words "should”, "may", or

"desirable" which are used interchangeably in this Standard.

Mandatory criteria generally apply to protection, performance, administration and compatibility; they specify the absolute minimum acceptable requirements. Advisory or desirable criteria are presented when their attainment will enhance the general performance of the cabling system in all its contemplated applications.

A note in the text, table, or figure is used for emphasis or offering informative suggestions.

Metric equivalents of US customary units

The dimensions in this Standard are metric or US customary with approximate conversion to the other.

Life of the Standard

This Standard is a living document. The criteria contained in this Standard are subject to revisions and updating as warranted by advances in building construction techniques and telecommunications technology.

xx

997

998

999

1000

1001

1002

1003

1004

1005

1006

1007

1008

1009

1010

1011

1012

981

982

983

984

985

986

987

988

989

975

976

977

978

979

980

990

991

992

993

994

995

996

969

970

971

972

973

974

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

1 SCOPE

This Standard specifies minimum requirements for balanced twisted-pair telecommunications cabling (e.g. channels and permanent links) and components (e.g. cable, connectors, connecting hardware, cords, and jumpers) that are used up to and including the telecommunications outlet/connector and between buildings in a campus environment. This Standard also specifies measurement procedures for all transmission parameters.

2 NORMATIVE AND INFORMATIVE REFERENCES

The following standards contain provisions that, through reference in this text, constitute provisions of this

Standard. At the time of publication, the editions indicated were valid. All standards are subject to revision; parties to agreements based upon this Standard are encouraged to investigate the possibility of applying the most recent editions of the standards indicated. ANSI and TIA maintain registers of currently valid national standards published by them.

ANSI/ICEA S-84-608-2010, Telecommunications Cable, Filled Polyolefin Insulated Copper Conductor

ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012, Category 3, 5, & 5e Individually Unshielded Twisted Pair Indoor Cable for Use

In General Purpose and LAN Communication Wiring Systems

ANSI/ICEA S-118-746 (draft) Standard for Category 8, 100 Ohm Indoor Cables for Use In LAN

Communication Wiring Systems.

ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732-2013, Standard for Category 6 and 6A, 100 Ohm, Individually

Unshielded Twisted Pairs, Indoor Cables (With or Without an Overall Shield) for Use in LAN Communication

Wiring Systems

ANSI/TIA-568.0-D 2015, Generic Telecommunications Cabling for Customer Premises

ANSI/TIA-568.3-D 2016, Optical Fiber Cabling and Components Standard

ANSI/TIA-570-C 2012, Residential Telecommunications Cabling Standard

ANSI/TIA-606-B 2012, Administration Standard for Telecommunications Infrastructure

ANSI/TIA-1152-A 2016, Requirements for Field Test Instruments and Measurements for Balance Twisted-

Pair Cabling,

ANSI/TIA-1183-A, Measurement Methods And Test Fixtures For Balun-less Measurements Of Balanced

Components And Systems, draft

ASTM D4565-2015, Standard Test Methods For Physical And Environmental Performance Properties of

Insulations And Jackets For Telecommunications Wire And Cable

ASTM D4566-2014, Standard Test Methods for Electrical Performance Properties of Insulations and

Jackets for 640 Telecommunications Wire and Cable

IEC 60189-1:2007, Low-Frequency Cables and Wires with PVC Insulation and PVC Sheath - Part 1:

General Test and Measuring Methods

IEC 60352-2:2006, Solderless Connections - Part 2: Crimped Connections - General Requirements, Test

642 Methods and Practical Guidance

IEC 60352-3, Solderless Connections - Part 3: Solderless Accessible Insulation Displacement Connections

- General Requirements, Test Methods and Practical Guidance, 1993

IEC 60352-4, Solderless Connections - Part 4: Solderless Non-accessible Insulation Displacement

Connections - General Requirements, Test Methods and Practical Guidance, 1994

IEC 60352-5:2012, Solderless Connections - Part 5: Press-in Connections - General Requirements, Test

648 Methods and Practical Guidance

IEC 60352-6, Solderless Connections - Part 6: Insulation Piercing Connections - General Requirements,

Test Methods and Practical Guidance, 1997

1

1041

1042

1043

1044

1045

1046

1047

1048

1049

1050

1051

1052

1053

1054

1055

1029

1030

1031

1032

1033

1034

1035

1036

1037

1038

1039

1040

1013

1014

1015

1016

1017

1018

1019

1020

1021

1022

1023

1024

1025

1026

1027

1028

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

IEC 60352-7, Solderless Connections - Part 7: Spring Clamp Connections - General Requirements, Test

Methods and Practical Guidance, 2002

IEC 60352-8:2011, Solderless connections - Part 8: Compression Mount Connections - General

Requirements, Test Methods and Practical Guidance, pending publication

IEC 60603-7:2008, Connectors for Electronic Equipment - Part 7: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Unshielded, Free and Fixed Connectors

IEC 60603-7-1:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment - Part 7-1: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors

IEC 60603-7-2:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-2: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Unshielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 100 MHz

IEC 60603-7-3:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-3: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 100 MHz

IEC 60603-7-4:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-4: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Unshielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 250 MHz

IEC 60603-7-5:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-5: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 250 MHz

IEC 60603-7-41:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-41: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Unshielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 500 MHz

IEC 60603-7-51:2010, Connectors for Electronic Equipment

– Part 7-51: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 500 MHz

IEC 61156-1, Multicore and Symmetrical Pair/Quad Cables for Digital Communications

– Part 1: Generic

Specification, 2007

IEC 62153-4-3:2013, Metallic Communication Cables Test Methods

– Part 4-3: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC)

– Surface Transfer Impedance – Triaxial Method

IEC 62153-4-5 2006 Metallic communication cables test methods

– Part 4-5: Electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC)

– Coupling or screening attenuation – Absorbing Clamp method,

IEC 62153-4-9 2008 Metallic communication cables test methods

– Part 4-9: Electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC)

– Coupling of screened balanced cables, triaxial method

IEC 62153-4-13: 2009, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-13: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Coupling Attenuation of Links and Channels (Laboratory Conditions) - Absorbing

Clamp Method

IEC 62153-4-14: 2012, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-14: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Coupling Attenuation of Cable Assemblies (Field Conditions) - Absorbing Clamp

Method

IEC 62153-4-15: 2015, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-15: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Test Method for Measuring Transfer Impedance and Screening Attenuation or

Coupling Attenuation with Triaxial Cell

IEEE Std 802.3™-2012, IEEE Standard for Ethernet

TIA TSB-155-A 2010, Guidelines for the Assessment and Mitigation of Installed Category 6 Cabling to

Support 681 10GBASE-T

TIA TSB-184, Guidelines for Supporting Power Delivery over Balanced Twisted-Pair Cabling, 2009

UL 444 2008, Communication Cables

2

1056

1057

1058

1059

1072

1073

1074

1075

1076

1077

1078

1079

1080

1081

1082

1083

1084

1085

1086

1087

1088

1089

1090

1091

1092

1093

1094

1095

1096

1097

1060

1061

1062

1063

1064

1065

1066

1067

1068

1069

1070

1071

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3 DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS, UNITS OF MEASURE

3.1 General

For the purpose of this Standard the following definitions, acronyms, abbreviations and units of measure apply.

3.2 Definitions

administration: The method for labeling, identification, documentation and usage needed to implement moves, additions and changes of the telecommunications infrastructure.

backbone: A facility (e.g., pathway, cable or conductors) between telecommunications rooms, or floor distribution terminals, the entrance facilities, and the equipment rooms within or between buildings.

bundled cable: An assembly of two or more cables continuously bound together to form a single unit.

cable: An assembly of one or more insulated conductors or optical fibers, within an enveloping sheath.

cable run: A length of installed media which may include other components along its path.

cable sheath: A covering over the optical fiber or conductor assembly that may include one or more metallic members, strength members, or jackets.

cabling: A combination of all cables, jumpers, cords, and connecting hardware.

campus: The buildings and grounds having legal contiguous interconnection.

centralized cabling: A cabling configuration from the work area to a centralized cross-connect using pull through cables, an interconnect, or splice in the telecommunications room.

compression mount connection: A solderless connection between a contact and a contact pad (i.e. a conductive element on a printed board) which is established by a continuous compression force of contact.

connecting hardware: A device providing mechanical cable terminations.

consolidation point: A location for interconnection between horizontal cables extending from building pathways and horizontal cables extending into furniture pathways.

coupling attenuation: The ratio, in dB, of the transmitted power in the signal conductors and the maximum radiated peak power, conducted and generated by the excited common mode currents.

crimped connection: A solderless connection made by permanently attaching a termination to a conductor by pressure deformation or by reshaping the crimp barrel around the conductor to establish good electrical and mechanical connection.

cross-connect: A facility enabling the termination of cable elements and their interconnection or cross-connection.

cross-connection: A connection scheme between cabling runs, subsystems, and equipment using patch cords or jumpers that attach to connecting hardware on each end.

direct attach: A reduced length channel definition that includes plug connectors at the beginning and end of the channel and does not contain connecting hardware within the channel.

equal level far-end crosstalk: A measure of the unwanted signal coupling from a transmitter at the nearend into another pair measured at the far-end, and relative to the received signal level.

equal level transverse conversion transfer loss: A calculation, expressed in dB, of the difference between measured TCTL and the differential mode insertion loss of the disturbed pair.

equipment cable; cord: A cable or cable assembly used to connect telecommunications equipment to horizontal or backbone cabling.

equipment outlet: outermost connection facility in a hierarchical star topology.

equipment outlet connector: Connecting hardware contained within the equipment outlet.

3

1110

1111

1112

1113

1114

1115

1116

1117

1118

1119

1120

1121

1122

1123

1124

1125

1098

1099

1100

1101

1102

1103

1104

1105

1106

1107

1108

1109

1126

1127

1128

1129

1130

1131

1132

1133

1134

1135

1136

1137

1138

1139

1140

1141

1142

1143

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

far-end crosstalk loss: A measure of the unwanted signal coupling from a transmitter at the near end into another pair measured at the far end, and relative to the transmitted signal level.

horizontal cabling: 1)The cabling between and including the telecommunications outlet/connector and the horizontal cross-connect. 2) The cabling between and including the building automation system outlet or the first mechanical termination of the horizontal connection point and the horizontal cross-connect.

hybrid cable: An assembly of two or more cables, of the same or different types or categories, covered by one overall sheath.

infrastructure (telecommunications): A collection of those telecommunications components, excluding equipment, that together provide the basic support for the distribution of all information within a building or campus.

insertion loss: The signal loss resulting from the insertion of a component, or link, or channel, between a transmitter and receiver (often referred to as attenuation).

insulation displacement connection: An electrical connection made by inserting an insulated wire into a metallic slot.

insulation displacement connection, accessible: An IDC in which it is possible to access test points for carrying out mechanical tests and electrical measurements without de-activation of any design feature intended to establish or maintain the insulation displacement connection.

insulation displacement connection, non-accessible: An IDC in which it is not possible to access test points for carrying out mechanical tests and electrical measurements without de-activation of any design feature.

insulation displacement contact: A contact suitable for making an electrical connection with an insulated conductor.

insulation piercing connection: An electrical connection made by piercing an insulated wire with a metallic element.

interconnection: A connection scheme that employs connecting hardware for the direct connection of a cable to another cable without a patch cord or jumper.

jumper: An assembly of twisted pairs without connectors, used to join telecommunications circuits/links at the cross-connect.

keying: The mechanical feature of a connector system that guarantees correct orientation of a connection, or prevents the connection to a jack, or to an optical fiber adapter of the same type intended for another purpose.

link: A transmission path between two points, not including terminal equipment, work area cables, and equipment cables.

listed: Equipment included in a list published by an organization, acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment, and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets appropriate standards or has been tested and found satiable for use in a specified manner.

media (telecommunications): Wire, cable, or conductors used for telecommunications.

modular plug terminated link: a type of link terminated with a modular plug on one end.

open office: A floor space division provided by furniture, moveable partitions, or other means instead of by building walls.

outlet box (telecommunications): A housing used to hold telecommunications outlet/connectors.

outlet cable: A cable placed in a residential unit extending directly between the telecommunications outlet/connector and the distribution device.

outlet/connector (telecommunications): The fixed connector in an equipment outlet.

outside plant: Telecommunications infrastructure designed for installation exterior to buildings.

4

1156

1157

1158

1159

1160

1161

1162

1163

1164

1165

1166

1167

1168

1144

1145

1146

1147

1148

1149

1150

1151

1152

1153

1154

1155

1169

1178

1179

1180

1181

1182

1183

1184

1185

1170

1171

1172

1173

1174

1175

1176

1177

1186

1187

1188

1189

1190

1191

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

patch cord: A length of cable with a plug on one or both ends.

patch panel: A connecting hardware system that facilitates cable termination and cabling administration using patch cords.

power sum equal level far-end crosstalk: A computation of the unwanted signal coupling from multiple transmitters at the near-end into a pair measured at the far-end, and normalized to the received signal level.

power sum near-end crosstalk loss: A computation of the unwanted signal coupling from multiple transmitters at the near-end into a pair measured at the near-end.

press-in connection: A solderless connection made by inserting a press-in terminal into a conductive hole of a printed circuit board.

pull strength: See pull tension.

pull tension: The pulling force that can be applied to a cable.

return loss: A ratio expressed in dB of the power of the outgoing signal to the power of the reflected signal.

screen: An element of a cable formed by a shield.

sheath: See cable sheath.

shield: A metallic layer placed around a conductor or group of conductors.

spring clamp connection: A solderless connection achieved by clamping a single conductor to a contact or termination by means of a spring.

telecommunications: Any transmission, emission, and reception of signs, signals, writings, images, and sounds, that is information of any nature by cable, radio, optical, or other electromagnetic systems.

transfer impedance: A measure of shielding performance determined by the ratio of the voltage on the conductors enclosed by a shield to the surface currents on the outside of the shield.

transverse conversion transfer loss: A ratio, expressed in dB, of the measured common mode voltage on a pair relative to the differential mode voltage applied at the opposite end of the same pair, or on either end of another pair.

work area: A building space where the occupants interact with telecommunications terminal equipment.

3.3 Acronyms and abbreviations

ACRF

ANSI

CM

CMR

DM

DMCM

DPMF

DUT

EIA

ELTCTL

EO

FEXT

F/UTP

ICEA

IDC

IEC

IPC

NEXT

OSB

PSAACRF

PSACRF

PSANEXT

Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end

American National Standards Institute

Common mode

Common mode rejection

Differential mode

Differential mode plus common mode

Direct plug measurement fixture

Device under test

Electronic Industries Alliance

Equal level transverse conversion transfer loss

Equipment outlet

Far-end crosstalk

Foil (surrounding) unscreened twisted-pairs

Insulated Cable Engineers Association

Insulation displacement contact

International Electrotechnical Commission

Insulation piercing connection

Near-end crosstalk

Output signal balance

Power sum attenuation to alien crosstalk ratio, far-end

Power sum attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far-end

Power sum alien near-end crosstalk

5

1192

1193

1194

1195

1196

1197

1198

1199

1200

1201

1202

1203

1204

1205

1206

1207

1208

1209

1210

1211

1212

1213

1214

1215

1216

1217

1218

1219

1220

1221

1222

1223

1224

PSFEXT

PSNEXT

SRL

TCL

TCTL

TIA

UTP

Power sum far-end crosstalk

Power sum near-end crosstalk

Structural return loss

Tranverse conversion loss

Transverse conversion transfer loss

Telecommunications Industry Association

Unshielded twisted-pair

3.4 Units of measure

dB

C

ºF ft g in kg kHz km kV

MHz m

m mm mV nm

N

 pF lb lbf

V decibel degree Celsius degrees Fahrenheit feet, foot gram inch kilogram kilohertz kilometer kilovolt megahertz meter micron or micrometer millimeter millivolt nanometer newton ohm picofarad pound pound-force volt

3.5 Variables

f

Frequency, in MHz

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6

1225

1226

1227

1228

1229

1230

1231

1232

1233

1234

1235

1236

1237

1238

1239

1240

1241

1242

1243

1244

1245

1246

1247

1248

1249

1250

1251

1252

1253

1254

1255

1256

1257

1258

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4 GENERAL

Transmission performance depends upon the characteristics of cable, connecting hardware, cords and cross-connect jumpers, the total number of connections, and the care in which they are installed and maintained. This Standard provides minimum cabling and component performance criteria as well as procedures for component and cabling performance validation.

4.1 Backward compatibility and interoperability

The requirements in this Standard are for 100

 category 3, 5e, 6, 6A and 8 balanced twisted-pair cabling components. Higher grades of cabling recognize advances in cabling technology such as full-duplex transmission and the operation of high-speed applications, such as IEEE 802.3 10GBASE-T, over up to

100 meters and as high as 40GBASE-T over up to 30 meters of structured balanced cabling. Higher categories of cabling shall be backward compatible with lower categories of cabling as specified in this

Standard. Applications running on lower category cabling shall be supported by higher category cabling. If different category components are to be mixed, then the combination shall meet the transmission

requirements of the lowest performing category. See Table 1 for an example matrix of mated component

performance representative of backward compatibility. To ensure generic cabling system performance, component requirements are specified to support interoperability when products from different manufacturers are mated.

Table 1 - Matrix of backward compatible mated component performance

Cat 3

1)

Cat 5e

Cat 6

Cat 6A

Cat 3 1)

Cat 3

Cat 3

Cat 3

Cat 3

Category of Modular Connecting Hardware Performance

Cat 5e

Cat 3

Cat 5e

Cat 5e

Cat 5e

Cat 6

Cat 3

Cat 5e

Cat 6

Cat 6

Cat 6A

Cat 3

Cat 5e

Cat 6

Cat 6A

Cat 8 2)

Cat 3

Cat 5e

Cat 6

Cat 6A

Cat 8 Cat 3 Cat 5e Cat 6 Cat 6A Cat 8

1)

Category 3 plug performance requirements are not specified and are assumed to be less restrictive than category 5e.

2)

When measuring category 8 cabling for backwards compatibility for lower categories of TCL, the

Category 8 TCL limits shall be applied.

Testing according to the procedures of this Standard is intended to ensure backward compatibility with lower categories.

4.2 Recognized categories

The recognized categories of balanced twisted-pair cabling and components are:

Category 3: This designation applies to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components whose transmission characteristics are specified from 1 to 16 MHz.

Category 5e: This designation applies to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components whose transmission characteristics are specified from 1 to 100 MHz.

Category 6: This designation applies to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components whose transmission characteristics are specified from 1 to 250 MHz.

Category 6A: This designation applies to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components whose transmission characteristics are specified from 1 to 500 MHz.

Category 8: This designation applies to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components whose transmission characteristics are specified from 1 to 2000 MHz.

7

1266

1267

1268

1269

1270

1271

1272

1273

1274

1275

1276

1277

1278

1279

1280

1281

1282

1283

1284

1285

1286

1287

1288

1289

1290

1259

1260

1261

1262

1263

1264

1265

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Category 1, 2, 4 and 5 cabling and components are not recognized as part of this Standard and, therefore, their transmission characteristics are not specified. Category 5 transmission characteristics, used in

“legacy” cabling installations, are provided for reference in Annex N.

5 MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS

This clause contains the mechanical performance specifications for 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components.

5.1 Channel mechanical performance

The mechanical performance of channels is achieved through the use of compliant components.

5.2 Permanent link mechanical performance

The mechanical performance of permanent links is achieved through the use of compliant components.

5.3 Horizontal cable (cabling subsystem 1) mechanical performance

Horizontal cable shall consist of four balanced twisted-pairs of 22 AWG to 24 AWG thermoplastic insulated solid copper conductors enclosed by a thermoplastic jacket. Horizontal cables shall comply with the mechanical performance requirements, testing and test methods in ANSI/ICEA S-90-661 for category 3,

ANSI/ICEA S-90-661for category 5e, ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6, and ANSI/NEMA

WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6A. Category 8 horizontal cables shall comply with the mechanical performance requirements, testing and test methods specified in ANSI/ICEA S-118-746 (draft).

In addition to the applicable requirements of ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2006 and ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-

116-732, and ANSI/ICEA S-118-746 (draft) the physical design of category 3, 5e, 6,6A and category 8 horizontal cables shall meet the additional requirements of this clause.

5.3.1 Insulated conductor

The diameter of the insulated conductor shall be 1.64 mm (0.065 in) maximum.

NOTE - Insulated conductors above 1.22 mm (0.048 in) may not be compatible with all connecting hardware.

5.3.2 Pair assembly

The cable shall be restricted to four twisted-pair conductors. Pairs may or may not have individual pair shields.

5.3.3 Insulated conductor color code

The insulated conductor color code shall be as shown in Table 2.

8

1291

1292

1293

1294

1295

1296

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 2 - Insulated conductor color code for 4-pair horizontal cables

Pair designation

1)

Color code Abbreviation

Pair 1

Pair 2

White-Blue or White

Blue

White-Orange or White

Orange

(W-BL)

(BL)

(W-O)

(O)

Pair 3

Pair 4

White-Green or White

Green

White-Brown or White

Brown

(W-G)

(G)

(W-BR)

(BR)

1)

See clause 5.7.5 for corresponding connecting hardware pair assignments.

The conductor insulation is white and a colored marking is added for identification. For cables with tightly twisted-pairs [all pairs less than 38 mm (1.5 in) per twist] the solid colored conductor of the twisted-pair can serve as the marking for the white conductor. A white marking is optional.

9

1307

1308

1309

1310

1311

1312

1313

1314

1315

1316

1317

1318

1297

1298

1299

1300

1301

1302

1303

1304

1305

1306

1319

1320

1321

1322

1323

1324

1325

1326

1327

1328

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.3.4 Horizontal cable diameter

The diameter of the completed cable shall be less than or equal to 9.0 mm (0.354 in).

NOTE - Larger cable diameter cables may not be compatible with certain designs of modular connecting hardware. For example, the termination caps in some modular outlet designs may not accommodate larger diameter cables. When 4-pair cables with overall diameters of greater than

6.35 mm (0.25 in.) are used, compatibility with connecting hardware should be considered.

5.3.5 Horizontal cable breaking strength

The ultimate breaking strength of the cable, measured in accordance with ASTM D4565, shall be 400 N

(90 lbf) minimum.

5.3.6 Horizontal cable cold bend radius

Twisted-pair cables shall withstand a bend radius of 4x cable diameter for UTP constructions and 8x cable diameter for screened constructions, at a temperature of -20 °C ± 1 °C, without jacket, insulation, or shield

(if applicable) cracking, when tested in accordance with ASTM D4565, Wire and Cable Bending Test.

For certain applications (e.g., pre-cabling buildings in cold climate), the use of cables with a lower temperature bending performance of -30 °C ± 1 °C should be considered.

5.3.7 Horizontal cable performance marking

Horizontal cables should be marked to designate transmission performance.

NOTE - Performance markings are in addition to, and do not replace, other markings required by listing agencies or those needed to satisfy electrical code or local building code requirements.

5.3.8 Horizontal cable core wrap

The core may be covered with one or more layers of dielectric material.

5.3.9 Horizontal cable core shield (screened only)

An electrically continuous shield shall be applied over the core, or core wrap if one is present, and shall

comply with the surface transfer impedance requirements of clause 6.6.25.

5.3.10 Horizontal cable dielectric strength

The cable shall meet the dielectric strength requirements of UL-444.

5.4 Bundled and hybrid cable mechanical performance

Mechanical performance is not specified for bundled and hybrid cables.

10

1338

1339

1340

1341

1342

1343

1344

1345

1346

1347

1348

1349

1350

1351

1352

1353

1354

1355

1356

1357

1358

1359

1329

1330

1331

1332

1333

1334

1335

1336

1337

1360

1361

1362

1363

1364

1365

1366

1367

1368

1369

1370

1371

1372

1373

1374

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.5 Cord cable mechanical performance

5.5.1 Cord cable general

Cord cable shall consist of four balanced twisted-pairs of 22 AWG to 26 AWG thermoplastic insulated solid or stranded conductors enclosed by a thermoplastic jacket. Cord cables shall comply with the mechanical performance requirements, testing and test methods in ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2006 for category 3,

ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2006 for category 5e, ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6,

ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6A and ANSI/ICEA S-118-746 (draft) for category 8. Cord cables used for 100 ohm screened cords and cross-connect jumpers shall be enclosed by a shield meeting

the requirements of clauses 5.3.9, 5.3.10, and 6.6.25.

5.5.2 Cord cable flex life (screened only)

Cables used for 100

 screened cords and screened cross-connect jumpers shall meet the transfer impedance requirements of this document after being subjected to 500 flex cycles. Flex tests shall be performed on a minimum of 1/3 meter (13 in) lengths of un-terminated cables. The cable sample shall be clamped to a rotatable arm and suspended between two 51 mm (2 in) diameter mandrels located to either side of the center of arm rotation and spaced so as to touch but not hold the cable sample. A weight exerting greater than 10 N (2 lbf) shall be attached to the free end of the cable. A flex cycle shall consist of one +

90° rotation around the mandrels, and the cycling rate shall be 10 cycles ± 2 cycles per minute.

5.6

Backbone cable (cabling subsystem 2 and 3) mechanical performance

Four-pair and multipair backbone cables are recognized for use in category 3 and 5e backbone cabling.

Four-pair horizontal cables are recognized for use in category 6 and 6A backbone cabling.

Multipair backbone cable shall consist of 22 AWG to 24 AWG thermoplastic insulated solid copper conductors that are formed into one or more units of balanced twisted-pairs and shall meet the requirements of this clause. The groups are identified by distinctly colored binders and assembled to form the core. The core shall be covered by a protective sheath. The sheath consists of an overall thermoplastic jacket and may contain an underlying metallic shield and one or more layers of dielectric material applied over the core.

Backbone cables shall comply with the mechanical performance requirements, testing and test methods in

ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012 for category 3, ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012 for category 5e, ANSI/NEMA WC

66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6, and ANSI/NEMA WC 66/ICEA S-116-732 for category 6A.

5.6.1 Backbone cable insulated conductor

The diameter of the insulated conductor shall be 1.64 mm (0.065 in) maximum.

NOTE - Insulated conductors above 1.22 mm (0.048 in) may not be compatible with all connecting hardware.

5.6.2 Pair assembly

The pair twist lengths shall be chosen to ensure compliance with the transmission requirements of this

Standard.

5.6.3 Insulated conductor color code

The twisted-pair insulated conductor color code shall follow the industry standard color code composed of

10 distinct colors to identify 25 pairs (refer to ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012 for appropriate colors). For multipair backbone cables with fewer than 25 pairs, colors shall be consistent with the industry standard color code starting from pair 1 up to the number of pairs in the cable. For multipair backbone cables with tightly twisted-pairs [i.e. all pairs less than 38 mm (1.5 in) per twist] the mate conductor may serve as the marking for the white conductor.

11

1409

1410

1411

1412

1413

1414

1415

1416

1417

1418

1419

1395

1396

1397

1398

1399

1400

1401

1402

1403

1404

1405

1406

1407

1408

1375

1376

1377

1378

1379

1380

1381

1382

1383

1384

1385

1386

1387

1388

1389

1390

1391

1392

1393

1394

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.6.4 Core assembly

For multipair backbone cables with more than 25 pairs, the core shall be assembled in units or sub-units of up to 25 pairs. Each unit or sub-unit shall be identified by a color-coded binder. Color coding should be in accordance with ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012. Binder color-code integrity shall be maintained whenever cables are spliced.

5.6.5 Core shield

When an electrically continuous shield is applied over the core wrap, it shall comply with requirements in

clause 5.6.9.

NOTE - UL 444, ANSI/ICEA S-90-661-2012 and ANSI/ICEA S-84-608 provide additional information regarding shield mechanical criteria.

5.6.6 Jacket

The core shall be enclosed by a uniform, continuous thermoplastic jacket.

5.6.7 Performance marking

Multipair backbone cables should be marked to designate transmission performance.

NOTE - Performance markings are in addition to, and do not replace, other markings required by listing agencies or those needed to satisfy electrical code or local building code requirements.

5.6.8 Dielectric strength

The cable shall meet the dielectric strength requirements of UL-444.

5.6.9 Core shield resistance

When a shield is present around the core, the DC resistance of the core shield shall not exceed the value

determined using equation (1):

R = 62.5/D where:

R = maximum core shield resistance in

/km

(1)

D = outside diameter of the shield in mm

This requirement is applicable to outside plant cables or inside building cables having their shields bonded to the shields of outside plant cables at building entrances. The electrical and physical requirements of the

shields of inside building cables are found in clauses 5.3.9, 5.3.10, and 6.6.25.

5.7 Connecting hardware mechanical performance

5.7.1 Connecting hardware environmental compatibility

Connecting hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling shall be functional for continuous use over the temperature range from -10 °C to 60 °C. Connecting hardware shall be protected from physical damage and from direct exposure to moisture and other corrosive elements. This protection may be accomplished by installation indoors or in an appropriate enclosure for the environment.

5.7.2 Connecting hardware mounting

Connecting hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling should be designed to provide flexibility for mounting on walls, in racks or on other types of distribution frames and standard mounting hardware. Telecommunications outlet/connectors shall be securely mounted at planned locations. Cables intended for future connections shall be covered with a faceplate that identifies the outlet box for telecommunications use.

12

1420

1421

1422

1423

1424

1425

1426

1427

1428

1429

1430

1431

1432

1433

1434

1435

1436

1437

1438

1439

1440

1441

1442

1443

1444

1445

1446

1447

1448

1449

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.7.3 Connecting hardware mechanical termination density

Connecting hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling should have a high density to conserve space, but should also be of a size consistent with ease of cable management.

5.7.4 Connecting hardware design

Cross-connect hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling shall be designed to provide: a) a means to cross-connect cables with cross-connect jumpers or patch cords, b) a means to connect premises equipment to the 100

 UTP network, c) a means to identify circuits for administration in accordance with ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A, d) a means to use standard colors as specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A to functionally identify mechanical termination fields, f) a means of handling wire and cable to permit orderly management, g a means of access to monitor or test cabling and premises equipment, and h) a means for protecting exposed terminals, an insulating barrier, such as a cover or a plastic shroud, for protecting terminals from accidental contact with foreign objects that may disturb electrical continuity.

Consolidation points and telecommunications outlet/connectors used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling shall be designed to provide: a) appropriate mechanical termination means for horizontal cable runs, and

b) a means of conductor identification to promote pin-pair practices consistent with clause 5.7.5.

Connecting hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling shall not result in or contain any transposed pairs (e.g., transposition of pairs 2 and 3) or reversed pairs (also called tip/ring reversals).

NOTE - While some network applications require that the transmit and receive pairs be swapped, such application-specific adaptations are accomplished using adapters, work area cords or equipment cords that are beyond the scope of this Standard.

13

1450

1451

1452

1453

1454

1455

1456

1457

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.7.5 Work area telecommunications/equipment outlet/connector

Each four-pair horizontal cable shall be terminated in an eight-position modular jack at the work area. The telecommunications outlet/connector shall meet the modular interface requirements specified in IEC 60603-

7, IEC 60603-7-1, IEC 60603-7-2, IEC 60603-7-3, IEC 60603-7-4, and IEC 60603-7-5. In addition, the

telecommunications outlet/connector shall meet the requirements of clause 5.7. Pin/pair assignments shall

be as shown in Figure 1 or 2. The colors shown are associated with the horizontal distribution cable shown

in Table 2. These figures depict the front view of the telecommunications outlet/connector.

1458

1459

NOTE

– See Table 3 for an explanation of color codes.

Figure 1 - Eight-position modular jack pin/pair assignment (T568A)

1460

1461

1462

1463

1464

NOTE

– See Table 3 for an explanation of color codes.

Figure 2 - Optional eight-position modular jack pin/pair assignment (T568B)

14

1465

1466

1467

1468

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.7.6 Performance marking

Connecting hardware should be marked to designate transmission performance at the discretion of the manufacturer or the approval agency. The markings, if any, shall be visible during installation. It is suggested that such markings consist of:

1469

1470

5e

1471

1472

1473

1474

1475

1476

1477

1478

1479

1480

1481

1482

1483

1484

1485

1486

1487

1488

1489

1490

1491

1492

1493

6

6A

8

NOTE - Performance markings are in addition to, and do not replace, other markings required by listing agencies or those needed to satisfy electrical code or local building code requirements.

5.7.7 Connecting hardware reliability

To assure reliable operation over the usable life of the cabling system, the connecting hardware used to terminate to 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling shall meet all requirements of Annex A. This annex

specifies test procedures and performance requirements for contact resistance, transfer impedance

(screened only), insulation resistance, durability, environmental conditioning and other tests designed to assure consistently dependable operation. For connecting hardware with 8-position modular connectors, the modular connection shall comply with Level A reliability requirements of IEC 60603-7 series. The shield mating interface shall meet the applicable reliability requirements for connecting hardware as defined by

IEC 60603-7 series of Standards.

5.7.8 Connecting hardware shield mating interface (screened only)

The shields of shielded 8-position modular connectors (plugs and jacks) shall be designed to ensure shield continuity when mated. The shield mating interface shall conform to the requirements in the IEC 60603-7 series of Standards.

Modular jack shields shall not encroach upon the connector opening dimensions defined by IEC 60603-7 with the exception of shield mating contacts internal to the jack. Plug shields shall not extend beyond the plug housing dimensions defined by IEC 60603-7 in areas mating to the jack.

15

1505

1506

1507

1508

1509

1510

1511

1512

1513

1514

1515

1516

1494

1495

1496

1497

1498

1499

1500

1501

1502

1503

1504

1517

1518

1519

1520

1521

1522

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5.7.9 Connecting hardware shield continuity (screened only)

Effective shielding requires that all cabling components be shielded, meeting the requirements for transfer

impedance given in clause 6.10.21 and that all shields be properly bonded. Shielding shall be continuous

for the complete channel. Work area cords, cross-connect cords, equipment cords and the equipment connection, while not part of the generic cabling, shall provide shield continuity. Screened telecommunications outlet/connectors shall be labeled or otherwise identified to differentiate them from

UTP connectors and indicate the need for screened work area cords.

5.8 Cords and jumpers mechanical performance

Cables used to construct work area cords, equipment cords, and patch cords should have stranded conductors. Cables used for cord assemblies shall meet the conductor size and color coding specified in

clauses 5.8.1 and 5.8.2, respectively.

5.8.1 Cords and jumpers insulated conductor

Cables used to construct work area cords, equipment cords, and patch cords terminated with modular plug connectors as specified in IEC 60603-7 should have an insulated conductor diameter in the range of 0.8 mm

(0.032 in) to 1 mm (0.039 in) and shall not exceed 1.22 mm (0.048 in). Cables used to construct cross-

connect jumpers shall meet the requirements of clause 5.3.1 and the applicable requirements of

ANSI/ICEA-S-90-661-2006.

NOTE

– A special modular plug connector may be required for cables with insulated conductor diameter greater than 1 mm (0.039 in) or less than 0.8 mm (0.032 in).

5.8.2 Cords and jumpers insulated conductor color codes

The insulated conductor color coding for cord cable and cross-connect jumpers shall comply with Table 3.

Table 3 - Insulated conductor color codes for cord cable and cross-connect jumpers

Pair designation

1)

Pair 1

Pair 2

Pair 3

Color code (Abbreviation)

Option 1

White-Blue (W-BL)

Blue (BL)

White-Orange (W-O)

Orange (O)

White-Green (W-G)

Green (G)

Color code (Abbreviation)

Green(G)

Red (R)

Option 2

Black (BK)

Yellow (Y)

Blue (BL)

Orange (O)

Pair 4

White-Brown (W-BR)

Brown (BR)

Brown (BR)

Slate (S)

1)

See clause 5.7.5 for corresponding connecting hardware pair assignments.

NOTES,

1 A white marking is optional.

2 Because of their identical pair groupings, cords terminated in either T568A or T568B may be used interchangeably, provided that both ends are terminated with the same pin/pair scheme.

16

1544

1545

1546

1547

1548

1549

1550

1551

1538

1539

1540

1541

1542

1543

1523

1524

1525

1526

1527

1528

1529

1530

1531

1532

1533

1534

1535

1536

1537

1552

1553

1554

1555

1556

1557

1558

1559

1560

1561

1562

1563

1564

1565

1566

1567

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6 TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS

6.1 General

This clause contains the transmission performance specifications for 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling and components.

To serve a multi-disturber environment, this Standard specifies transmission parameters as both worst-case pair-to-pair measurements and power sum calculations that approximate multi-disturber effects.

Transmission parameters are applicable to channels, direct attach channels, permanent links, cables, equipment cords, and connecting hardware. This clause describes the transmission parameters and develops the applicable generic equations for each parameter. All requirements apply at both ends or in both directions.

The test methods in annex C, for balun based measurements, or in Annex D, for balun-less measurements, may be used.

6.1.1 Return loss

Return loss shall be measured for all pairs of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified frequency

for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

6.1.2 Insertion loss

Insertion loss shall be measured for all pairs of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified

frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

6.1.3 NEXT loss

NEXT loss shall be measured for all pair combinations of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum

specified frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

6.1.4 PSNEXT loss

PSNEXT loss takes into account the combined crosstalk (statistical) on a receive pair from all near-end disturbers operating simultaneously. PSNEXT loss is calculated in accordance with ASTM D 4566 as a

power sum on a selected pair from all other pairs as shown in equation (2) for the case of an

n

-pair DUT.

PSNEXT k

 

10 log

n

i

1 ,

i

k

10

NEXT k

,

i

10

dB (2) where:

n

is the total number of pairs under test (DUT).

NEXT k

,

i

is the measured NEXT loss, in dB, to pair

k

from pair

i

.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair.

PSNEXT loss shall be calculated for all pairs of the DUT.

6.1.5 FEXT loss

FEXT loss shall be measured for all pair combinations of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified

frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

17

1568

1569

1570

1571

1572

1573

1574

1575

1576

1577

1578

1579

1580

1581

1582

1583

1584

1585

1586

1587

1588

1589

1590

1591

1592

1593

1594

1595

1596

1597

1598

1599

1600

1601

1602

1603

1604

1605

1606

1607

1608

1609

1610

1611

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.1.6 ACRF

ACRF shall be calculated for all DUT pair combinations by subtracting the insertion loss of the disturbed

pair of the DUT from the FEXT loss as shown in equation (3).

ACRF k

,

i

FEXT k

.

i

IL k

dB (3) where:

IL k

is the insertion loss of the disturbed pair.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

i

k

.

NOTE - ACRF has been referred to as ELFEXT in previous editions of this Standard.

6.1.7 PSACRF

PSACRF takes into account the combined crosstalk (statistical) on a receive pair from all far-end disturbers operating simultaneously. PSACRF is calculated as a power sum on a selected pair

k

from all

other pairs as shown in equation (4) for the case of an

n

-pair DUT.

PSACRF k

 

10 log

i n

1 ,

i

k

10

FEXT k

,

i

10

IL k

dB (4) where:

n

is the total number of pairs under test (DUT).

IL k

is the insertion loss of the disturbed pair.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

NOTE - PSACRF has been referred to as PSELFEXT in previous editions of this Standard.

6.1.8 TCL

Where specified, TCL shall be measured for all pairs of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified

frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

Category 6 channel TCL is provided for information only.

NOTES,

1 TCL and LCL parameters have reciprocity. LCL can be determined using a TCL measurement.

2 When achievable, a 50 dB measurement plateau is recommended.

18

1612

1613

1614

1615

1616

1617

1618

1619

1620

1621

1622

1623

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.1.9 ELTCTL

Where specified, TCTL shall be measured for all pairs of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified

frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

ELTCTL shall be calculated for all DUT pairs as shown in equation (5). ELTCTL is specified for the opposite

ends of the same pair. ELTCTL between pairs is not specified.

ELTCTL

DUT

TCTL

DUT

IL

DUT

_

DM

(5) where:

IL

DUT

_

DM

is the differential mode DUT insertion loss measured in accordance with B.1 or D.

1633

1634

1635

1636

1637

1638

1639

1640

1641

1642

1643

1624

1625

1626

1627

1628

1629

1630

1631

1632

1644

1645

1646

1647

1648

1649

1650

1651

1652

1653

1654

1655

1656

6.1.10 Coupling attenuation

Coupling attenuation is under study.

Coupling attenuation shall be measured in accordance with IEC 62153-4-5 or IEC 62153-4-9 for all screened pairs of horizontal cable from 30 MHz up to the maximum specified frequency for the specified category.

NOTE - Measurements are made from 30 MHz to 1000 MHz for all devices under test, but the measurements above the upper frequency of the specified category are for information only.

6.1.11 Propagation delay

Propagation delay shall be measured for all pairs of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the maximum specified

frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

6.1.12 Propagation delay skew

Propagation delay skew shall be calculated for all pair combinations of the DUT from 1 MHz up to the

maximum specified frequency for the category using the procedures in B.1 or D.

6.1.13 PSANEXT loss

PSANEXT loss takes into account the combined alien crosstalk (statistical) on a receive pair from all external near-end disturbers operating simultaneously. PSANEXT loss is calculated as a power sum on a selected pair

k

from all other pairs as shown in equation (6) for the case of a 4-pair DUT.

PSANEXT k

 

10 log

j

4

N



1

i

1

10

ANEXT k

,

i

,

j

10

dB (6) where:

N

is the total number of disturbing devices under test (DUT).

ANEXT k

,

i

,

j

is the measured ANEXT loss, in dB, to pair

k

of the disturbed DUT from pair

i

in disturbing

DUT

j

.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

19

1657

1658

1659

1660

1661

1662

1663

1664

1665

1666

1667

1668

1669

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

j

is the number of a disturbing DUT.

ANEXT loss shall be measured for all DUT pair combinations and PSANEXT loss shall be calculated for all

DUT pairs. DUT ANEXT loss shall be measured in accordance with B.1 or D.

6.1.14 Average PSANEXT loss

Average PSANEXT loss is calculated by averaging the individual PSANEXT loss values, in dB, for all four

pairs in the disturbed DUT at each frequency point as shown in equation (7).

AVERAGE

_

PSANEXT

k

4

1

PSANEXT k

4 where:

dB (7)

PSANEXT k

is the magnitude, in dB, of PSANEXT loss as determined by equation (6).

1670

1671

1672

1673

1674

1675

1676

1677

1678

1679

1680

1681

1682

1683

1684

1685

1686

1687

1688

1689

1690

1691

1692

1693

1694

1695

1696

1697

1698

6.1.15 PSAFEXT loss (connecting hardware only)

PSAFEXT loss takes into account the combined alien crosstalk (statistical) on a receive pair from all external far-end disturbers operating simultaneously. PSAFEXT loss is calculated as a power sum on a

selected pair from all other pairs as shown in equation (8) for connecting hardware.

PSAFEXT k

 

10 log

j

4

N



1

i

1

10

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

10

dB (8) where:

N

is the total number of disturbing devices under test (DUT).

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

is the measured AFEXT loss, in dB, to pair

k

of the disturbed DUT from pair

i

in disturbing

DUT

j

.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

j

is the number of a disturbing DUT.

AFEXT loss shall be measured for all connecting hardware pairs and PSAFEXT loss shall be calculated for all connecting hardware pairs. Category 6A and category 8 connecting hardware AFEXT loss shall be measured in accordance with Annex C or D.

6.1.16 PSAACRF

AFEXT loss is the coupling of crosstalk at the far-end from external DUT pairs into a disturbed pair of the

4-pair DUT under test. PSAACRF is the calculated power sum from all external pairs into the disturbed pair.

Annex M provides additional information on PSAACRF and AFEXT loss normalization. PSAACRF for a

DUT is determined using equation (9) for the case of a 4-pair DUT.

20

1714

1715

1716

1717

1718

1719

1720

1721

1722

1723

1724

1725

1726

1727

1728

1729

1730

1731

1732

1733

1734

1735

1736

1737

1738

1706

1707

1708

1709

1710

1711

1712

1699

1700

1701

1702

1703

1704

1705

1713

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

PSAACRF k

PSAFEXT k

IL k

dB

For channels and permanent links, the calculations in equations (10) through (12) shall be used to determine PSAFEXT loss when the disturbed pair has greater insertion loss than the disturbing pair.

(9)

If

IL k

>

IL

ij

,

then:

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

(

IL k

IL i

,

j

)

10 log

IL k

IL i

,

j

dB (10)

If

IL k

IL

ij

,

then:

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

dB where:

PSAFEXT k

 

10 log

n N



j

1

i

1

10

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

10

dB

(11)

(12)

PSAACRF k

is the PSAACRF of disturbed pair k.

AFEXTnorm

is AFEXT loss, in dB, normalized to the coupled length (the minimum length of the disturbed and disturbing pair) relative to the length of the disturbed pair.

IL k

is the insertion loss of disturbed pair k.

IL i

,

j

is the insertion loss of pair i of disturbing DUT j.

N

is the total number of disturbing devices under test (DUT).

n

is the number of pairs in disturbing devices under test j (usually 4).

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

is the measured AFEXT loss, in dB, to pair k of the disturbed DUT from pair i in disturbing

DUT j.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

j

is the number of a disturbing DUT.

ACRF shall be measured for all DUT pair combinations and PSAACRF shall be calculated for all DUT pairs.

ACRF shall be measured in accordance with B.1 or D.

21

1739

1740

1741

1742

1743

1744

1745

1746

1747

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.1.17 Average PSAACRF

Average PSAACRF is calculated by averaging the individual PSAACRF values, in dB, for all four pairs in

the disturbed DUT at each frequency point as shown in equation (13).

AVERAGE

_

PSAACRF

4

k

1

PSAACRF k

4 where:

dB (13)

PSAACRF k

is the magnitude, in dB, of PSAACRF as determined by equation (9)

1748

1749

1750

1751

1752

1753

1754

6.2 Category 3 through category 6A channel configuration

This clause contains the transmission performance specifications for balanced twisted-pair channels. The

channel test configuration is illustrated in figure 3. See Annex K for worst case modeling configurations.

Channel under test

Test equipment

A B C

D

E

Test equipment

TO CP

C1 C2

Legend

Cables and cords

Work area cord .................................. A

Optional consolidation point cabling .. B

Horizontal cabling .............................. C

Patch cord or jumper cable ............... D

Telecommunications room

Connecting hardware

Telecommunications outlet/ connector ..................................... TO

Optional consolidation point connector ............................ CP

Horizontal cross-connect or equipment cord ........................... E interconnect ........................... C1, C2

Maximum length

B + C .................................... 90 m (295 ft)

A + D + E ............................. 10 m (32.8 ft)

Figure 3 - Supplemental schematic representation of a channel test configuration

22

1755

1756

1757

1758

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3 Category 8 channel configuration

The channel test configuration is defined by this clause.

Equipment

A

Horizontal Channel

B C

1759

1760

1761

1762

1763

1764

EO

C1

Legend

Cables and cords

Equipment cord .............................A, C

Horizontal cabling .............................. B

Connecting hardware

Equipment Outlet ........................... EO

Interconnect ................................... C1

Maximum length

A + C ...................................... see table 4

B ............................................ 24 m (79 ft)

Figure 4 - Supplemental schematic representation of a category 8 horizontal channel configuration

Horizontal Channel topology shall consist of a maximum of two connectors, horizontal cable and two

equipment cords as shown in Figure 4. Backbone channel topology is described in Figure 5.

Backbone Channel

A B C

Equipment

Equipment

1765

1766

C1

C1

Legend

Cables and cords

Equipment cord .............................A, C

Backbone cabling .............................. B

Connecting hardware

Interconnect ................................... C1

Maximum length

A + C ...................................... see table 4

B ........................................... 24 m (79 ft.)

Figure 5 - Supplemental schematic representation of a category 8 backbone channel configuration

23

Equipment

1767

1768

1769

1770

1771

1772

1773

1774

1775

1776

1777

1778

1779

1780

1781

1782

1783

1784

1785

1786

1787

1788

1789

1790

1791

1792

1793

1794

1795

1796

1797

1798

1799

1800

1801

1802

1803

1804

1805

1806

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

For the maximum (24 m) permanent link length, the maximum total patch cord length is based upon the insertion loss de-rating of the modular cord cable when compared to the horizontal cable insertion loss.

This de-rating factor is generally based upon the wire gauge (AWG) of the conductors used in the modular cord cable. Typically 22/23 AWG conductors have a 0% de-rating factor, 24 AWG conductors have a 20% de-rating factor, and 26 AWG conductors have a 50% de-rating factor. The maximum total

length of equipment cords for a channel built from a 24 m permanent link are shown in Table 4.

Table 4 - Equipment cord de-rating and allowed length for 24 m permanent Link

Equipment cord derating factor (%)

0

20

50 length of cordage allowed (m)

7.2

6

4.8

6.3.1 Category 3 through category 6A DC loop resistance

DC loop resistance for category 3, 5e, 6, and 6A channels shall not exceed 25

 at any temperature from

20 °C to 60 °C. Refer to TIA TSB-184-A for additional information on channel resistance related to guidance on delivering power.

Editor’s note: At this point, we are not incorporating the contents of TSB-184-A into this document, but this may change, at which point this reference will be updated.

6.3.2 Category 8 channel DC loop resistance

DC loop resistance for category 8 channels shall not exceed 6.4

 when measured at 20 °C or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C using the correction factors specified in ASTM-D4566. Using a temperature coefficient of resistance of 0.00393 for copper, the resistance at 60 °C is 7.22 ohms. Refer to TIA TSB-184-A for additional information on channel resistance related to guidance on delivering power.

6.3.3 Channel DC resistance unbalance

DC resistance unbalance shall be calculated for each pair of the channel in accordance with equation (14).

This requirement is satisfied if the result of equation 14 is less than 3 % or if the difference between R1 and

R2 is less than 200 milliOhms. DC resistance unbalance is not specified for category 3 channels.

Resistance

_

Unbalance pair



R

R

1

1

R

R

2

2



100 %

(14) where:

R

is the DC resistance of conductor 1.

1

R

2

is the DC resistance of conductor 2.

6.3.4 Category 8 channel DC resistance unbalance between pairs

DC resistance unbalance between pairs shall be calculated for the channel in accordance with equation

(15) This requirement is satisfied if the result of equation (15) is less than 7 % or if the difference between

RP1 and RP2 is less than 50 milliOhms. This applies to all 6 combinations of any 2 of the 4 pairs.

For the purposes of field testing, whenever the difference between RP1 and RP2 is less than 200 milliOhms, the DC resistance unbalance requirement between pairs is met.

Resistance

_

Unbalance

Between

_

pairs



R

R

P

1

P

1

R

R

P

P

2

2



100 %

(15)

Where:

24

1807

1808

1809

1810

1811

1812

1813

1814

1815

1816

1817

1818

1819

1820

1821

1822

1823

1824

1825

1826

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

R

P

1

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of a pair.

R

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of another pair.

P

2

The resistance for any pair PX may be calculated from individual conductor resistance values using equation (3).

R

PX

R

R

C

1

C

1

R

C

R

2

C

2

(16)

6.3.5 Channel mutual capacitance

Mutual capacitance is not specified for channels.

6.3.6 Channel capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground

Capacitance unbalance is not specified for channels.

6.3.7 Channel characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL)

Characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL) are not applicable for channels.

6.3.8 Channel return loss

Channel return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 5 for

all specified frequencies.

Table 5 - Channel return loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f < 20

20

f  100

1

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f  250

1

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f < 398.1

398.1

f  500

1

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f < 130

130

f < 1000

1000

f  2000

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

17

17

– 10log( f /20)

19

24-5log( f )

32-10log( f )

19

24-5log(

f

)

32-10log(

f

)

6

19.0

24-5log(f)

16.0

35-9log(f)

8 dB

25

1827

1828

1829

1830

1843

1844

1845

1846

1847

1848

1849

1850

1851

1831

1832

1833

1834

1835

1836

1837

1838

1839

1840

1841

1842

1852

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel return loss values in Table 6 are provided for information only.

Table 6 - Minimum channel return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

17.0

17.0

17.0

17.0

17.0

17.0

16.0

15.1

12.1

10.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

18.0

17.5

17.0

16.5

14.0

12.0

9.0

8.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

18.0

17.5

17.0

16.5

14.0

12.0

9.0

8.0

7.2

6.0

6.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

18.0

17.5

17.0

16.5

16.0

16.0

14.3

13.4

12.7

11.6

10.7

10.0

8.0

8.0

8.0

6.3.9 Category 3 through category 6A insertion loss

Channel insertion loss limits are derived from equation (15).

InsertionL oss channel

4 (

InsertionL oss conn

)

(

InsertionL oss cable

)

 where:

InsertionL oss cable

1 .

02

InsertionL oss cable

, 100

m

dB,

ILD channel

dB (15)

(16)

InsertionL oss cable

, 100

m

is the insertion loss of 100m of the appropriate category of cable, see

clause 6.6.10,

InsertionL oss conn

is the insertion loss of the appropriate category of connecting hardware, see

clause 6.10.8, and

ILD channel

0

dB for category 3 and 5e channels

ILD channel

0 .

0003

f

1 .

5

dB for category 6 channels

ILD channel

0 .

03 ( 1 .

82

f

0 .

091

f

0 .

25

)

f

dB for category 6A channels

(17)

(20)

(21)

26

1876

1877

1878

1879

1880

1881

1882

1883

1884

1885

1886

1887

1888

1866

1867

1868

1869

1870

1871

1872

1873

1874

1875

1853

1854

1855

1856

1857

1858

1859

1860

1861

1862

1863

1864

1865

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D where,

ILD channel

is the insertion loss deviation allowance for a channel.

NOTES,

1 A 20 % increase in insertion loss is allowed for cord cable.

2 The insertion loss of the channel does not take into consideration the 0.1 dB measurement floor of the connecting hardware insertion loss requirement.

3 The channel insertion loss requirement is derived using the insertion loss contribution of 4 connections.

4 For the purposes of field measurements, calculated channel limits that result in insertion loss values less than 3 dB revert to a requirement of 3 dB maximum (see ANSI/TIA-1152-A).

6.3.10 Category 8 insertion loss

Category 8 Channel insertion loss limits are derived from the modeling equation (20).

InsertionL oss channel

2

InsertionL oss conn

B

InsertionL oss cable

_ 30

m

ILD channel

dB (20)

Where:

B is the insertion loss scaling factor for horizontal cable including a 20% equipment cord de-rating for 6 m of cord cable and including 24 m of horizontal cable as shown in equation (22).

B

1 .

2

6 / 100

24 / 100

0 .

312

(22)

And:

InsertionL oss cable

_ 30

m

is the insertion loss of the horizontal cable, see clause 6.6.10.

And:

InsertionL oss conn

is the insertion loss of the connecting hardware, see clause 6.10.8.

ILD channel

is the insertion loss deviation allowance for a channel, see equation (23).

ILD channel

0 .

0324

f

dB for category 8 channels (23)

NOTES:

1 Table 7 allows a 20% de-rating of insertion loss for cord cable.

2 The insertion loss of the channel does not take into consideration the 0.1 dB measurement floor of the connecting hardware insertion loss requirement.

27

1889

1890

1891

1892

1893

1894

1895

1896

1897

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Channel insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 7 for all specified frequencies.

Table 7 - Channel insertion loss

Frequency

(MHz)

Insertion loss

(dB)

Category 3

1

f  16

1 .

02 ( 2 .

32

f

0 .

238

f

)

4

0 .

1

f

Category 5e

1

f  100

1 .

02 ( 1 .

967

f

0 .

023

f

0 .

05

)

f

4

0 .

04

f

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

1 .

02 ( 1 .

808

1 .

05 ( 1

0 .

312 ( 1 .

80

.

f

0 .

017

f

0 .

2

)

4

0 .

02

f

82

f

0 .

0003

f

1 .

5

f

0 .

0091

f

0 .

25

)

f

4

0 .

02

f f

0 .

005

f

0 .

25

)

f

2

IL conn

0 .

0324

f

The channel insertion loss values in Table 8 are provided for information only.

Table 8 - Maximum channel insertion loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

3.0

6.5

9.8

11.2

14.9

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

12.9

18.6

24.0

-

-

-

-

-

2.2

4.5

6.3

7.1

9.1

10.2

11.4

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

11.4

16.5

21.3

31.5

35.9

-

-

-

2.1

4.0

5.7

6.3

8.0

9.0

10.1

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

11.5

16.4

20.9

30.1

33.9

37.4

43.7

49.3

2.3

4.2

5.8

6.5

8.2

9.2

10.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

3.6

5.1

6.5

9.3

10.4

11.5

13.3

15.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.2

16.5

22.0

27.7

32.7

28

1898

1899

1900

1901

1902

1903

1904

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.11 Channel NEXT loss

Channel NEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 9 for

all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 3 and 5e channel NEXT loss values greater than 60 dB shall revert to a requirement of 60 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 6, 6A and category 8 channel NEXT loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

Table 9 - Channel NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f < 330

330

f  500

1

f  440

440 < f  2000

NEXT loss

(dB)

20 log

10



( 23 .

2

15 log(

20

20 log

10

( 35 .

3

15 log(

20



f f

/ 16 ))

/ 100 ))

2

10

2

10

( 33 .

9

20 log(

f

( 43

20

20 log(

20

f

/ 16 ))

/ 100 ))





20 log

10



( 44 .

3

15 log(

f

20

/ 100 ))

20 log

10

( 44 .

3



15 log(

f

20

/ 100 ))

31

27 .

15 log(

f

2

2

/

10

10

330 )

( 54

( 54

20

20 log(

20 log(

20

f f

/

/ 100

100

))

))





20 log

10

( 45 .

3



15 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 54

20 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))



20 log

10

( 45 .

3

15 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 39 .

12

36 .

14 log(

20

f

/ 500 ))

1905

1906

29

1907

1908

1909

1910

1911

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel NEXT loss values in Table 10 are provided for information only.

Table 10 - Minimum channel NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

39.1

29.3

24.3

22.7

19.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

60.0

53.5

48.6

47.0

43.6

42.0

40.3

38.7

33.6

30.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

65.0

63.0

58.2

56.6

53.2

51.6

50.0

48.4

43.4

39.9

34.8

33.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

65.0

63.0

58.2

56.6

53.2

51.6

50.0

48.4

43.4

39.9

34.8

33.1

31.7

28.7

26.1

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

65.0

63.8

58.9

57.3

53.9

52.3

50.7

49.1

44.0

40.5

35.3

33.6

32.3

30.1

27.9

25.7

19.3

13.9

9.8

30

1912

1913

1914

1915

1916

1917

1918

1919

1920

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.12 Channel PSNEXT loss

Channel PSNEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 11

for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 5e channel PSNEXT loss values greater than 57 dB shall revert to a requirement of 57 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 6, 6A and category 8 channel PSNEXT loss values greater than 62 dB shall revert to a requirement of 62 dB minimum.

Table 11 - Channel PSNEXT loss

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

PSNEXT loss

(dB)

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f < 330

330

f  500

1

f  500

500 < f  2000 n/s

20 log

10

( 32 .

3

15 log(

20



f

20 log

10



( 42 .

3

15 log(

20

f

20 log

10



( 42 .

3

15 log(

f

20

/

/

/ 100 ))

100

100

))

))

28

26 .

43 log(

f

2

10

2

2

10

/

10

(

( 40

330 )

50

( 50

20

20 log(

20

20 log(

f

20 log(

20

f f

/

/

/ 100 ))



100

100

))

))





20 log

10

( 42 .

3

15 log(

20



f

20 log

10

( 42 .

3



15 log(

20

f

/

/ 100 ))

100 ))

2

10

( 50 .

0

20 log(

20

f

2

10

( 35 .

95

34 .

85 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))



/ 500 ))



31

1921

1922

1923

1924

1925

1926

1927

1928

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel PSNEXT loss values in Table 12 are provided for information only.

Table 12 - Minimum channel PSNEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.3.13 Channel FEXT loss

FEXT loss is not specified for channels.

Category 5e

(dB)

57.0

50.5

45.6

44.0

40.6

39.0

37.3

35.7

30.6

27.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

62.0

60.5

55.6

54.0

50.6

49.0

47.3

45.7

40.6

37.1

31.9

30.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

62.0

60.5

55.6

54.0

50.6

49.0

47.3

45.7

40.6

37.1

31.9

30.2

28.8

25.8

23.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

62.0

60.5

55.6

54.0

50.6

49.0

47.3

45.7

40.6

37.1

31.9

30.2

28.8

26.6

24.8

22.7

16.5

11.2

7.3

32

1929

1930

1931

1932

1933

1934

1935

1936

1937

1938

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.14 Channel ACRF

Channel ACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 13 for all

specified frequencies. Due to measurement considerations, channel ACRF values that correspond to measured channel FEXT loss values of greater than 70 dB are for information only. For measurement purposes, calculations that result in category 8 channel ACRF loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

Table 13 - Channel ACRF

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

ACRF

(dB)

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000 n/s

20 log

10



20 log

10



( 23 .

8

20 log(

f

( 27 .

8

20

20 log(

20

f

20 log

10



( 27 .

8

20 log(

f

20

20 log

10

( 39 .

0



20

 log(

f

20

/

/

/ 100 ))

100

/ 100 ))

100

))

))

4

10

4

10

( 35 .

1

20 log(

20

( 43 .

1

20 log(

f

20

f

/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



( 43 .

1

20 log(

f

4

10

20

/ 100 ))



2

10

( 43 .

1

20

 log(

f

20

/ 100 ))



33

1939

1940

1941

1942

1943

1944

1945

1946

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel ACRF values in Table 14 are provided for information only.

Table 14 - Minimum channel ACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

6.3.15 Channel PSFEXT loss

PSFEXT loss is not specified for channels.

57.4

45.4

39.3

37.4

33.3

31.4

29.4

27.5

21.5

17.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

63.3

51.2

45.2

43.3

39.2

37.2

35.3

33.4

27.3

23.3

17.2

15.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

63.3

51.2

45.2

43.3

39.2

37.2

35.3

33.4

27.3

23.3

17.2

15.3

13.7

11.2

9.3

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

65.0

59.9

53.9

52.0

47.9

45.9

44.0

42.1

36.0

32.0

25.9

24.0

22.4

19.9

18.0

16.4

12.0

8.4

5.9

34

1947

1948

1949

1950

1951

1952

1953

1954

1955

1956

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.16 Channel PSACRF

Channel PSACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 15 for

all specified frequencies. Due to measurement considerations, for frequencies greater than 200 MHz category 8 channel PSACRF values that correspond to measured channel FEXT loss values of greater than 67 dB are for information only. For measurement purposes, calculations that result in category 8 channel PSACRF loss values greater than 62 dB shall revert to a requirement of 62 dB minimum.

Table 15 - Channel PSACRF

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

PSACRF

(dB)

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000 n/s

20 log

10



20 log

10



( 20 .

8

20 log(

f

20

( 24 .

8

20 log(

f

20

20 log

10



( 24 .

8

20 log(

20

20 log

10

( 36 .

0

20

 log(

20

f f

/

/ 100 ))

/ 100 ))

100 ))

4

4

4

10

10

10

( 32 .

1

( 40 .

1

( 40 .

1

20

20

20 log(

20 log(

20 log(

20

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 40 .

1

20

 log(

20

f f f f

/ 100 ))

/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



35

1957

1958

1959

1960

1961

1962

1963

1964

1965

1966

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel PSACRF values in Table 16 are provided for information only.

Table 16 - Minimum channel PSACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

54.4

42.4

36.3

34.4

30.3

28.4

26.4

24.5

18.5

14.4

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

60.3

48.2

42.2

40.3

36.2

34.2

32.3

30.4

24.3

20.3

14.2

12.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

60.3

48.2

42.2

40.3

36.2

34.2

32.3

30.4

24.3

20.3

14.2

12.3

10.7

8.2

6.3

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

62.0

56.9

50.9

49.0

44.9

42.9

41.0

39.1

33.0

29.0

22.9

21.0

19.4

16.9

15.0

13.4

9.0

5.4

2.9

6.3.17 Channel TCL

Channel TCL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 17 for all

specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6A channel TCL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum. Compliance to these requirements is intended to be verified by laboratory measurements.

Table 17 - Channel TCL

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

1)

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

50

50

TCL

(dB)

2,3

n/s n/s

– 15log( f )

– 15log( f )

23-17log(f/100)

1 This limit was not specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 or ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-9 and represents expected performance that is provided for information only.

2 Calculations that result in category 8 channel TCL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum.

3 Calculations that result in category 8 channel TCL values less than 3 dB shall revert to a requirement of 3 dB minimum.

36

1967

1968

1969

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel TCL values in Table 18 are provided for information only.

Table 18 - Minimum channel TCL

1970

1971

1972

1973

1974

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.3.18 Channel TCTL

TCTL is not specified for channels.

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

40.0

40.0

36.5

35.0

31.9

30.5

29.0

27.6

23.1

20.0

15.5

14.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

40.0

40.0

36.5

35.0

31.9

30.5

29.0

27.6

23.1

20.0

15.5

14.0

12.8

11.0

9.5

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

36.5

34.9

33.2

31.6

26.5

23.0

17.9

16.2

14.9

12.8

11.1

9.8

6.0

3.0

3.0

37

1975

1976

1977

1978

1979

1980

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.19 Channel ELTCTL

Channel ELTCTL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 19 for

all specified frequencies. Compliance to these requirements is intended to be verified by laboratory measurements.

Table 19 - Channel ELTCTL

1981

1982

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

ELTCTL

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

Category 6

1)

Category 6A

1

f  30

30 < f  250

1

f  30

30 < f  500

30

30

– 20log( f ) n/s

– 20log( f ) n/s

Category 8

1

f  155

155 < f  2000

46.8-20log(f)

3

1)

This limit was not specified in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 or ANSI/TIA-568-B.2-9 and represents expected performance that is provided for information only.

38

1983

1984

1985

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel ELTCTL values in Table 20 are provided for information only.

Table 20 - Minimum channel ELTCTL

1986

1987

1988

1989

1990

1991

1992

1993

1994

1995

1996

1997

1998

1999

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

30.0

18.0

11.9

10.0

5.9

4.0

2.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

30.0

18.0

11.9

10.0

5.9

4.0

2.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

46.8

34.8

28.7

26.8

22.7

20.8

18.8

16.9

10.9

6.8

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

6.3.20 Channel coupling attenuation (screened only)

Category 3 through category 6A channel coupling attenuation is not specified.

6.3.21 Category 8 channel coupling attenuation

Channel coupling attenuation should meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 21 for all specified frequencies. Compliance to these requirements is intended to be verified by

laboratory measurements when measured using absorbing clamp method IEC 62153-4-13 or tri-axial method IEC 62153-4-15.

Compliance to this parameter in the field may be assured through careful adherence to installation best practices or when measured using absorbing clamp method IEC 62153-4-14.

Table 21 - Category 8 channel coupling attenuation

Frequency

(MHz)

Coupling attenuation

(dB)

1

f  30 n/s

Category 8

30 < f  100

100 < f

 2000

50

50-20log(f/100)

The minimum channel coupling attenuation values in Table 22 are provided for information only.

39

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 22 - Minimum Category 8 channel coupling attenuation

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

50.0

50.0

50.0

44.0

42.0

40.5

38.0

36.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

34.4

30.0

26.5

24.0

6.3.22 Channel Propagation delay

Channel propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 23 for all specified frequencies. For field testing channels, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and

channel propagation delay at 10 MHz shall not exceed 555 ns for category 3 thru 6A channels. For category

8 channels, channel propagation delay at 10 MHz shall not exceed 179 ns.

Table 23 - Channel propagation delay

Frequency

(MHz)

Propagation delay

(ns)

2008

2009

2010

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

( 534

36

)

( 4

2 .

5 )

f

( 534

36

)

( 4

2 .

5 )

f

( 534

36

)

( 4

2 .

5 )

f

( 534

36

)

( 4

2 .

5 )

f

Category 8

1

f  2000

32

30

( 160

11

)

( 2

2 .

5 )

f

Note: The ratio of 32/30 is included to accommodate cords that are not de-rated.

40

2011

2012

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel propagation delay values in Table 24 are provided for information only.

Table 24 - Maximum channel propagation delay

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(ns)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

580

562

557

555

553

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(ns)

-

-

-

-

551

550

549

548

580

562

557

555

553

552

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(ns)

551

550

549

548

547

546

-

-

580

562

557

555

553

552

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(ns)

551

550

549

548

547

546

546

546

580

562

557

555

553

552

546

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.5

73.3

70.0

67.4

65.5

6.3.23 Channel propagation delay skew

Category 3 through 6A channel propagation delay skew shall be less than 50 ns for all frequencies from 1

MHz to the upper frequency limit of the category. The delay skew of any given category 3 through 6A channel shall not vary by more than +/- 10 ns within this requirement due to environmental effects such as the daily temperature variation. For field testing channels, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and channel propagation delay skew at 10 MHz shall not exceed 50 ns. Channel propagation delay skew for category 8 channels shall be less than 17 ns for all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz. The delay skew of any given category 8 channel shall not vary by more than +/- 3 ns within this requirement due to environmental effects such as the daily temperature variation.

Note: The 17 ns delay skew is based on the allowance of using a 0 % de-rated patch cable resulting in a

32 m channel.

6.3.24 Channel ANEXT loss

ANEXT loss is not specified for channels.

41

2027

2028

2029

2030

2031

2032

2033

2034

2035

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.25 Channel PSANEXT loss

Channel PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 25

for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6A channel PSANEXT loss values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. For measurement purposes, calculations that result in category 8 channel PSANEXT loss values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum.

Table 25 - Channel PSANEXT loss

2036

2037

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

PSANEXT loss

(dB)

Category 3

n/s

Category 5e

Category 6

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f < 100

100

f  500 n/s n/s

Category 6A

60 - 10log(

f

/100)

60 - 15log(

f

/100)

1)

1

f < 100

85-10log(f/100)

Category 8

100

f  2000

85-15log(f/100)

1)

If the average insertion loss of all disturbed pairs at 100 MHz,

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, is less than 7 dB, subtract: minimum 7

f

100

400

7

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, 6

f

100

400

where:

f

is the frequency in MHz

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

1

4

i

4

1

IL

100

MHz

,

i

and

IL

100

MHz

,

i

is the insertion loss of a pair

i

at 100 MHz

42

2038

2039

2040

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel PSANEXT loss values in Table 26 are provided for information only.

Table 26 - Minimum channel PSANEXT loss

2041

2042

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

66.0

65.1

62.0

60.0

55.5

54.0

52.8

51.0

49.5

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.5

73.3

70.0

67.4

65.5

43

2043

2044

2045

2046

2047

2048

2049

2050

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.3.26 Channel Average PSANEXT loss

Channel average PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 27 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6A channel average PSANEXT

loss values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. Average PSANEXT requirements are not specified for category 8 channels.

Table 27 - Channel average PSANEXT loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

Average PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s

Category 6

n/s

Category 6A

1

f < 100

100

f  500

62.25 - 10log(

f

/100)

62.25 - 15log(

f

/100)

1)

1) If the average insertion loss of all disturbed pairs at 100 MHz,

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, is less than 7 dB, subtract: minimum 7

f

100

400

7

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, 6

f

100

400

where:

f

is the frequency in MHz

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

1

4

i

4

1

IL

100

MHz

,

i

and

IL

100

MHz

,

i

is the insertion loss of a pair

i

at 100 MHz

2051

2052

44

2053

2054

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel average PSANEXT loss values in Table 28 are provided for information only.

Table 28 - Minimum channel average PSANEXT loss

2055

2056

2057

2058

2059

2060

2061

2062

2063

2064

2065

2066

2067

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

6.3.27 Channel AFEXT loss

AFEXT loss is not specified for channels.

6.3.28 Channel PSAFEXT loss

PSAFEXT loss is not specified for channels.

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

64.3

62.3

57.7

56.3

55.1

53.2

51.8

6.3.29 Channel PSAACRF

Channel PSAACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 29 for

all specified frequencies. Channel PSAACRF shall be for information only when channel PSAFEXT loss is greater than either 72-15log(

f

/100) dB or 67 dB. Calculations that result in category 6A channel PSAACRF values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. Category 8 channel PSAACRF shall be for information only when the frequency is greater than 200 MHz and the channel PSAFEXT loss is greater than 80 dB.

Table 29 - Channel PSAACRF

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

PSAACRF

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

37-20log(

f

/100)

Category 8

61-20log(

f

/100)

1 Calculations that result in category 8 channel PSAACRF values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum.

45

2068

2069

2070

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel PSAACRF values in Table 30 are provided for information only.

Table 30 - Minimum channel PSAACRF

2071

2072

2073

2074

2075

2076

2077

2078

2079

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

65.0

58.9

57.0

52.9

51.0

49.0

47.1

41.1

37.0

31.0

29.0

27.5

25.0

23.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

73.0

71.1

65.1

61.0

55.0

53.0

51.5

49.0

47.0

45.4

41.0

37.5

35.0

6.3.30 Channel average PSAACRF

Channel average PSAACRF for category 6A shall meet or exceed the values determined using the

equations shown in Table 31 for all specified frequencies. Channel average PSAACRF shall be for

information only when channel PSAFEXT loss is greater than either 72-15log(

f

/100) dB or 67 dB.

Calculations that result in category 6A channel average PSAACRF values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum.

Average PSAACRF requirements are not specified for category 3 through 6 or category 8 channels.

Table 31 - Channel average PSAACRF

Category 6A

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  500

Average PSAACRF

(dB)

41-20log(

f

/100)

2080

2081

46

2082

2083

2084

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The channel average PSAACRF values in Table 32 are provided for information only.

Table 32 - Minimum category 6A channel average PSAACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

62.9

61.0

56.9

55.0

53.0

51.1

45.1

41.0

35.0

33.0

31.5

29.0

27.0

-

-

-

-

2085

2086

47

2087

2088

2097

2098

2099

2100

2101

2102

2103

2104

2089

2090

2091

2092

2093

2094

2095

2096

2105

2106

2107

2108

2109

2110

2111

2112

2113

2114

2115

2116

2117

2118

2119

2120

2121

2122

2123

2124

2125

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4 Permanent link transmission performance

This clause contains the transmission performance specifications for balanced twisted-pair permanent

links. The category 3 through 6A permanent link test configuration is illustrated in figure 6. See Annex K for

worst case modeling configurations.

Test equipment

F

TO

B

CP

Permanent link under test

Legend

C

C1

F

Test equipment

Cables and cords

Test equipment cord .......................... F

Optional consolidation point cabling .. B

Horizontal cabling .............................. C

Connecting hardware

Telecommunications outlet/ connector ..................................... TO

Optional consolidation point connector ............................ CP

Horizontal cross-connect or interconnect ................................. C1

Maximum length

B + C .................................... 90 m (295 ft)

Figure 6 - Schematic representation of a permanent link test configuration

The category 8 permanent link configuration shall consist of two connectors and horizontal cable as

shown in Figure 7. The permanent link configuration does not include equipment cords.

Compliant Category 8 components installed according to the permanent link configurations described in this clause will assure that the permanent link requirements described in this addendum are met. The permanent link requirements are designed to assure compliance with Category 8 permanent link performance requirements when used with lengths less than 24 m and 2 connectors. Where lengths longer than 24 m or permanent link configurations with more than 2 connectors are used, compliance to category 8 permanent link performance is not assured. Category 8 cabling installed in the permanent link

configuration described in Figure 6 shall meet or exceed the transmission performance requirements for

category 6A permanent links.

48

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

2126

2127

2128

2129

2130

2142

2143

2144

2145

2146

2147

2131

2132

2133

2134

2135

2136

2137

2138

2139

2140

2141

2148

2149

2150

2151

2152

Permanent link

Equipment

F

EO or C1

B

Legend

Cables and cords

Test equipment cords F

Horizontal or backbone cabling ......... B

Connecting hardware

Equipment Outlet ........................... EO

Interconnect ................................... C1

Maximum length

B 24 m (79 ft)

C1 F

Equipment

Figure 7 - Schematic representation of a category 8 permanent link

6.4.1 Category 3 through 6A permanent link DC loop resistance

DC loop resistance for category 3, 5e, 6, and 6A permanent links shall not exceed 21

at any temperature from 20 °C to 60 °C.

6.4.2 Category 8 permanent link DC loop resistance

DC loop resistance for category 8 permanent links shall not exceed 5.6

 when measured at 20 ± 3°C or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C using the correction factors specified in ASTM-D4566. Using a temperature coefficient of resistance of 0.00393 for copper, the resistance at 60 C is 6.15 ohms. In addition, the DC loop resistance PL_DC_Loop_R(L) shall meet the requirements of equation (7) for the actual length of the permanent link.

PL_DC_Loop_R(L)=2((2.4/30)Length_horizontal+2(0.2))

Where:

Length_horizontal is the length of the horizontal cable.

(7)

6.4.3 Category 3 through 6A Permanent link DC resistance unbalance

DC resistance unbalance is not specified for category 3 through 6A permanent links.

6.4.4 Category 8 permanent link DC resistance unbalance within a pair

DC resistance unbalance shall be calculated for each pair of the permanent link in accordance with equation

(24). This requirement is satisfied if the result of equation (24) is less than 3 % or if the difference between

RC1 and RC2 is less than 100 milliOhms.

Resistance

_

Unbalance pair



R

C

1

R

C

1

R

C

2

R

C

2



100 %

(24)

Where:

R

C

1

is the DC resistance of conductor 1.

R

C

2

is the DC resistance of conductor 2.

49

2161

2162

2163

2164

2165

2166

2167

2168

2169

2153

2154

2155

2156

2157

2158

2159

2160

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Where conductor 1 and conductor 2 are the two conductors of the same pair.

6.4.5 Category 8 permanent link DC resistance unbalance between pairs

DC resistance unbalance between pairs shall be calculated for the permanent link in accordance with equation (25). This requirement is satisfied if the result of equation (25) is less than 7 % or if the difference between RP1 and RP2 is less than 50 milliOhms.

For the purposes of field testing, whenever the difference between RP1 and RP2 is less than 200 milliOhms, the DC resistance unbalance requirement between pairs is met.

Resistance

_

Unbalance

Between

_

pairs



R

R

P

1

P

1

R

R

P

P

2

2



100 % (25)

Where:

R

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of a pair.

P

1

R

P

2

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of another pair.

The resistance for any pair PX may be calculated from individual conductor resistance values using equation (26)

R

PX

R

C

1

R

C

1

R

C

2

R

C

2

(26)

2170

2171

2172

2173

2174

2175

2176

2177

6.4.6 Permanent link mutual capacitance

Mutual capacitance is not specified for permanent links.

6.4.7 Permanent link capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground

Capacitance unbalance is not specified for permanent links.

6.4.8 Permanent link characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL)

Characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL) are not applicable for permanent links.

50

2178

2179

2180

2181

2182

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.9 Permanent link return loss

Permanent link return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 33 for all specified frequencies.

Table 33 - Permanent link return loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f < 20

20

f  100

1

f < 3

3

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f  250

1

f < 3

3

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f < 398.1

398.1

f  500

1

 f < 3

3

 f < 10

10

 f < 40

40

 f  100

100 < f

 682

682 < f

 2000

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

19

19

– 10log( f /20)

21+4log( f /3 )

21

26-5log( f )

34-10log( f )

21+4log( f /3 )

21

26-5log(

f

)

34-10log(

f

)

8

21+4log( f /3 )

21

26-5log( f )

18

42-12log(f)

8

2183

2184

51

2185

2186

2187

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link return loss values in Table 34 are provided for information only.

Table 34 - Minimum permanent link return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

19.0

18.0

17.1

14.1

12.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

19.1

21.0

21.0

21.0

20.0

19.5

19.0

18.5

16.0

14.0

11.0

10.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

19.1

21.0

21.0

21.0

20.0

19.5

19.0

18.5

16.0

14.0

11.0

10.0

9.2

8.0

8.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

19.1

21.0

21.0

21.0

20.0

19.5

19.0

18.5

18.0

18.0

14.4

13.2

12.3

10.8

9.6

8.7

8.0

8.0

8.0

2188

2189

52

2217

2218

2219

2220

2221

2222

2223

2224

2225

2226

2227

2228

2229

2230

2231

2232

2233

2234

2202

2203

2204

2205

2206

2207

2208

2209

2210

2211

2212

2213

2214

2215

2216

2190

2191

2192

2193

2194

2195

2196

2197

2198

2199

2200

2201

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.10 Category 3 through 6A permanent link Insertion loss

Permanent link insertion loss limits are derived from equation (18).

InsertionL oss perm

_

link

2 (

InsertionL oss conn

)

InsertionL oss cable

ILD perm

_

link

dB where:

InsertionL oss cable

InsertionL oss cable

, 100

m

dB,

InsertionL oss cable

, 100

m

is the insertion loss of 100m of the appropriate category of cable, see

clause 6.6.10,

(18)

(28)

InsertionL oss conn

is the insertion loss of the appropriate category of connecting hardware, see

clause 6.10.8, and

ILD perm

_

link

0

dB for category 3 and 5e channels (29)

ILD perm

_

link

0 .

00015

f

1 .

5

dB for category 6 and 6A channels (30)

NOTES,

1 The insertion loss of the permanent link does not take into consideration the 0.1 dB measurement floor of the connecting hardware insertion loss requirement.

2 The permanent link insertion loss requirement is derived using the insertion loss contribution of 3 connections.

3 For the purposes of field measurements, calculated permanent link limits that result in insertion loss values less than 3 dB revert to a requirement of 3 dB maximum (see ANSI/TIA-1152-A).

6.4.11 Category 8 permanent link insertion loss

Permanent link insertion loss limits are derived from equation (31).

InsertionL oss

Perm

_

link

24

30

InsertionL oss cable

_ 30

m

2

InsertionL oss conn

ILD

Perm

_

link

dB (31)

InsertionL oss cable

, 30

m

is the insertion loss of 30 m of category 8 cable, see clause 6.6.10,

InsertionL oss conn

is the insertion loss of category 8 connecting hardware, see clause 6.10.8.

ILD perm

_

link

is the insertion loss deviation allowance for a permanent link.

ILD perm

_

link

0 .

0324

f

dB for category 8 permanent links (32)

NOTE,

1 The insertion loss of the permanent link does not take into consideration the 0.1 dB measurement floor of the connecting hardware insertion loss requirement.

53

2235

2236

2237

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Permanent link insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 35 for all specified frequencies.

Table 35 - Permanent link insertion loss

2238

2239

2240

2241

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Insertion loss

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

0 .

9 ( 2 .

32

f

0 .

238

f

)

3

0 .

1

f

1

1

0 .

9

.

( 1

687

.

967

f

0 .

023

f

0 .

05

)

f

3

0 .

04

f f

0 .

0153

f

0 .

18

f

0 .

00015

f

1 .

5

.

698

f

0 .

00819

f

0 .

225

f

0 .

00015

f

1 .

5

Category 8

1

 f  2000

0 .

8 ( 0 .

54

f

0 .

0015

f

0 .

075

)

f

2

B

0 .

0324

f

Where

B

is the connecting hardware insertion loss specified in Table 123

The permanent link insertion loss values in Table 36 are provided for information only.

Table 36 - Maximum permanent link insertion loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.6

5.6

8.5

9.7

13.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

2.1

3.9

5.5

6.2

7.9

8.9

10.0

11.2

16.2

21.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

1.9

3.5

5.0

5.5

7.0

7.9

8.9

10.0

14.4

18.6

27.4

31.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

1.9

3.5

5.0

5.5

7.0

7.8

8.8

9.8

14.0

18.0

26.1

29.5

32.7

38.4

43.8

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

4.1

5.2

7.4

8.3

9.1

10.6

11.9

13.1

17.5

22.1

26.2

2242

2243

54

2244

2245

2246

2247

2248

2249

2250

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.12 Permanent link NEXT loss

Permanent link NEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table

37 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 3 and 5e permanent link NEXT loss

values greater than 60 dB shall revert to a requirement of 60 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 6 and 6A permanent link NEXT loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

Table 37 - Permanent link NEXT loss

2251

2252

2253

2254

2255

2256

2257

2258

2259

2260

2261

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

NEXT loss

(dB)

20 log

10



( 23 .

2

15 log(

f

20

20 log

10



( 35 .

3

15 log(

20

20 log

10



( 44 .

3

15 log(

f

20

f

20 log

10



( 44 .

3

15 log(

f

20

/

/

/ 16 ))

/ 100 ))

100

100

))

))

10

10

10

10

( 33 .

9

20 log(

f

( 43

( 54

( 54

20

20

20

20 log(

20 log(

20 log(

20

f f f

/ 16 ))

/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))

/ 100 ))







34

33 .

13 log(

f

/ 300 )

Category 6A

1

f < 300

300

f  500

Category 8

1

f  440

440 < f  2000

20 log

10

( 45 .

3

15 log(

20



f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 54

20 log(

f

20

/ 100 ))



20 log

10



( 45 .

3

15 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 39 .

12

36 .

14 log(

20

f

/ 500 ))



NOTE - Permanent link NEXT loss test limits are more stringent than channel NEXT loss test limits to ensure that permanent links can be extended into compliant channels using additional cabling components that meet the minimum specifications in this Standard. When a consolidation point is present in the permanent link, the modeling predictions of permanent link NEXT loss performance using worst case components show margins that can be below the measurement accuracy for the permanent link.

NEXT loss performance can be improved by ensuring at least a 5 m (16.4 ft) distance between the consolidation point and the telecommunications outlet connector. Alternatively, channel testing can be performed with compliant channel cabling components that remain in place.

55

2262

2263

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link NEXT loss values in Table 38 are provided for information only.

Table 38 - Minimum permanent link NEXT loss

2264

2265

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

40.1

30.7

25.9

24.3

21.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

60.0

54.8

50.0

48.5

45.2

43.7

42.1

40.5

35.7

32.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

65.0

64.1

59.4

57.8

54.6

53.1

51.5

50.0

45.1

41.8

36.9

35.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

65.0

64.1

59.4

57.8

54.6

53.1

51.5

50.0

45.1

41.8

36.9

35.3

34.0

29.9

26.7

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

73.5

63.8

58.9

57.3

53.9

52.3

50.7

49.1

44.0

40.5

35.3

33.6

32.3

30.1

27.9

25.7

19.3

13.9

9.8

56

2266

2267

2268

2269

2270

2271

2272

2273

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.13 Permanent link PSNEXT loss

Permanent link PSNEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 39 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 5e permanent link PSNEXT loss

values greater than 57 dB shall revert to a requirement of 57 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 6 and 6A permanent link PSNEXT loss values greater than 62 dB shall revert to a requirement of

62 dB minimum.

Table 39 - Permanent link PSNEXT loss

2274

2275

2276

2277

2278

2279

2280

2281

2282

2283

2284

Frequency

(MHz)

PSNEXT loss

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f < 300

300

f  500

1

f  500

500 < f  2000 n/s

20 log

10



( 32 .

3

15 log(

f

20

20 log

10



( 42 .

3

15 log(

20

f

20 log

10



( 42 .

3

15 log(

20

f

/

/

/ 100 ))

100

100

))

))

31 .

4

34 .

44 log(

f

10

10

10

/

( 40

( 50

( 50

300 )

20

20 log(

20

20 log(

f

20 log(

20

f f

/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



20 log

10

( 42 .

3

15 log(

20



f

20 log

10

( 42 .

3



15 log(

20

f

/ 100

/ 100 ))

))

2

10

( 50 .

0

20 log(

20

2

10

( 35 .

95

37 .

5 log(

20

f f

/ 100

/ 500 ))

))





NOTE - Permanent link PSNEXT loss test limits are more stringent than channel PSNEXT loss test limits to ensure that permanent links can be extended into compliant channels using additional cabling components that meet the minimum specifications in this Standard. When a consolidation point is present in the permanent link, the modeling predictions of permanent link PSNEXT loss performance using worst case components show margins that can be below the measurement accuracy for the permanent link. PSNEXT loss performance can be improved by ensuring at least a 5 m (16.4 ft) distance between the consolidation point and the telecommunications outlet connector. Alternatively, channel testing can be performed with compliant channel cabling components that remain in place.

57

2285

2286

2287

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link PSNEXT loss values in Table 40 are provided for information only.

Table 40 - Minimum permanent link PSNEXT loss

2288

2289

2290

2291

2292

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

57.0

51.8

47.0

45.5

42.2

40.7

39.1

37.5

32.7

29.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.4.14 Permanent link FEXT loss

FEXT loss is not specified for permanent links.

Category 6

(dB)

62.0

61.8

57.0

55.5

52.2

50.7

49.1

47.5

42.7

39.3

34.3

32.7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

62.0

61.8

57.0

55.5

52.2

50.7

49.1

47.5

42.7

39.3

34.3

32.7

31.4

27.1

23.8

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

62.0

60.5

55.6

54.0

50.6

49.0

47.3

45.7

40.6

37.1

31.9

30.2

28.8

26.6

24.8

22.6

15.9

10.2

6.0

58

2293

2294

2295

2296

2297

2298

2299

2300

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.15 Permanent link ACRF

Permanent link ACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 41

for all specified frequencies. Due to measurement considerations, permanent link ACRF values that correspond to measured channel FEXT loss values of greater than 67 dB are for information only. For frequencies greater than 200 MHz, category 8 permanent link ACRF values that correspond to measured permanent link FEXT loss values of greater than 75 dB are for information only.

Table 41 - Permanent link ACRF

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

ACRF

(dB)

n/s

20 log

10



( 23 .

8

20 log(

f

20

20 log

10



( 27 .

8

20 log(

20

f

20 log

10



( 27 .

8

20 log(

f

20

/

/ 100 ))

100 ))

/ 100 ))

3

10

3

10

( 35 .

1

20 log(

f

( 43 .

1

20

20 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))



/ 100 ))



( 43 .

1

20 log(

f

3

10

20

/ 100 ))



Category 8

1

f  2000

20 log

10



( 40 .

0

20

 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 43 .

1

20

 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))



2301

2302

59

2303

2304

2305

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link ACRF values in Table 42 are provided for information only.

Table 42 - Minimum permanent link ACRF

2306

2307

2308

2309

2310

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

58.6

46.6

40.6

38.6

34.5

32.6

30.7

28.7

22.7

18.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.4.16 Permanent link PSFEXT loss

PSFEXT loss is not specified for permanent links.

Category 6

(dB)

64.2

52.1

46.1

44.2

40.1

38.2

36.2

34.3

28.3

24.2

18.2

16.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

64.2

52.1

46.1

44.2

40.1

38.2

36.2

34.3

28.3

24.2

18.2

16.2

14.6

12.1

10.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

72.4

60.4

54.3

52.4

48.3

46.4

44.4

42.5

36.5

32.4

26.4

24.4

22.9

20.4

18.4

16.8

12.4

8.9

6.4

60

2311

2312

2313

2314

2315

2316

2317

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.17 Category 3 through 6A permanent link PSACRF

Permanent link PSACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 43 for all specified frequencies. Due to measurement considerations, when the frequency is greater

than 200 MHz, category 8 permanent link PSACRF values that correspond to permanent link PSFEXT loss values of greater than 72 dB are for information only.

Table 43 - Permanent link PSACRF

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

PSACRF

(dB)

n/s

20 log

10



( 20 .

8

20 log

10



( 24 .

8

20 log(

20

20 log(

f

20

f

20 log

10



( 24 .

8

20 log(

20

f

/

/ 100 ))

/ 100 ))

100 ))

3

3

10

10

( 32 .

1

( 40 .

1

20

20 log(

20 log(

20

f f

/ 100 ))

/ 100 ))





3

10

( 40 .

1

20 log(

f

20

/ 100 ))



Category 8

1

f  2000

20 log

10

( 37 .

0



20

 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 40 .

1

20 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))



2318

2319

2320

61

2321

2322

2323

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link PSACRF values in Table 44 are provided for information only.

Table 44 - Minimum permanent link PSACRF

2324

2325

2326

2327

2328

2329

2330

2331

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

55.6

43.6

37.5

35.6

31.5

29.6

27.7

25.7

19.7

15.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

61.2

49.1

43.1

41.2

37.1

35.2

33.2

31.3

25.3

21.2

15.2

13.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

61.2

49.1

43.1

41.2

37.1

35.2

33.2

31.3

25.3

21.2

15.2

13.2

11.6

9.1

7.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

69.4

57.4

51.3

49.4

45.3

43.4

41.4

39.5

33.5

29.4

23.4

21.4

19.9

17.4

15.4

13.8

9.4

5.9

3.4

6.4.18 Permanent link TCL

TCL is not specified for category 3 through 6A permanent links.

Category 8 permanent link TCL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 45 for all specified frequencies.

Table 45 - Category 8 permanent link TCL

2332

2333

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  2000

Permanent link TCL

(dB)

1,2

23-17log(f/100)

Category 8

1 Calculations that result in category 8 permanent link TCL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum.

2 Calculations that result in category 8 permanent link TCL values less than 3 dB shall revert to a requirement of 3 dB minimum.

62

2334

2335

2336

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The minimum permanent link TCL values in Table 46 are provided for information only.

Table 46 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link TCL

2337

2338

2339

2340

2341

2342

2343

2344

2345

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

6.4.19 Permanent link TCTL

TCTL is not specified for permanent links.

Category 8

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

36.5

34.9

33.2

31.6

26.5

23.0

17.9

16.2

14.9

12.8

11.1

9.8

6.0

3.0

3.0

6.4.20 Permanent link ELTCTL

ELTCL is not specified for category 3 through 6A permanent links.

Category 8 permanent link ELTCTL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in table 47 for all specified frequencies.

Table 47 - Category 8 permanent link ELTCTL

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  155

155 < f  2000

Permanent link ELTCTL

(dB)

46.8-20log(f)

3

2346

2347

63

2348

2349

2350

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The minimum permanent link ELTCTL values in table 48 are provided for information only.

Table 48 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link ELTCTL

2351

2352

2353

2354

2355

2356

2357

2358

2359

2360

2361

2362

2363

2364

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

46.8

34.8

28.7

26.8

22.7

20.8

18.8

16.9

10.9

6.8

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

6.4.21 Permanent link coupling attenuation (screened only)

Coupling attenuation is not specified for category 3 through 6A permanent links.

Category 8 permanent link coupling attenuation should meet or exceed the values determined using the

equations shown in table 49 for all specified frequencies. Compliance to these requirements is intended to

be verified by laboratory measurements when measured using absorbing clamp method IEC 62153-4-13 or tri-axial method IEC 62153-4-15.

Compliance to this parameter in the field may be assured through careful adherence to installation best practices or when measured using absorbing clamp method IEC 62153-4-14.

Table 49 - Category 8 permanent link coupling attenuation

Frequency

(MHz)

Permanent link coupling attenuation

(dB)

1

f  30

N/A

Category 8

30 < f  100

100 < f

 2000

50

90-20log(f)

The minimum permanent link coupling attenuation values in table 50 are provided for information only.

64

2365

2366

2367

2368

2369

2370

2371

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 50 - Minimum Category 8 permanent link coupling attenuation

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

50.0

50.0

50.0

44.0

42.0

40.5

38.0

36.0

34.4

30.0

26.5

24.0

6.4.22 Permanent link propagation delay

Permanent link propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 51 for all specified frequencies. For field testing permanent links, it is sufficient to test at 10

MHz only and permanent link propagation delay at 10 MHz shall not exceed 498 ns for Category 3 through

6A and 136 ns for category 8.

Table 51 - Permanent link propagation delay

Frequency

(MHz)

Propagation delay

(ns)

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

0 .

9

( 534

36

f

( 3

2 .

5 )

0 .

9

( 534

36

f

( 3

2 .

5 )

0 .

9

( 534

36

f

( 3

2 .

5 )

0 .

9

( 534

36

f

( 3

2 .

5 )

128

8 .

8

f

( 2

2 .

5 )

2372

2373

65

2374

2375

2376

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link propagation delay values in Table 52 are provided for information only.

Table 52 - Maximum permanent link propagation delay

2377

2378

2379

2380

2381

2382

2383

2384

2385

2386

2387

2388

2389

2390

2391

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(ns)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

521

504

500

498

496

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(ns)

521

504

500

498

496

495

495

494

492

491

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(ns)

521

504

500

498

496

495

495

494

492

491

490

490

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(ns)

521

504

500

498

496

495

495

494

492

491

490

490

490

490

490

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(ns)

142

137

136

136

135

135

135

135

134

134

134

134

134

133

133

133

133

133

133

6.4.23 Permanent link propagation delay skew

Permanent link propagation delay skew for category 3 through 6A shall be less than 44 ns for all frequencies from 1 MHz to the upper frequency limit of the category. The delay skew of any given permanent link shall not vary by more than +/- 9 ns within this requirement due to environmental effects such as the daily temperature variation. For field testing permanent links, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and permanent link propagation delay skew at 10 MHz shall not exceed 44 ns.

Permanent link propagation delay skew for category 8 permanent links shall be less than 13.3 ns for all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz. The delay skew of any given category 8 permanent link shall not vary by more than +/- 3 ns within this requirement due to environmental effects such as the daily temperature variation. For field testing category 8 permanent links, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and permanent link propagation delay skew at 10 MHz shall not exceed 13.3 ns.

6.4.24 Permanent link ANEXT loss

ANEXT loss is not specified for permanent links.

66

2392

2393

2394

2395

2396

2397

2398

2399

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.25 Permanent link PSANEXT loss

Permanent link PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 53 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6A permanent link PSANEXT loss

values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. For measurement purposes calculations that result in category 8 permanent link PSANEXT loss values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum.

Table 53 - Permanent link PSANEXT loss

2400

2401

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s

Category 6

n/s

Category 6A

1

f < 100

100

f  500

60 - 10log(

f

/100)

60 - 15log(

f

/100)

1)

Category 8

1

f  2000

85-15log(f/100)

1) If the average insertion loss of all disturbed pairs at 100 MHz,

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, is less than 7 dB, subtract: minimum 7

f

100

400

7

IL

IL

100

MHz

100

MHz

,

,

avg avg

, 6

f

100

400

where:

f

is the frequency in MHz

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

1

4

4

i

1

IL

100

MHz

,

i

and

IL

100

MHz

,

i

is the insertion loss of a pair

i

at 100 MHz

67

2402

2403

2404

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link PSANEXT loss values in Table 54 are provided for information only.

Table 54 - Permanent link PSANEXT loss

2405

2406

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

66.0

65.1

62.0

60.0

55.5

54.0

52.8

51.0

49.5

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.5

73.3

70.0

67.4

65.5

68

2407

2408

2409

2410

2411

2412

2413

2414

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.26 Permanent link average PSANEXT Loss

Permanent link average PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 55 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6A permanent link

average PSANEXT loss values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum.

Average PSANEXT requirements are not specified for category 8 permanent links.

Table 55 - Permanent link average PSANEXT loss

2415

2416

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

Average PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s

Category 6

n/s

Category 6A

1

f < 100

100

f  500

62.25 - 10log(

f

/100)

62.25 - 15log(

f

/100)

1)

Category 8

1

f  2000 n/s

1) If the average insertion loss of all disturbed pairs at 100 MHz,

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

, is less than 7 dB, subtract: minimum 7

f

100

400

7

IL

IL

100

MHz

100

MHz

,

,

avg avg

, 6

f

100

400 where:

f

is the frequency in MHz

IL

100

MHz

,

avg

1

4

i

4

1

IL

100

MHz

,

i

and

IL

100

MHz

,

i

is the insertion loss of a pair

i

at 100 MHz

69

2417

2418

2419

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link average PSANEXT loss values in Table 56 are provided for information only.

Table 56 - Minimum permanent link average PSANEXT loss

2420

2421

2422

2423

2424

2425

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

6.4.27 Permanent link AFEXT loss

AFEXT loss is not specified for permanent links.

6.4.28 Permanent link PSAFEXT loss

PSAFEXT loss is not specified for permanent links.

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

64.3

62.3

57.7

56.3

55.1

53.2

51.8

Category 8

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

70

2426

2427

2428

2429

2430

2431

2432

2433

2434

2435

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.29 Permanent link PSAACRF

Permanent link PSAACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 57 for all specified frequencies. Permanent link PSAACRF shall be for information only when

permanent link PSAFEXT loss is greater than either 72-15log(

f

/100) dB or 67 dB. Calculations that result in category 6A permanent link PSAACRF values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. For measurement purposes calculations that result in category 8 permanent link PSAACRF loss values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum. Category 8 permanent link

PSAACRF shall be for information only when permanent link PSAFEXT loss is greater than 80 dB

Table 57 - Permanent link PSAACRF

2436

2437

2438

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

PSAACRF

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

Category 6A

37.7-20log(

f

/100)

Category 8

1

f  2000

62-20log(

f

/100)

The permanent link PSAACRF values in Table 58 are provided for information only.

Table 58 - Minimum permanent link PSAACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 6A

(dB)

47.8

41.8

37.7

31.7

29.7

28.2

25.7

67.0

65.7

59.6

57.7

53.6

51.7

49.7

23.7

Category 8

(dB)

72.1

66.1

62.0

56.0

54.0

52.5

50.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.0

48.0

46.4

42.0

38.5

36.0

2439

71

2440

2441

2442

2443

2444

2445

2446

2447

2448

2449

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.4.30 Permanent link average PSAACRF loss

Permanent link average PSAACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 59 for all specified frequencies. Permanent link average PSAACRF shall be for information only

when permanent link PSAFEXT loss is greater than either 72-15log(

f

/100) dB or 67 dB. Calculations that result in category 6A permanent link average PSAACRF values greater than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum.

Average PSAACRF requirements are not specified for category 8 permanent links.

Table 59 - Permanent link average PSAACRF

2450

2451

2452

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

Average PSAACRF

(dB)

n/s

Category 5e

n/s

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  250

1

f  500 n/s

41.7-20log(

f

/100)

Category 8

1

f  2000 n/s

The permanent link average PSAACRF values in Table 60 are provided for information only.

Table 60 - Minimum permanent link average PSAACRF

2453

2454

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

63.6

61.7

57.6

55.7

53.7

51.8

45.8

41.7

35.7

33.7

32.2

29.7

27.7

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

72

2455

2456

2457

2458

2459

2460

2461

2462

2463

2464

2465

2466

2467

2468

2469

2470

2471

2472

2473

2474

2475

2476

2477

2478

2479

2480

2481

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.5 Category 8 direct attach channel transmission performance

Category 8 direct attach channels shall meet the requirements specified for category 8 permanent links in

clause 6.4 with the exceptions of the requirements in this clause.

DC loop resistance is not specified for direct attach channels. DC Resistance unbalance is not specified for direct attach channels.

This clause contains the transmission performance specifications for category 8 direct attach channels with a maximum length of 5 m. A direct attach channel does not contain any connecting hardware within the channel such as an equipment outlet, consolidation point, interconnect or other connecting hardware. Direct attach channels are composed of compliant plug connectors and flexible cable.

For the purposes of measurement, the test configuration for direct attach channel includes the test head connectors at both ends. Test configurations of direct attach channels are provided in annexes

C and D. The test configuration is based on the use of a test reference jack, not the specific jack used in equipment.

All transmission parameters shall be measured on all pairs or pair combinations, unless otherwise specified.

All transmission parameters shall be measured for all frequencies from 1 MHz up to 2000 MHz unless otherwise specified.

6.5.1 Category 8 direct attach channel return loss

Direct attach channel return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in table 33 for all specified frequencies.

Table 61 - Direct attach channel return loss

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f < 25

25

f < 1000

1000

f  2000

Return loss

(dB)

24+3log( f /25 )

8-10log( f /1000 )

8

73

2482

2483

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The minimum direct attach channel return loss values in table 34 are provided for information only.

Table 62 - Minimum direct attach channel return loss

2484

2485

2486

2487

2488

2489

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

19.8

21.6

22.5

22.8

23.4

23.7

24.0

23.0

20.0

18.0

15.0

14.0

13.2

12.0

11.0

10.2

8.0

8.0

8.0

6.5.2 Category 8 direct attach channel insertion loss

Direct attach channel insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations

shown in table 63 for all specified frequencies. For measurement purposes calculations that result in

category 8 direct attach insertion loss values less than 3 dB shall revert to a requirement of 3 dB maximum.

Table 63 - Direct attach channel insertion loss

2490

2491

2492

Frequency

(MHz)

Insertion loss

(dB)

Category 8

1

f < 2000

0.05(1.5) (1.8√𝑓 + 0.005𝑓 +

0.25

) + 2𝐵 + 𝐼𝐿𝐷

√𝑓

Where B is the connecting hardware insertion loss specified in 6.10.8, and ILD is the ILD of the

channel,

0.0324

√𝑓 dB for Category 8 channels.

74

2493

2494

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The direct attach channel insertion loss values in table 64 are provided for information only.

Table 64 - Maximum direct attach channel insertion loss

2495

2496

2497

2498

2499

2500

2501

2502

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.4

3.7

4.3

4.8

5.4

7.3

9.4

11.2

6.5.3 Category 8 direct attach channel NEXT loss

For all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz, direct attach NEXT loss shall meet the values determined using equation (14).

Calculations that result in NEXT loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

NEXT direct

_

attach

 

10

 log

10

NEXT connectors

10 

10

NEXT cord

_

cable

10

2

IL conn

RFEXT

(14) where:

NEXT connectors

 

20

 log

10

NEXT conn

_

20

spec

10

NEXT conn

_

spec

2

IL cord

_

20

cable

IL conn

(15)

IL cord

_

cable

IL cord

_

cable

, 30

m

5

30

(16)

75

2510

2511

2512

2513

2514

2515

2516

2517

2518

2519

2520

2521

2522

2503

2504

2505

2506

2507

2508

2509

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

NEXT cord

_

cable

NEXT hor

_

cable

10 log

1

e

0 .

46

IL cord

_

cable

NEXT conn

_

spec

is the NEXT loss assigned to the local and remote test head connectors. The

(17) equation for category 8 test head connectors is specified in Annex C.

IL cord

_

cable

, 30

m

is the insertion loss of 30 meters of cord cable as specified in table 108.

NEXT cord

_

cable

is the cable NEXT loss computed from the NEXT loss requirements for 30 meters of horizontal cable, the insertion loss requirements for 30 meters of cord cable, and the length correction formula in ASTM D 4566.

NEXT hor

_

cable

is the NEXT loss of horizontal cable as specified in clause 6.6.11.

CableLengt h

is the length of the cable in the cord in meters.

IL conn

is the insertion loss of one connector as specified in 6.10.8.

RFEXT

is the reflected signal cross talk. For category 8 direct attach RFEXT = 0.5 dB.

NOTE: All variables are expressed in dB, except “CableLength”, which is expressed in meters.

76

2523

2524

2525

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The minimum direct attach channel NEXT loss values in table 38 are calculated from equation (14) and are

provided for information only.

Table 65 - Minimum direct attach channel NEXT loss

2526

2527

2528

2529

2530

2531

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8 direct attach NEXT loss

0.5 m and 1.0 derating factor

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

63.2

61.3

59.3

57.4

51.5

47.5

41.6

39.7

37.4

33.8

31.0

27.9

19.5

12.8

8.1

Category 8 direct attach NEXT loss

5 m and 1.5 derating factor

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

64.6

60.7

58.8

57.0

55.1

49.4

45.7

40.2

38.5

36.7

33.9

31.6

29.2

21.8

15.7

11.1

6.5.4 Category 8 direct attach channel PSNEXT loss

For all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz, direct attach PSNEXT loss shall meet the values determined using equation (18).

Calculations that result in PSNEXT loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

PSNEXT direct

_

attach

 

10

 log

10

PSNEXT connectors

10 

10

PSNEXT cord

_

cable

10

2

IL conn

RFEXT

(18)

Where:

PSNEXT connectors

 

20 log

10



PSNEXT conn

_

spec

20 

10

PSNEXT conn

_

spec

2

IL cord

_

cable

IL conn

20



(19)

IL cord

_

cable

IL cord

_

cable

, 30

m

CableLengt h

30

(20)

77

2539

2540

2541

2542

2543

2544

2545

2546

2547

2548

2549

2550

2551

2532

2533

2534

2535

2536

2537

2538

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

PSNEXT cord

_

cable

PSNEXT hor

_

cable

10 log

1

e

0 .

46

IL cord

_

cable

(21)

PSNEXT conn

_

spec

is the PSNEXT loss assigned to the local and remote test head connectors, see

Annex C.

IL cord

_

cable

, 30

m

is the insertion loss of 30 meters of cord cable as specified in table 108.

PSNEXT cord

_

cable

is the cable PSNEXT loss computed from the PSNEXT loss requirements for 30 meters of horizontal cable, the insertion loss requirements for 30 meters of cord cable, and the length correction formula in ASTM D 4566.

PSNEXT hor

_

cable

is the PSNEXT loss of horizontal cable as specified in 6.6.12.

CableLengt h

is the length of the cable in the cord in meters.

IL conn

is the insertion loss of one connector as specified in 6.10.8.

RFEXT

is the reflected signal cross talk. For category 8 direct attach RFEXT = 0.5 dB.

NOTE: All variables are expressed in dB, except “CableLength”, which is expressed in meters.

78

2552

2553

2554

2555

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The minimum direct attach channel PSNEXT loss values in table 66 are calculated from equation (19) and

are provided for information only.

Table 66 - Minimum direct attach channel PSNEXT loss

2556

2557

2558

2559

2560

2561

2562

2563

2564

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8 direct attach

PSNEXT loss

0.5 m and 1.0 de-rating factor

(dB)

53.5

47.5

43.5

37.6

35.7

33.4

29.8

27.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

63.3

59.3

57.3

55.4

24.0

15.5

8.8

4.1

Category 8 direct attach

PSNEXT loss

5 m and 1.5 de-rating factor

(dB)

65.0

65.0

63.0

61.1

57.2

55.3

53.5

51.6

45.9

42.2

36.7

35.0

33.2

30.2

27.9

25.4

17.9

11.7

7.2

6.5.5 Category 8 direct attach channel ACRF

Direct attach ACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in table 67 for

all specified frequencies.

Due to measurement considerations, for frequencies greater than 200 MHz category 8 direct attach channel ACRF values that correspond to measured direct attach channel FEXT loss values of greater than 75 dB are for information only.

79

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

2565

2566

Table 67 - Direct attach channel ACRF

2567

2568

2569

2570

2571

2572

2573

Frequency

(MHz)

ACRF

(dB)

Category

8

1

f <

2000

20 log

10

( 10 log( 24 / 5 )



40

20

20 log(

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 48 .

1

20 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

Notes:

 The term 24/5 is derived based on scaling a 24 m reference length to 5 m.

 The above equation uses the FEXT value for modular cord test heads given in clause C.6.2.2, and also scales the length to 5m using the methods given in Annex D.

The minimum direct attach channel ACRF values in table 68 are provided for information only.



2574

Table 68 - Minimum direct attach channel ACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

48.2

42.2

38.1

32.1

30.1

28.6

26.1

24.1

70.0

66.1

60.0

58.1

54.0

52.1

50.1

22.5

18.1

14.6

12.1

2575

2576

80

2577

2578

2579

2580

2581

2582

2583

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.5.6 Category 8 direct attach channel PSACRF

Direct attach PSACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in table 69

for all specified frequencies.

Table 69 - Direct attach channel PSACRF

2584

2585

2586

2587

2588

2589

2590

2591

2592

Frequency

(MHz)

PSACRF

(dB)

Category

8

1

f <

2000

20 log

10



( 10 log( 24 / 5 )

37

20

20 log(

f

/ 100 ))

2

10

( 45 .

1

20 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

Notes:

 The term 24/5 is derived based on scaling a 24 m reference length to 5 m.

 The above equation uses the FEXT value for modular cord test heads given in clause C.6.2.2 converted to power sum by subtracting 3 from 48.1, and also scales the length to 5m using the methods given in Annex D.

The minimum direct attach channel PSACRF values in table 70 are provided for information only.



Table 70 - Minimum direct attach channel PSACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

39.2

35.1

29.1

27.1

25.6

23.1

21.1

19.5

75.1

63.1

57.0

55.1

51.0

49.1

47.1

45.2

15.1

11.6

9.1

2593

81

2594

2595

2596

2597

2598

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.5.7 Category 8 direct attach channel propagation delay

Direct attach propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown

in table 71 for all specified frequencies. For field testing, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and direct

attach propagation delay at 10 MHz shall not exceed 32 ns.

Table 71 - Direct attach channel propagation delay

2599

2600

2601

2602

Frequency

(MHz)

Direct attach propagation delay

(ns)

Category 8

1

f  2000

5

24

128

8 .

f

8

( 2

2 .

5 )

The maximum direct attach propagation delay values in table 72 are provided for information only.

Table 72 - Maximum direct attach channel propagation delay

2603

2604

2605

2606

2607

2608

2609

2610

2611

2612

2613

2614

2615

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(ns)

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

34

33

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

32

6.5.8 Category 8 direct attach channel propagation delay skew

Direct attach propagation delay skew for category 8 shall be less than 4.8 ns for all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz. The delay skew of any given category 8 direct attach shall not vary by more than +/- 0.5 ns within this requirement due to environmental effects such as the daily temperature variation.

For field testing direct attach, it is sufficient to test at 10 MHz only and direct attach propagation delay skew at 10 MHz shall not exceed 4.8 ns for category 8 direct attach.

The value 4.8 is calculated as follows:

13 .

5 * 5 / 30

( 2

1 .

25 )

4 .

8

6.6 Horizontal cable transmission performance

Unless otherwise specified, requirements for categories 3-6A horizontal cable apply over a length of 100 m, and category 8 over 30 m.

82

2649

2650

2651

2652

2653

2654

2655

2656

2657

2641

2642

2643

2644

2645

2646

2647

2648

2616

2617

2618

2619

2620

2621

2622

2623

2624

2625

2626

2627

2628

2629

2630

2631

2632

2633

2634

2635

2636

2637

2638

2639

2640

2658

2659

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.1 Horizontal cable DC resistance

For all categories of horizontal cable, DC resistance shall not exceed 9.38

 per 100 m (328 ft) for each conductor when measured in accordance with ASTM D4566 at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C.

6.6.2 Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance

For category 8 horizontal cable, DC resistance shall not exceed 2.4

 per 30 m (98 ft) for each conductor when measured in accordance with ASTM D4566 at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C.

6.6.3 Horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance

For category 3, 5e, and 6 horizontal cable, the resistance unbalance between the two conductors of any cable pair, measured in accordance with ASTM D 4566, shall not exceed 5% when measured at, or corrected to, a temperature of 20 °C.

NOTE

– This requirement is equivalent to a 2.5% cable dc resistance unbalance when measured in accordance with IEC 61156-1.

For category 6A horizontal cable, the resistance unbalance between the two conductors of any cable pair, measured in accordance with ASTM D 4566, shall not exceed 4% when measured at, or corrected to, a temperature of 20 °C.

NOTE

– This requirement is equivalent to a 2% cable dc resistance unbalance when measured in accordance with IEC 61156-1.

6.6.4 Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance

For category 8 horizontal cable, the resistance unbalance between the two conductors of any cable pair, measured in accordance with ASTM D 4566, shall not exceed 4 % when measured at, or corrected to, a temperature of 20 °C.

Resistance

_

Unbalance pair



R

max

R

min



100 % (23)

R

min

NOTE

– This requirement is equivalent to a 2 % cable dc resistance unbalance when measured in accordance with IEC 61156-1.

6.6.5 Category 8 horizontal cable DC resistance unbalance pair-to-pair

DC resistance unbalance pair-to-pair shall be calculated for the cable in accordance with equation (24) and shall not exceed 5%. This applies to all 6 combinations of any 2 of the 4 pairs.

Resistance

_

Unbalance

Between

_

pairs



R

R

P

1

P

1

R

R

P

P

2

2



100 %

(24)

Where:

R

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of a pair.

P

1

R

P

2

is the DC parallel resistance of the conductors of another pair.

The resistance for any pair PX may be calculated from individual conductor resistance values using equation (25)

R

PX

R

C

1

R

C

1

R

C

2

R

C

2

(25)

6.6.6 Horizontal cable Mutual capacitance

Mutual capacitance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566.

83

2660

2661

2662

2663

2664

2665

2666

2667

2668

2669

2670

2687

2688

2689

2690

2691

2692

2693

2694

2695

2696

2679

2680

2681

2682

2683

2684

2685

2686

2671

2672

2673

2674

2675

2676

2677

2678

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The mutual capacitance of a category 3 horizontal cable pair at 1 kHz, measured at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C, should not exceed 6.6 nF per 100 m (328 ft). The mutual capacitance of a category

5e, 6, or 6A horizontal cable pair at 1 kHz, measured at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C, should not exceed 5.6 nF per 100 m (328 ft). The mutual capacitance of category 8 cable is not specified.

6.6.7 Horizontal cable Capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground

Capacitance unbalance to ground shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566. For all categories of horizontal cable, the capacitance unbalance to ground at 1 kHz, shall not exceed 330 pF per 100 m (328 ft) at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C. The maximum capacitance unbalance pair to ground of category 8 horizontal cable shall not exceed 99 pF/30 m at the frequency of 1 kHz.

6.6.8 Horizontal cable Characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL)

Characteristic impedance shall be measured for all cable pairs. Characteristic impedance is not specified for category 5e, 6, and 6A horizontal cables. Category 3 horizontal cables shall exhibit a characteristic impedance of 100

 ±15% when measured in accordance with ASTM D 4566 Method 3 for all frequencies from 1 to 16 MHz. Characteristic impedance has a specific meaning for an ideal transmission line (i.e., a cable whose geometry is fixed and does not vary along the length of cable).

NOTE - Characteristic impedance is commonly derived from swept frequency input impedance measurements using a network analyzer with an s-parameter test set. As a result of structural nonuniformities, the measured input impedance for an electrically long length of cable (greater than 1/8 of a wavelength) fluctuates as a function of frequency. These random fluctuations are superimposed on the curve for characteristic impedance, which asymptotically approaches a fixed value at frequencies above 1 MHz. Characteristic impedance can be derived from these measurements by using a smoothing function over the bandwidth of interest.

Fluctuations in input impedance are related to the structural return loss for a cable that is terminated in its own characteristic impedance. The values of structural return loss are dependent upon frequency and cable construction. Structural return loss is not specified for category 5e, 6, and 6A horizontal cables.

Structural return loss shall be measured for all horizontal cable pairs. Category 3 horizontal cable structural return loss shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D 4566 Method 3 for all frequencies from 1 to 16

MHz. Horizontal cable structural return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 73 for all specified frequencies. Characteristic impedance and structural return loss are not

specified for category 8 horizontal cables. Compliance with category 8 horizontal cable return loss sufficiently controls horizontal cable characteristic impedance and structural return loss performance.

84

2697

2698

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 73 - Horizontal cable structural return loss

2699

2700

2701

Frequency

(MHz)

Structural return loss

(dB)

Category 3

1

f  10

10 < f  16

12

12-10log(f /10)

Category 5e

1

f  100

1

f  250 n/s

Category 6

n/s

Category 6A

1

f  500 n/s

Category 8

1

f  2000 n/s

The horizontal cable structural return loss values in Table 74 are provided for information only.

Table 74 - Minimum horizontal cable structural return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

Category 3

(dB)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

12.0

12.0

12.0

12.0

10.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

Category

8 (dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

2702

2703

85

2704

2705

2706

2707

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.9 Horizontal cable Return loss

Horizontal cable return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 75 for all specified frequencies.

Table 75 - Horizontal cable return loss

2708

2709

2710

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  100

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

20+5log( f )

25

25-7log( f /20)

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  250

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  500

20+5log( f )

25

25-7log( f /20)

20+5log( f )

25

25-7log( f /20)

Category 8

1

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f ≤ 2000

20+5log(f)

25

25-7log(f/40)

The horizontal cable return loss values in Table 76 are provided for information only.

Table 76 - Minimum horizontal cable return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

21.5

20.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.3

23.6

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.3

23.6

21.5

20.1

18.0

17.3

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.3

23.6

21.5

20.1

18.0

17.3

16.8

15.9

15.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

23.6

22.2

20.1

19.4

18.9

18.0

17.3

16.8

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

15.2

14.0

13.1

2711

2712

86

2713

2714

2715

2716

2717

2718

2719

2720

2721

2722

2723

2724

2725

2726

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.10 Horizontal cable Insertion loss

Insertion loss shall be measured at 20 ± 3°C or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C using the correction factors specified in this clause. The insertion loss for category 5e, 6, and 6A UTP horizontal cables shall be adjusted at elevated temperatures using a factor of 0.4 % increase per °C from 20 °C to 40 °C and 0.6% increase per °C for temperatures from 40 °C to 60 °C. The insertion loss for category 5e, 6, and 6A screened horizontal cables shall be adjusted at elevated temperatures using a factor of 0.2% increase per

°C from 20 °C to 60 °C. See G.1 for additional information on cable installation in higher temperature

environments.

Horizontal cable insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 77 for all specified frequencies. In addition, category 6 and 6A horizontal cable insertion loss shall also be verified at temperatures of 40 ± 3 °C and 60 ± 3 °C and shall meet the requirements of Table 77

after adjusting for temperature.

Table 77 - Horizontal cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft)

2727

Frequency

(MHz)

0.772

f  16

Insertion loss

(dB)

Category 3

2 .

320

f

f

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1 .

967

f

0 .

023

f

0 .

050

f

1 .

808

1 .

82

f

0 .

017

f

0 .

2

f f

0 .

0091

f

0 .

25

f

Table 78 - Category 8 horizontal cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft)

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  2000

Horizontal cable insertion loss

(dB)

0 .

540

f

0 .

00150

f

0 .

075

f

2728

2729

2730

2731

2732

2733

2734

2735

NOTE - The insertion loss of some category 3 UTP cables, such as those constructed with PVC insulation, exhibits significant temperature dependence. A temperature coefficient of insertion loss of 1.5 % per °C is not uncommon for such cables. In installations where the cable will be subjected to higher temperatures, a less-temperature dependent cable should be considered.

87

2736

2737

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The horizontal cable insertion loss values in Table 79 are provided for information only.

Table 79 - Maximum horizontal cable insertion loss

Frequency

(MHz)

2738

0.772

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

100m (328 ft)

2.2

2.6

5.6

8.5

9.7

13.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

100m (328 ft)

n/s

2.0

4.1

5.8

6.5

8.2

9.3

10.4

11.7

17.0

22.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

100m (328 ft)

n/s

2.0

3.8

5.3

6.0

7.6

8.5

9.5

10.7

15.4

19.8

29.0

32.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

100m (328 ft)

n/s

2.1

3.8

5.3

5.9

7.5

8.4

9.4

10.5

15.0

19.1

27.6

31.1

34.3

40.1

45.3

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

30 m (98 ft)

n/s

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.2

2.5

2.8

3.1

4.4

5.6

7.9

8.9

9.8

11.4

12.8

14.1

18.6

23.2

27.2

88

2739

2740

2741

2742

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.11 Horizontal cable NEXT loss

Horizontal cable NEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table

80 for all specified frequencies.

Table 80 - Horizontal cable NEXT loss

2743

2744

2745

Frequency

(MHz)

NEXT loss

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

0.772

f  16

1

f  100

23 .

2

15 log(

f

/ 16 )

35 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6

1

f  250

44 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

1

f  500

44 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

45 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

The minimum horizontal cable NEXT loss values in Table 81 are provided for information only.

Table 81 - Minimum horizontal cable NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

0.772

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

43.0

41.3

32.3

27.8

26.3

23.2

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

44.3

42.9

38.4

35.3

-

-

-

- n/s

65.3

56.3

51.8

50.3

47.2

45.8

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

-

-

-

-

- n/s

74.3

65.3

60.8

59.3

56.2

54.8

53.3

51.9

47.4

44.3

39.8

38.3

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

53.3

51.9

47.4

44.3

39.8

38.3

37.1

35.3 n/s

74.3

65.3

60.8

59.3

56.2

54.8

33.8

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

54.3

52.9

48.4

45.3

40.8

39.3

38.1

36.3 n/s

75.3

66.3

61.8

60.3

57.2

55.8

34.8

33.6

30.3

27.7

25.8

2746

2747

89

2748

2749

2750

2751

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.12 Horizontal cable PSNEXT loss

Horizontal cable PSNEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 82 for all specified frequencies.

Table 82 - Horizontal cable PSNEXT loss

2752

2753

2754

Frequency

(MHz)

PSNEXT loss

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

1

f  16

1

f  100 n/s

32 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  250

1

f  500

42 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

42 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

42 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

The horizontal cable PSNEXT loss values in Table 83 are provided for information only.

Table 83 - Minimum horizontal cable PSNEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

39.9

35.4

32.3

-

-

-

-

-

62.3

53.3

48.8

47.3

44.2

42.8

41.3

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

49.9

45.4

42.3

37.8

36.3

-

-

-

72.3

63.3

58.8

57.3

54.2

52.8

51.3

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

49.9

45.4

42.3

37.8

36.3

35.1

33.3

31.8

72.3

63.3

58.8

57.3

54.2

52.8

51.3

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

49.9

45.4

42.3

37.8

36.3

35.1

33.3

31.8

72.3

63.3

58.8

57.3

54.2

52.8

51.3

30.6

27.3

24.7

22.8

2755

2756

90

2757

2758

2759

2760

2761

2762

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.13 Horizontal cable FEXT loss

FEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cables.

6.6.14 Horizontal cable ACRF

Horizontal cable ACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 84

for all specified frequencies, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) or longer.

Table 84 - Horizontal cable ACRF

2763

2764

2765

Frequency

(MHz)

ACRF

(dB)

Category 3

1

f  16 n/s

Category 5e

Category 6

1

f  100

1

f  250

23 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

27 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

1

f  500

27 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

39 .

0

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

The horizontal cable ACRF values in Table 85 are provided for information only.

Table 85 - Minimum horizontal cable ACRF

2766

2767

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

27.9

23.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

63.8

51.8

45.7

43.8

39.7

37.8

35.8

33.9

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

31.9

27.8

21.8

19.8

-

-

-

-

67.8

55.8

49.7

47.8

43.7

41.8

39.8

37.9

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

31.9

27.8

21.8

19.8

18.3

15.8

13.8

-

67.8

55.8

49.7

47.8

43.7

41.8

39.8

37.9

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

43.1

39.0

33.0

31.0

29.5

27.0

25.0

23.4

75.0

67.0

60.9

59.0

54.9

53.0

51.0

49.1

19.0

15.5

13.0

91

2768

2769

2770

2771

2772

2773

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.15 Horizontal cable PSFEXT loss

PSFEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cable.

6.6.16 Horizontal cable PSACRF

Horizontal cable PSACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table

86 for all specified frequencies.

Table 86 - Horizontal cable PSACRF

2774

2775

2776

Frequency

(MHz)

PSACRF

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

1

f  16

1

f  100 n/s

20 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

24 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6

1

f  250

Category 6A

1

f  500

24 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

36 .

0

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

The horizontal cable PSACRF values in Table 87 are provided for information only.

Table 87 - Minimum horizontal cable PSACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

24.9

20.8

-

-

-

-

-

-

60.8

48.8

42.7

40.8

36.7

34.8

32.8

30.9

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

28.9

24.8

18.8

16.8

-

-

-

-

64.8

52.8

46.7

44.8

40.7

38.8

36.8

34.9

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

28.9

24.8

18.8

16.8

15.3

12.8

10.8

-

64.8

52.8

46.7

44.8

40.7

38.8

36.8

34.9

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

40.1

36.0

30.0

28.0

26.5

24.0

22.0

20.4

76.0

64.0

57.9

56.0

51.9

50.0

48.0

46.1

16.0

12.5

10.0

2777

2778

92

2779

2780

2781

2782

2783

2784

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.17 Horizontal cable TCL

Category 6 through 8 horizontal cable TCL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 88 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6 and 6A horizontal

cable TCL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 8 cable TCL values less than 7 dB shall revert to a requirement of 7 dB maximum

Table 88 - Category 6 through 8 Horizontal cable TCL

2785

2786

2787

2788

2789

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

30

TCL

(dB)

n/s n/s

– 10log( f /100 )

Category 6A

1

f  500

30

– 10log( f /100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

20-15log(f/100)

The horizontal cable TCL values in Table 89 are provided for information only.

Table 89 - Minimum horizontal cable TCL

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

32.0

30.0

27.0

26.0

-

-

-

-

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.0

37.0

36.0

35.1

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

32.0

30.0

27.0

26.0

25.2

24.0

23.0

-

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.0

37.0

36.0

35.1

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

40.0

40.0

36.5

35.0

31.9

30.5

29.0

27.6

23.1

20.0

15.5

14.0

12.8

11.0

9.5

8.3

7.0

7.0

7.0

2790

2791

93

2792

2793

2794

2795

2796

2797

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.18 Horizontal cable TCTL

TCTL is not specified for horizontal cables.

6.6.19 Horizontal cable ELTCTL

Category 6 through 8 horizontal cable ELTCTL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the

equations shown in Table 90 for all specified frequencies.

Table 90 - Category 6 through 8 horizontal cable ELTCTL

2798

2799

2800

2801

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

ELTCTL

(dB)

n/s n/s

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  30

30 < f  250

1

f  30

30 < f  500

35

35

– 20log( f ) n/s

– 20log( f ) n/s

1

f  56

40-20log(f)

Category 8

56 < f  2000

5

The horizontal cable ELTCTL values in Table 91 are provided for information only.

Table 91 - Minimum horizontal cable ELTCL

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

5.5 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

35.0

23.0

16.9

15.0

10.9

9.0

7.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

5.5 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

35.0

23.0

16.9

15.0

10.9

9.0

7.0 n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

2802

2803

94

Category

(dB)

10.5

10.1

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

40.0

28.0

21.9

20.0

15.9

14.0

12.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

5.0

2804

2805

2806

2807

2808

2809

2810

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.20 Horizontal cable coupling attenuation (screened only)

Coupling attenuation is under study.

Horizontal cable coupling attenuation shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 92 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in horizontal cable coupling

attenuation values greater than 55 dB shall revert to a requirement of 55 dB minimum.

Table 92 - Horizontal cable coupling attenuation

2811

2812

2813

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  30

30

f  100

Coupling attenuation

55

(dB)

n/s n/s

– 20log( f /100 )

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f < 30

30

f  250

1

f < 30

30

f  500

55

55 n/s

– 20log( f /100 ) n/s

– 20log( f /100 )

1

f  30 n/s

Category 8

30

f  100

55

100

f  2000

55-20log(f/100)

The horizontal cable coupling attenuation values in Table 93 are provided for information only.

Table 93 - Minimum horizontal cable coupling attenuation

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s

55.0

55.0

55.0

55.0

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s

55.0

55.0

55.0

55.0

49.0

47.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

n/s

55.0

55.0

55.0

55.0

49.0

47.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

45.5

43.0

41.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

n/s

55.0

55.0

55.0

55.0

49.0

47.0 n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

45.5

43.0

41.0

39.4

35.0

31.5

29.0

2814

95

2815

2816

2817

2818

2819

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.21 Horizontal cable Propagation delay

Horizontal cable propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 94 for all specified frequencies for a length of 100 m (328 ft). See Annex I for the derivation

of the equations shown in Table 94.

Table 94 - Horizontal cable propagation delay

Frequency

(MHz)

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

Propagation delay

(ns/100m)

( 534

36

)

f

( 534

36

)

f

( 534

36

)

f

( 534

36

)

f

2820

2821

2822

2823

6.6.22 Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay

Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined using the

equations shown in table 95 for all specified frequencies for a length of 30 m (98 ft.).

Table 95 - Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  2000

Horizontal cable propagation delay

(ns/30 m)

( 160

11

)

f

2824

2825

96

2826

2827

2828

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The horizontal cable propagation delay values in Table 96 are provided for information only.

Table 96 - Maximum horizontal cable propagation delay

2829

2830

2831

2832

2833

2834

2835

2836

2837

2838

2839

2840

2841

2842

2843

2844

2845

2846

2847

2848

2849

2850

2851

2852

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(ns/100m)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

570

552

547

545

543

-

-

Category 5e

(ns/100m)

570

552

547

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(ns/100m)

570

552

547

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

537

536

-

-

-

Category 6A

(ns/100m)

570

552

547

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

537

536

536

536

536

Category 8

(ns/30 m)

171.0

165.5

163.9

163.5

162.8

162.5

162.2

162.0

161.4

161.1

160.8

160.7

160.6

160.6

160.5

160.4

160.3

160.3

160.2

6.6.23 Category 3 through 6A horizontal cable propagation delay skew

Category 3 through 6A horizontal cable propagation delay skew shall be less than 45ns/100m at 20 °C,

40 °C, and 60 °C for all frequencies from 1 MHz to the upper frequency limit of the category. In addition, the propagation delay skew between all pairs shall not vary more than

 10 ns from the measured value at

20 °C when measured at 40 °C and 60 °C. Compliance shall be determined using a minimum 100 m (328 ft) of cable.

6.6.24 Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay skew

Category 8 horizontal cable propagation delay skew for category 8 horizontal cable shall be less than 13.5 ns/30 m at 20 °C, 40 °C, and 60 °C for all frequencies from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz. In addition, the propagation delay skew between all pairs shall not vary more than

3 ns from the measured value at 20 °C when measured at 40 °C and 60 °C. Compliance shall be determined using a minimum 30 m (98 ft.) of cable.

6.6.25 Horizontal cable surface transfer impedance (screened only)

The surface transfer impedance per unit length of the core shield, measured in accordance with IEC 62153-

4-3 (surface transfer impedance triaxial method), shall not exceed the values determined using equation

(19). Calculations that result in surface transfer impedance values less than 50 m

/m shall revert to a requirement of 50 m

/m minimum.

Z

Tcable

10

f

m

/m

(19) where:

Z

Tcable

is surface transfer impedance in m

/m

97

2853

2854

2855

2856

2857

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

f

is the frequency in MHz over the range of 1 MHz to 16 MHz for category 3 cables and

1 MHz to 100 MHz for category 5e, 6, 6a and 8 cables.

The values in Table 97 are derived from the above formula and provided for information only.

Table 97 - Maximum cable surface transfer impedance

2858

2859

2860

2861

2862

2863

2864

Frequency

(MHz)

1

10

16

20

100

Category 3

(m

/m)

50

100

160

-

-

Category 5e

(m

/m)

50

100

160

200

1,000

Category 6

(m

/m)

50

100

160

200

1,000

Category 6A

(m

/m)

50

100

160

200

1,000

Category 8

(m

/m)

50

100

160

200

1,000

6.6.26 Horizontal cable ANEXT loss

ANEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cables.

6.6.27 Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss

Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

table 98 or table 99 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in PSANEXT loss values greater

than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum.

Table 98 - Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss

2865

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

62.5 - 15log(

f

/100)

Table 99 - Category 8 horizontal cable PSANEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  2000

Horizontal cable PSANEXT loss

(dB)

Category 8

87.5 - 15log(

f

/100)

1 Calculations that result in PSANEXT loss values greater than 80 dB shall revert to a requirement of 80 dB minimum.

2866

2867

2868

98

2869

2870

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The horizontal cable PSANEXT loss values in Table 100 are provided for information only.

Table 100 - Minimum horizontal cable PSANEXT loss

2871

2872

2873

2874

2875

2876

2877

2878

2879

2880

2881

2882

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

6.6.28 Horizontal cable Average PSANEXT loss

Average PSANEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cables.

6.6.29 Horizontal cable AFEXT loss

AFEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cables.

6.6.30 Horizontal cable PSAFEXT loss

PSAFEXT loss is not specified for horizontal cables.

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

65.6

62.5

58.0

56.5

55.3

53.5

52.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

78.5

77.0

75.8

72.5

69.9

68.0

6.6.31 Horizontal cable PSAACRF

Horizontal cable PSAACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 101 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in horizontal cable PSAACRF values greater

than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum

Table 101 - Horizontal cable PSAACRF

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

PSAACRF

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

38.2-20log(

f

/100)

2883

99

2884

2885

2886

2887

2888

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.6.32 Category 8 horizontal cable PSAACRF

Category 8 horizontal cable PSAACRF for a length of 30 m (98 ft) shall meet or exceed the values

determined using the equations shown in table 102 for all specified frequencies.

Table 102 - Category 8 horizontal cable PSAACRF

2889

2890

2891

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  2000

Horizontal cable PSAACRF

(dB)

1

Category 8

62.2-20log(

f

/100)

1 Calculations that result in horizontal cable PSAACRF values greater than 80 dB shall revert to a requirement of 80 dB minimum.

The horizontal cable PSAACRF values in Table 103 are provided for information only.

Table 103 - Minimum horizontal cable PSAACRF

2892

2893

2894

2895

2896

2897

2898

2899

2900

2901

2902

2903

2904

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

6.6.33 Horizontal cable Average PSAACRF

Average PSAACRF is not specified for horizontal cable.

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

66.2

60.1

58.2

54.1

52.2

50.2

48.3

42.3

38.2

32.2

30.2

28.7

26.2

24.2

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

78.1

76.2

74.2

72.3

66.3

62.2

56.2

54.2

52.7

50.2

48.2

46.6

42.2

38.7

36.2

6.7 Bundled and hybrid cable transmission performance

Bundled and hybrid cables may be used for horizontal and backbone cabling provided that each cable type

is recognized (see clause 4.2 of this Standard) and meets the transmission and color-code specifications

for that cable type as given in clause 5.3 and clause 6.6 of this Standard and ANSI/TIA-568.3-D, The individual cables within a bundled cable shall meet the applicable requirements in clause 6.6 of this

Standard after bundle formation.

NOTES,

1

Hybrid UTP cables (color coded per clause 5.3.3) can be distinguished from multipair UTP

backbone cables (color coded per clause 5.6.3) by the color coding scheme and by the

100

2905

2906

2907

2908

2909

2910

2911

2912

2913

2914

2915

2916

2917

2918

2919

2920

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D transmission requirements.

2 Hybrid cables consisting of optical fiber and copper conductors are sometimes referred to as composite cables.

6.7.1 Bundled and hybrid cable PSNEXT loss

The PSNEXT loss for any disturbed pair and all pairs external to that pair’s jacket within the bundled or hybrid cable shall be at least 3 dB better than the specified pair-to-pair NEXT loss of that recognized cable type at all of the specified frequencies (or ranges). Calculated PSNEXT loss limit values that exceed 65 dB shall revert to a limit of 65 dB.

6.7.2 Bundled and hybrid cable PSNEXT loss from internal and external pairs (category 6 cables only)

For category 6 bundled and hybrid cables, for all frequencies from 1 MHz to 250 MHz, the total power sum

NEXT loss for any disturbed pair from all pairs internal and external to that pair’s jacket within the bundled

or hybrid cable shall not exceed the values determined using equation (20). Calculated power sum NEXT

loss limit values that exceed 65 dB shall revert to a limit of 65 dB.

PSNEXT bundled

_

and

_

htbrid

,

all

_

pairs

41 .

1

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

(20)

2921

2922

2923

2924

2925

2926

2927

2928

2929

2930

2931

2932

2933

6.8 Cord cable transmission performance

Cord cables shall meet the transmission performance requirements specified for horizontal cable in

clause 6.6, with the exception of the requirements of this clause.

6.8.1 Cord cable DC resistance

DC resistance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566. For categories 3 through 6A of cord cable, the resistance of any UTP or screened cord cable conductor shall not exceed 14

 per 100 m (328 ft) at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C. Using a temperature coefficient of resistance of 0.00393 for copper, the resistance at 60 °C is 16.23 ohms or less per 100 m for all category 3 through 6A cord cable conductors.

For category 8 cord cable, the resistance of any cord cable conductor shall not exceed 4.2

Ω per 30 m (98 ft) at or corrected to a temperature of 20 °C. Using a temperature coefficient of resistance of 0.00393 for copper, the resistance at 60 °C is 4.87 ohms.

101

2934

2935

2936

2937

2938

2939

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.8.2 Cord cable return loss

Cord cable return loss, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) for categories 3 through 6A, and 30 m (98 ft) for

category 8, shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 104 for all

specified frequencies.

Table 104 - Cord cable return loss

2940

2941

2942

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  100

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

20+5log( f )

25

25-8.6log( f /20)

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  250

1

f < 10

10

f < 20

20

f  500

20+5log( f )

25

25-8.6log( f /20)

20+5log( f )

25

25-8.6log( f /20)

Category 8

1

f < 10

10

f < 40

40

f ≤ 2000

20+5log(f)

25

25-7log(f/40)

The cord return loss values in Table 105 are provided for information only.

Table 105 - Minimum cord cable return loss

2943

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.2

23.3

20.7

19.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

102

Category 6

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.2

23.3

20.7

19.0

16.4

15.6

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

24.2

23.3

20.7

19.0

16.4

15.6

14.9

13.8

13.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

20.0

23.0

24.5

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

25.0

23.6

22.2

20.1

19.4

18.9

18.0

17.3

16.8

15.2

14.0

13.1

2944

2945

2946

2947

2948

2949

2950

2951

2952

2953

2954

2955

2956

2957

2958

2959

2960

2961

2962

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.8.3 Category 3 through 6A cord cable insertion loss

Cord cable insertion loss limits are derived by multiplying the applicable horizontal cable insertion loss

requirements in clause 6.6.10 by a factor of 1.2 (the de-rating factor). The de-rating factor is to allow a 20%

increase in insertion loss for stranded construction and design differences. An insertion loss de-rating factor of 1.5 for cord cable is allowed with the appropriate length adjustment such that the combined length of cords, and work area cords that use 50% insertion loss de-rating (e.g. cables with twisted-pairs having 26

AWG conductors) shall not be greater than 8.0 m (25.7 ft).

The maximum insertion loss for UTP cord cables shall be adjusted at elevated temperatures using a factor of 0.4 % increase per °C from 20 °C to 40 °C and 0.6% increase per °C for temperatures from 40 °C to

60 °C. The maximum insertion loss for screened cord cables shall be adjusted at elevated temperatures

using a factor of 0.2% increase per °C from 20 °C to 60 °C. See G.1 for additional information on cable

installation in higher temperature environments.

Cord cable insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 106 for all specified frequencies. In addition, category 6 and 6A cord cable insertion loss shall also be verified at temperatures of 40 ± 3 °C and 60 ± 3 °C and shall meet the requirements of Table 106 after

adjusting for temperature.

Table 106 - Cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft)

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

0.772

f  16

Insertion loss

(dB)

1 .

2

2 .

320

f

0 .

238

f

2963

2964

2965

2966

Category 5e

Category 6

1

f  100

1

f  250

1 .

2

1 .

967

f

0 .

023

f

0 .

050

f

1 .

2

1 .

808

f

0 .

017

f

0 .

2

f

Category 6A

1

f  500

1 .

2

1 .

82

f

0 .

0091

f

0 .

25

f

The cord cable insertion loss values in table 108 are provided for information only.

103

2967

2968

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 107 - Maximum category 3 through 6A cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 100m (328 ft)

2969

2970

2971

2972

2973

2974

2975

2976

Frequency

(MHz)

0.772

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2.7

3.1

6.7

10.2

11.7

15.7

Category 5e

(dB)

11.1

12.5

14.1

20.4

26.4

-

-

-

-

- n/s

2.4

4.9

6.9

7.8

9.9

Category 6

(dB)

10.2

11.4

12.8

18.5

23.8

34.8

39.4

-

-

- n/s

2.4

4.5

6.4

7.1

9.1

Category 6A

(dB)

10.0

11.3

12.6

18.0

22.9

33.1

37.3

41.2

48.1

54.4 n/s

2.5

4.6

6.4

7.1

9.0

6.8.4 Category 8 cord cable insertion loss

The maximum insertion loss for category 8 cord cables shall be adjusted at elevated temperatures using a factor of 0.2% increase per °C from 20 °C to 60 °C.

Category 8 cord cable insertion loss for 30 m (98 ft.) shall meet or be less than the values determined using

the equations shown in table 108 for all specified frequencies.

Table 108 - Category 8 cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft.)

2977

2978

2979

2980

2981

2982

Frequency

(MHz)

Cord cable insertion loss

(dB)

Category 8

1

f  2000

IL

Derating

0 .

540

Where

IL

Derating

is the de-rating factor of the cord cable.

f

0 .

0015

f

0 .

075

f

Typical wire gauges which correspond to de-rating factors of cord cables are shown in table 109

Table 109 - Cord cable insertion loss de-rating factor

Cord cable de-rating factor %

IL

Derating

Nominal wire gauge (AWG)

22/23

0 1.0

20 1.2

24

50 1.5

26

The maximum cord cable insertion loss values in table 110 are provided for information only.

104

2983

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 110 - Maximum category 8 cord cable insertion loss, for a length of 30 m (98 ft)

2984

2985

2986

2987

2988

2989

2990

2991

2992

2993

2994

2995

2996

2997

2998

2999

3000

3001

3002

3003

3004

3005

3006

3007

3008

3009

3010

3011

3012

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

0% de-rated cord cable

0.6

1.1

1.6

1.7

2.2

2.5

2.8

3.1

4.4

5.6

7.9

8.9

9.8

11.4

12.8

14.1

18.6

23.2

27.2

20% de-rated cord cable

3.7

5.2

6.7

9.5

10.7

11.8

13.7

15.4

0.7

1.3

1.9

2.1

2.6

3.0

3.3

17.0

22.3

27.8

32.6

50% de-rated cord cable

4.6

6.6

8.3

11.9

13.4

14.7

17.1

19.2

0.9

1.7

2.3

2.6

3.3

3.7

4.1

21.2

27.9

34.7

40.7

6.9 Backbone cable transmission performance

Backbone cables shall meet the transmission performance requirements specified for horizontal cable in

clause 6.6, with the exception of the requirements of this clause. Transmission performance of category 8

backbone cables shall meet the requirements for category 8 horizontal cables.

NOTE

– Only four-pair horizontal cables are recognized for use in category 6, 6A and category 8 backbone cabling.

6.9.1 Backbone cable insertion loss

Insertion loss for all pairs shall comply with the requirements of clause 6.6.10 with the following exception:

due to practical considerations related to the testing of cables with multiple 25-pair bundles, insertion loss testing at elevated temperatures is not required for multipair backbone cables provided that each pair in the binder group exhibits compliant insertion loss performance.

6.9.2 Backbone cable NEXT loss

NEXT loss applies to all adjacent 4-pair combinations. Backbone cable NEXT loss shall be measured in accordance with Annex C or D and the ASTM D 4566 NEXT loss measurement procedure for all frequencies from 1 MHz up to the maximum frequency specified for the category of the cable under test.

To assess performance between adjacent 4-pair units, multipair backbone cables are evaluated in groups

(i.e. group 1 = pairs 1 to 4, group 2 = pairs 5 to 8, group 3 = pairs 9 to 12, group 4 = pairs 13 to 16, group

5 = pairs 17 to 20, group 6 = pairs 21 to 24, etc.). Groups are comprised of consecutive pairs, marked per the standard color code. For 25-pair and multiple of 25-pair binder groups, the twenty-fifth pair shall satisfy all other transmission parameters when used within any 4-pair group.

NEXT loss shall be measured at 100 meter or longer lengths. In cases where multipair backbone cables consist of more than one 25-pair binder group, NEXT loss shall be determined for each individual 25-pair binder group. There are no NEXT loss requirements between 25-pair groups. The cable shall be tested only as individual 25-pair units. Test fixtures shall provide for consistent common and differential mode impedance matching for the unjacketed twisted-pairs between the cable jacket and the balun terminations.

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable NEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the

equations shown in Table 111 for all specified frequencies, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) or longer.

105

3013

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 111 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable NEXT loss

3014

3015

3016

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Category 5e (pair-topair combinations within each category

5e multipair cable

4-pair group)

Category 5e

(between the 25 th pair and all other pairs within the 25-pair binder group)

1

1

f  100

f  100

Category 6

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  250

35 .

3

35 .

3

44 .

3

NEXT loss

(dB)

n/s

15 log(

15 log(

15 log(

f f f

/

/

/

100 )

100 )

100 )

Category 6A

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  500

44 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

The backbone cable NEXT loss values in Table 112 are provided for information only.

Table 112 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable NEXT loss

3017

3018

3019

3020

3021

3022

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(within 4-pair group)

(dB)

42.9

38.4

35.3

-

-

-

-

-

65.3

56.3

51.8

50.3

47.2

45.8

44.3

Category 5e

(25 th

to all other pairs)

(dB)

42.9

38.4

35.3

-

-

-

-

-

65.3

56.3

51.8

50.3

47.2

45.8

44.3

Category 6

(dB)

51.9

47.4

44.3

39.8

38.3

-

-

-

74.3

65.3

60.8

59.3

56.2

54.8

53.3

Category 6A

(dB)

51.9

47.4

44.3

39.8

38.3

37.1

35.3

33.8

74.3

65.3

60.8

59.3

56.2

54.8

53.3

6.9.3 Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss

In cases where multipair backbone cables consist of more than one 25-pair binder group, PSNEXT loss shall be determined for each individual 25-pair binder group. There are no PSNEXT loss requirements between 25-pair groups. The cable shall be tested only as individual 25-pair units.

106

3023

3024

3025

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using

the equations shown in Table 113 for all specified frequencies, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) or longer.

Table 113 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss

3026

3027

3028

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

PSNEXT loss

(dB)

23

15 log(

f

/ 16 )

32 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 5e

Category 6

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  250

42 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  500

42 .

3

15 log(

f

/ 100 )

The backbone cable PSNEXT loss values in Table 114 are provided for information only.

Table 114 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSNEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

41.3

32.3

27.8

26.3

23.2

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

39.9

35.4

32.3

-

-

-

-

-

62.3

53.3

48.8

47.3

44.2

42.8

41.3

Category 6

(dB)

49.9

45.4

42.3

37.8

36.3

-

-

-

72.3

63.3

58.8

57.3

54.2

52.8

51.3

Category 6A

(dB)

49.9

45.4

42.3

37.8

36.3

35.1

33.3

31.8

72.3

63.3

58.8

57.3

54.2

52.8

51.3

3029

3030

107

3031

3032

3033

3034

3035

3036

3037

3038

3039

3040

3041

3042

3043

3044

3045

3046

3047

3048

3049

3050

3051

3052

3053

3054

3055

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.9.4 Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF

FEXT loss applies to all adjacent 4-pair combinations in accordance with the ASTM D4566 FEXT loss measurement procedure and annex C or D. Category 3 through 6A backbone cable FEXT loss shall be measured in accordance with Annex C or D and the ASTM D 4566 FEXT loss measurement procedure for all frequencies from 1 MHz up to the maximum frequency specified for the category of the cable under test.

To assess performance between adjacent 4-pair units, multipair backbone cables are evaluated in groups

(i.e. group 1 = pairs 1 to 4, group 2 = pairs 5 to 8, group 3 = pairs 9 to 12, group 4 = pairs 13 to 16, group

5 = pairs 17 to 20, group 6 = pairs 21 to 24, etc.). Groups are comprised of consecutive pairs, marked per the standard color code. For 25-pair and multiple of 25-pair binder groups, the twenty-fifth pair shall satisfy all other transmission parameters when used within any 4-pair group.

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF shall be calculated for all pair combinations by subtracting the insertion loss of the disturbed pair of the backbone cable from the FEXT loss. In cases where multipair backbone cables consist of more than one 25-pair binder group, ACRF shall be determined for each individual 25-pair binder group. There are no ACRF requirements between 25-pair groups. The cable shall be tested only as individual 25-pair units. Test fixtures shall provide for consistent common and differential mode impedance matching for the unjacketed twisted-pairs between the cable jacket and the balun terminations.

NOTE - ACRF has been referred to as ELFEXT in previous editions of this Standard.

Backbone cable ACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 115

for all specified frequencies, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) or longer.

Table 115 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF

3056

3057

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Category 3

Category 5e (pair-topair combinations within each category

5e multipair cable

4-pair group)

Category 5e

(between the 25 th

pair and all other pairs within the 25-pair binder group)

1

1

f  100

f  100

Category 6

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  250

23

23

27

.

.

.

8

8

8

ACRF

(dB)

20

20

20 n/s log( log( log(

f f f

/

/

/

100

100

100

)

)

)

Category 6A

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  500

27 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

The backbone cable ACRF values in Table 116 are provided for information only.

108

3058

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 116 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable ACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 3

(dB)

Category 5e

(within 4-pair group)

(dB)

63.8

51.8

45.7

43.8

39.7

37.8

35.8

33.9

27.9

23.8

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(25 th

to all other pairs)

(dB)

63.8

51.8

45.7

43.8

39.7

37.8

35.8

33.9

27.9

23.8

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

67.8

55.8

49.7

47.8

43.7

41.8

39.8

37.9

31.9

27.8

21.8

19.8

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.8

55.8

49.7

47.8

43.7

41.8

39.8

37.9

31.9

27.8

21.8

19.8

18.3

15.8

13.8

3059

3060

109

3061

3062

3063

3064

3065

3066

3067

3068

3069

3070

3071

3072

3073

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.9.5 Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF

In cases where multipair backbone cables consist of more than one 25-pair binder group, PSACRF shall be determined for each individual 25-pair binder group. There are no PSACRF requirements between 25pair groups. The cable shall be tested only as individual 25-pair units.

NOTE - Generally, power sum crosstalk energy is dominated by the coupling between pairs in close proximity and is relatively unaffected by pairs in separate binder groups. Therefore, it is desirable to separate services with different signal levels or services that are susceptible to impulse noise into separate binder groups. See ANSI/TIA-568.0-D for more information.

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF shall meet or exceed the values determined using the

equations shown in Table 117 for all specified frequencies, for a length of 100 m (328 ft) or longer.

Table 117 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF

3074

3075

3076

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

Category 5e

Category 6

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  250 n/s

20 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

24 .

8

PSACRF

(dB)

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  500

24 .

8

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

The backbone cable PSACRF values in Table 118 are provided for information only.

Table 118 - Minimum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable PSACRF

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

Category 5e

(dB)

60.8

48.8

42.7

40.8

36.7

34.8

32.8

30.9

24.9

20.8

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

64.8

52.8

46.7

44.8

40.7

38.8

36.8

34.9

28.9

24.8

18.8

16.8

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

64.8

52.8

46.7

44.8

40.7

38.8

36.8

34.9

28.9

24.8

18.8

16.8

15.3

12.8

10.8

3077

3078

110

3079

3080

3081

3082

3083

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.9.6 Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay

Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay shall meet or be less than the values determined

using the equations shown in Table 119 for all specified frequencies for a length of 100 m (328 ft). See

Annex I for the derivation of the equations shown in Table 119.

Table 119 - Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay

3084

3085

3086

3087

Frequency

(MHz)

Propagation Delay

(ns/100m)

Category 3

1

f  16 n/s

Category 5e

Category 6

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  100

1

f  250

( 534

36

)

f

( 534

36

)

f

Category 6A

(4-pair cables only)

1

f  500

( 534

36

)

f

The backbone propagation delay values in Table 120 are provided for information only.

Table 120 - Maximum Category 3 through 6A backbone cable propagation delay

3088

3089

3090

3091

3092

3093

3094

3095

3096

3097

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

570

552

547

-

-

-

-

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

-

Category 6

(dB)

570

552

547

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

537

536

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

570

552

547

545

543

542

541

540

539

538

537

536

536

536

536

6.9.7 Category 5e through 6A backbone cable propagation delay skew

Category 5e, 6, and 6A 4-pair backbone cable propagation delay skew shall meet the requirements for

horizontal cables as specified in clause 6.6.23. Category 5e backbone multipair cable propagation delay

skew within all sequential 4-pair groups (i.e. group 1 = pairs 1 to 4, group 2 = pairs 5 to 8, group 3 = pairs

9 to 12, group 4 = pairs 13 to 16, group 5 = pairs 17 to 20, group 6 = pairs 21 to 24, etc.) shall meet the

requirements for horizontal cables as specified in clause 6.6.23. For 25-pair and multiples of 25-pair binder

groups, the 25 th pair shall be designed to support the propagation delay and delay requirements when used with any other pair within the binder group. Propagation delay skew is not specified for category 3 backbone cables.

111

3132

3133

3134

3135

3136

3137

3138

3139

3140

3141

3142

3143

3144

3145

3146

3147

3148

3149

3098

3119

3120

3121

3122

3123

3124

3125

3126

3111

3112

3113

3114

3115

3116

3117

3118

3127

3128

3129

3130

3131

3099

3100

3101

3102

3103

3104

3105

3106

3107

3108

3109

3110

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10 Connecting hardware transmission performance

Compliance to the requirements of this clause shall ensure that properly installed connecting hardware will have minimal effects on cable performance. These requirements are applicable to individual connectors and connector assemblies that include, but are not limited to, telecommunications outlet/connectors, patch panels, consolidation points, transition points, and cross-connect blocks and work area, patch, and equipment cords.

NOTE - The residential telecommunications outlet has the same requirements as the telecommunications outlet/connector described in this clause.

See ANSI/TIA-568.0-D for guidance and requirements on connector termination practices, cable management, the use of cords or jumpers, and the effects of multiple connections. It is desirable that hardware used to terminate cables be of the insulation displacement connection (IDC) type. Connecting hardware for the 100

 balanced twisted-pair cabling system is installed at the following locations: a) b) main cross-connect, intermediate cross-connect, c) d) e) f) horizontal cross-connect, horizontal cabling transition points, consolidation point, and telecommunications outlet/connectors.

Typical cross-connect facilities consist of cross-connect jumpers or patch cords and terminal blocks or patch panels that are connected directly to horizontal or backbone cabling.

NOTE- This Standard does not address requirements for equipment connectors, media adapters or other devices utilizing passive or active electronic circuitry (i.e., impedance matching transformers, ISDN resistors, MAUs, filters, network interface devices, and protection devices) whose main purpose is to serve a specific application or provide safety compliance. Such cabling adapters and protection devices are regarded as premises equipment that are not considered to be part of the cabling system.

Unless otherwise specified, all products with plug and socket connections (e.g. modular jacks and plugs) shall be tested in a mated state.

6.10.1 Connecting hardware DC resistance

DC resistance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566 at 20 °C ± 3 °C for all connecting hardware cable pairs.

NOTE

– DC resistance is a separate measurement from contact resistance as specified in Annex

A. Whereas DC resistance

is measured to determine the connector’s ability of transmit direct current and low frequency signals, contact resistance is measured to determine the reliability and stability of individual electrical connections.

Category 3 connecting hardware DC resistance between the input and the output connections of the connecting hardware (not including the cable stub, if any) used to terminate 100

 twisted-pair cabling shall not exceed 0.3

.

Category 5e, 6, 6A and 8 connecting hardware DC resistance between the input and the output connections of the connecting hardware (not including the cable stub, if any) used to terminate 100

 twisted-pair cabling shall not exceed 0.2

.

For all categories, if a shield is present, the shield input to output resistance shall not exceed 100 mOhms.

112

3150

3151

3152

3153

3154

3155

3156

3157

3158

3159

3160

3161

3162

3163

3164

3165

3166

3167

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.2 Connecting hardware DC contact resistance

Shield contact resistance is specified in IEC 60603-7-1 and signal contact resistance in IEC 60603-7.

6.10.3 Connecting hardware DC resistance unbalance

DC resistance unbalance shall be calculated as the maximum difference in DC resistance between any two conductors of a connector pair measured in accordance with IEC 60512-2-1, Test 2a.

Category 3 connecting hardware DC resistance unbalance should not exceed 50 m

. Category 5e, 6 and

6A connecting hardware DC resistance unbalance shall not exceed 50 m

.

6.10.4 Connecting hardware mutual capacitance

Mutual capacitance is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.5 Connecting hardware capacitance unbalance: pair-to-ground

Capacitance unbalance to ground is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.6 Connecting hardware characteristic impedance and structural return loss (SRL)

Characteristic impedance is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.7 Connecting hardware return loss

Connecting hardware return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 121 for all specified frequencies.

Table 121 - Connecting hardware return loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  31.5

31.5 < f  100

1

f  50

50 < f  250

1

f  79

79 < f  500

1

f  1000

1000 < f  2000

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

30

20-20log( f /100)

30

24-20log( f /100)

30

28-20log( f /100)

32-20log( f /100)

12

3168

3169

113

3170

3171

3172

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The connecting hardware return loss values in Table 122 are provided for information only.

Table 122 - Minimum connecting hardware return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

24.1

20.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

28.1

24.0

18.0

16.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

28.0

22.0

20.0

18.5

16.0

14.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

30.0

26.0

24.0

22.5

20.0

18.0

16.4

12.0

12.0

12.0

3173

3174

114

3175

3176

3177

3178

3179

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.8 Connecting hardware insertion loss

Connecting hardware insertion loss shall meet or be less than the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 123 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in insertion loss values less than

0.1 dB shall revert to a requirement of 0.1 dB maximum.

Table 123 - Connecting hardware insertion loss

3180

3181

3182

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

Insertion loss

(dB)

0 .

10

f

1

f  100

Category 5e

Category 6

1

f  250

1

f  500

0 .

04

0 .

02

f f

0 .

02

f

Category 6A

Category 8

1

f  500

500 < f  2000

0 .

00649

0 .

02

f f

0 .

000605

f

The connecting hardware insertion loss values in Table 124 are provided for information only.

Table 124 - Maximum connecting hardware insertion loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.10

0.20

0.28

0.32

0.40

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

0.10

0.10

0.11

0.13

0.16

0.18

0.20

0.22

0.32

0.40

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.11

0.16

0.20

0.28

0.32

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.11

0.16

0.20

0.28

0.32

0.35

0.40

0.45

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.10

0.11

0.16

0.20

0.28

0.32

0.35

0.40

0.45

0.52

0.81

1.16

1.50

3183

3184

115

3185

3186

3187

3188

3189

3190

3191

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.9 Connecting hardware NEXT loss

Connecting hardware NEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 125 for all specified frequencies. Category 3 and 5e NEXT loss calculations that result in NEXT

loss values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum. Category 6 and 6A NEXT loss calculations that result in NEXT loss values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum.

Table 125 - Connecting hardware NEXT loss

3192

3193

3194

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

NEXT loss

(dB)

34

20 log(

f

/ 16 )

43

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

54

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

1

f  250

250 < f  500

54

20

46 .

04

 log(

f

40 log(

f

/ 100 )

/ 250 )

Category 8

1

f  250

250 < f  500

500 < f  2000

54

20 log(

f

46 .

04

30 log(

f

/ 100 )

/ 250 )

37 .

01

40 log(

f

/ 500 )

The connecting hardware NEXT loss values in Table 126 are provided for information only.

Table 126 - Minimum connecting hardware NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

58.1

46.0

40.0

38.1

34.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

65.0

65.0

64.9

63.0

58.9

57.0

55.0

53.1

47.1

43.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.0

69.9

68.0

66.0

64.1

58.1

54.0

48.0

46.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.0

69.9

68.0

66.0

64.1

58.1

54.0

48.0

46.0

42.9

37.9

34.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

75.0

75.0

74.0

69.9

68.0

66.0

64.1

58.1

54.0

48.0

46.0

43.7

39.9

37.0

33.8

25.0

17.9

12.9

3195

3196

116

3197

3198

3199

3200

3201

3202

3203

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.10 Connecting hardware PSNEXT loss

PSNEXT loss for connecting hardware does not need to be separately verified.

The connecting hardware PSNEXT loss values shown in Table 127 are used to derive channel and

permanent link PSNEXT loss requirements for all specified frequencies.

Table 127 - Connecting hardware PSNEXT loss assumptions

3204

3205

3206

3207

3208

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

PSNEXT loss

(dB)

n/s

40

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

50

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

1

f  250

250 < f  500

50

20 log(

f

42 .

04

40 log(

f

/ 100 )

/ 250 )

Category 8

1

f  250

250 < f  500

500 < f  2000

50

20 log(

f

42 .

04

30 log(

f

33 .

0

40 log(

f

/ 100 )

/

/ 250

500 )

)

The connecting hardware NEXT loss values in Table 128 are provided for information only.

Table 128 - Minimum connecting hardware PSNEXT loss assumptions

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

40.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

80.0

68.0

61.9

60.0

55.9

54.0

52.0

50.1

44.1

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

50.0

46.5

44.0

-

-

-

-

90.0

78.0

71.9

70.0

65.9

64.0

62.0

60.1

54.1

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

50.0

44.0

42.0

40.5

38.0

36.0

-

90.0

78.0

71.9

70.0

65.9

64.0

62.0

60.1

54.1

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

50.0

44.0

42.0

39.7

35.9

33.0

29.8

72.0

72.0

71.9

70.0

65.9

64.0

62.0

60.1

54.1

21.0

13.9

8.9

117

3209

3210

3211

3212

3213

3214

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.11 Connecting hardware FEXT loss

Connecting hardware FEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown

in Table 129 for all specified frequencies. Category 5e calculations that result in FEXT loss values greater

than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum. Category 6 and 6A calculations that result in

FEXT loss values greater than 75 dB shall revert to a requirement of 75 dB minimum.

Table 129 - Connecting hardware FEXT loss

3215

3216

3217

Frequency

(MHz)

FEXT loss

(dB)

Category 3

Category 5e

1

f  16

1

f  100

35 .

1

 n/s

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6

1

f  250

43 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 6A

1

f ≤ 500

43 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Category 8

1

f ≤ 2000

43 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

The connecting hardware FEXT loss values in Table 130 are provided for information only.

Table 130 - Minimum connecting hardware FEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

65.0

63.1

57.0

55.1

51.0

49.1

47.1

45.2

39.2

35.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

75.0

71.1

65.0

63.1

59.0

57.1

55.1

53.2

47.2

43.1

37.1

35.1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

75.0

71.1

65.0

63.1

59.0

57.1

55.1

53.2

47.2

43.1

37.1

35.1

33.6

31.1

29.1

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

75.0

71.1

65.0

63.1

59.0

57.1

55.1

53.2

47.2

43.1

37.1

35.1

33.6

31.1

29.1

27.5

23.1

19.6

17.1

3218

3219

118

3220

3221

3222

3223

3224

3225

3226

3227

3228

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.12 Connecting hardware ACRF

ACRF is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.13 Connecting hardware PSFEXT loss

PSFEXT loss for connecting hardware does not need to be separately verified.

The connecting hardware PSFEXT loss values shown in Table 131 are used to derive channel and

permanent link PSACRF requirements for all specified frequencies.

Table 131 - Connecting hardware PSFEXT loss assumptions

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

PSFEXT loss

(dB)

n/s

32 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

40 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

40 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

40 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

Table 132 - Minimum connecting hardware PSFEXT loss

3229

3230

3231

3232

3233

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

42.2

36.2

32.1

-

-

-

-

-

72.1

60.1

54.0

52.1

48.0

46.1

44.1

-

-

-

-

6.10.14 Connecting hardware PSACRF

PSACRF is not specified for connecting hardware.

Category 6

(dB)

50.2

44.2

40.1

36.6

34.1

-

-

-

80.1

68.1

62.0

60.1

56.0

54.1

52.1

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

50.2

44.2

40.1

34.1

32.1

30.6

28.1

26.1

80.1

68.1

62.0

60.1

56.0

54.1

52.1

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

50.2

44.2

40.1

34.1

32.1

30.6

28.1

26.1

72.0

68.1

62.0

60.1

56.0

54.1

52.1

24.5

20.1

16.6

14.1

119

3234

3235

3236

3237

3238

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.15 Connecting hardware TCL

Connecting hardware TCL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 133 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6 and 6A connecting hardware

TCL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum.

Table 133 - Connecting hardware TCL

3239

3240

3241

Category 3

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

TCL

(dB)

n/s

Category 5e

n/s

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  250

1

f  500

28

28

– 20log( f /100 )

– 20log( f /100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

34

– 20log( f /100 )

The connecting hardware TCL values in Table 134 are provided for information only.

Table 134 - Minimum connecting hardware TCL

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 6

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.1

32.1

28.0

22.0

20.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.1

32.1

28.0

22.0

20.0

18.5

16.0

14.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

40.0

38.1

34.0

28.0

26.0

24.5

22.0

20.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

18.4

14.0

10.5

8.0

3242

3243

120

3244

3245

3246

3247

3248

3249

3250

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.16 Connecting hardware TCTL

Connecting hardware TCTL shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in

Table 135 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in category 6 and 6A connecting hardware

TCTL values greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum. Calculations that result in category 8 connecting hardware TCTL values greater than 50 dB shall revert to a requirement of 50 dB minimum.

Table 135 - Connecting hardware TCTL

3251

3252

3253

Category 3

Category 5e

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

TCL

(dB)

n/s n/s

Category 6

Category 6A

1

f  250

1

f  500

28

28

– 20log( f /100 )

– 20log( f /100 )

Category 8

1

f  2000

38

– 20log( f /100 )

The connecting hardware TCTL values in Table 136 are provided for information only.

Table 136 - Minimum connecting hardware TCTL

3254

3255

3256

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.10.17 Connecting hardware ELTCTL

ELTCTL is not specified for connecting hardware.

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.1

32.1

28.0

22.0

20.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

40.0

38.1

32.1

28.0

22.0

20.0

18.5

16.0

14.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

50.0

48.1

42.1

38.0

32.0

30.0

28.5

26.0

24.0

22.4

18.0

14.5

12.0

121

3263

3264

3265

3266

3267

3268

3269

3270

3257

3258

3259

3260

3261

3262

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.10.18 Connecting hardware coupling attenuation (screened only)

Connecting hardware coupling attenuation is assured through compliance with channel coupling attenuation requirements.

6.10.19 Connecting hardware propagation delay

For all categories of connecting hardware, the propagation delay contribution of each installed mated connection is assumed to not exceed 2.5 ns from 1 MHz to the highest referenced frequency.

6.10.20 Connecting hardware propagation delay skew

For all categories of connecting hardware, the propagation delay skew of each installed mated connection is assumed to not exceed 1.25 ns from 1 MHz to the highest referenced frequency.

6.10.21 Connecting hardware shield transfer impedance (screened only)

The shield transfer impedance of screened connecting hardware, measured in accordance with annex C

or D shall not exceed the values determined using Table 137.

Table 137 - Connecting hardware shield transfer impedance (screened only)

Frequency

(MHz)

Z

Tconn

(dB)

3271

3272

3273

3274

3275

3276

3277

1

f  4

40

f

4 < f  100

20

f

Where:

Z

Tconn

is the transfer impedance of the connecting hardware shield in m

The values in Table 138 are derived from Table 137 and are provided for information only.

Table 138 - Maximum connecting hardware shield transfer impedance

3278

3279

3280

3281

3282

3283

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

30.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

Category 3

(m

-

-

-

-

-

-

) n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 5e

(m

)

40

80

160

200

320

400

500

600

625

1,250

2,000

Category 6

(m

)

40

80

160

200

320

400

500

600

625

1,250

2,000

Category 6A

(m

)

40

80

160

200

320

400

500

600

625

1,250

2,000

NOTE - The maximum possible transfer impedance slope is 20 dB/decade and is evident when magnetic field coupling is the dominant coupling mode. A slope less than this value indicates a mixture of coupling modes. A slope of 10 dB/decade is characteristic at low frequencies when contact resistance at metallic contact points is the dominant coupling mode.

122

3284

3285

3286

3287

3288

3289

3290

3291

3292

3293

3294

3295

3296

3297

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Compliant transfer impedance performance of cables and connecting hardware is not sufficient to ensure proper link and channel transfer impedance. Cable shields shall be terminated to the connecting hardware shields following manufacturer’s instructions. The termination methods are dependent on the shield design of both the cable and the connecting hardware. Connecting hardware shall be supplied with instructions on applicable cable shield termination procedures.

6.10.22 Connecting hardware ANEXT loss

ANEXT loss is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.23 Connecting hardware PSANEXT loss

Connecting hardware PSANEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 139 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in PSANEXT loss values greater

than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. Category 8 connecting hardware PSANEXT loss calculations that result in PSANEXT loss values greater than 80 dB shall revert to a requirement of 80 dB minimum.

Table 139 - Connecting hardware PSANEXT loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

70.5 - 20log(

f

/100)

95.5 - 20log(

f

/100)

3298

3299

123

3300

3301

3302

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The connecting hardware PSANEXT loss values in Table 140 are provided for information only.

Table 140 - Minimum connecting hardware PSANEXT loss

3303

3304

3305

3306

3307

3308

3309

3310

3311

3312

3313

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

64.5

62.5

61.0

58.5

56.5

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

79.9

75.5

72.0

69.5

6.10.24 Connecting hardware Average PSANEXT loss

Average PSANEXT loss is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.25 Connecting hardware AFEXT loss

AFEXT loss is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.26 Connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss

Connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations

shown in Table 141 for all specified frequencies. Calculations that result in PSANEXT loss values greater

than 67 dB shall revert to a requirement of 67 dB minimum. Category 8 connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss calculations that result in PSAFEXT loss values greater than 80 dB shall revert to a requirement of 80 dB minimum.

Table 141 - Connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f  100

1

f  250

1

f  500

1

f  2000

PSANEXT loss

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s

67 - 20log(

f

/100)

91 - 20log(

f

/100)

124

3314

3315

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss values in Table 142 are provided for information only.

Table 142 - Minimum connecting hardware PSAFEXT loss

3316

3317

3318

3319

3320

3321

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

6.10.27 Connecting hardware PSAACRF

PSAACRF is not specified for connecting hardware.

6.10.28 Connecting hardware Average PSAACRF

Average PSAACRF is not specified for connecting hardware.

Category 6

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

67.0

61.0

59.0

57.5

52.0

53.0

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

80.0

79.0

77.0

75.4

71.0

67.5

65.0

125

3322

3323

3324

3325

3326

3327

3328

3329

3330

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6.11 Cord transmission performance

Modular plugs and other connectors used for 100

 twisted-pair cable assemblies shall meet the

requirements specified in clause 6.10. Cables used to construct work area, equipment, and patch cords

shall meet the transmission performance requirements for cord cable specified in clause 6.8.

6.11.1 Cord return loss

Cord return loss shall meet or exceed the values determined using the equations shown in Table 143 for

all specified frequencies.

Table 143 - Cord return loss

Category 3

Category 5e

Category 6

Category 6A

Category 8

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f  16

1

f < 25

25

f  100

1

f < 25

25

f  250

1

f < 25

25

f  250

250 < f  500

1

 f < 25

25

 f  1000

1000 < f

 2000

Return loss

(dB)

n/s

24 + 3log(f /25)

24 - 10log(f /25)

24 + 3log(f /25)

24 - 10log(f /25)

24 + 3log(f /25)

24 - 10log(f /25)

14 - 15log(f /250)

24 + 3log(f /25)

8 - 10log(f /1000)

8

126

3331

3332

3333

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The work area, equipment, and patch cord return loss values in Table 144 are provided for information only.

Table 144 - Minimum work area, equipment, and patch cord return loss

3334

3335

3336

3337

3338

3339

3340

3341

3342

3343

3344

3345

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

19.8

21.6

22.5

22.8

23.4

23.7

24.0

23.0

20.0

18.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

19.8

21.6

22.5

22.8

23.4

23.7

24.0

23.0

20.0

18.0

15.0

14.0

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

19.8

21.6

22.5

22.8

23.4

23.7

24.0

23.0

20.0

18.0

15.0

14.0

12.8

10.9

9.5

-

-

-

-

Category 8

(dB)

19.8

21.6

22.5

22.8

23.4

23.7

24.0

23.1

20.0

18.0

15.0

14.0

13.2

12.0

11.0

10.2

8.0

8.0

8.0

6.11.2 Work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

For all frequencies from 1 MHz to the upper limit of each category, work area, equipment, and patch cord

NEXT loss shall meet the values determined using equation (21). Calculations that result in NEXT loss

values greater than 65 dB shall revert to a requirement of 65 dB minimum.

NEXT cord

 

10 log

10

NEXT connectors

10 

10

NEXT cord

_

cable

10

2

IL conn

RFEXT

(21) where:

NEXT connectors

 

20 log

10

NEXT conn

_

spec

20

10

NEXT conn

_

spec

2

IL cord

_

cable

IL conn

20

(22)

3346

3347

3348

IL cord

_

cable

IL cord

_

cable

, 100

m

CableLengt h

100

(23)

127

3350

3351

3352

3353

3354

3355

3356

3357

3358

3359

3360

3361

3362

3363

3364

3365

3366

3367

3368

3349

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

NEXT cord

_

cable

NEXT hor

_

cable

10 log

1

e

0 .

46

IL cord

_

cable

(24)

NEXT conn

_

spec

is the NEXT loss assigned to the local and remote test jacks. The value for category 6

and category 6A test heads is specified in Table 125. The value for category 5e test heads is 47-20log

(f/100) dB.

IL cord

_

cable

, 100

m

is the insertion loss of 100 meters of cord cable as specified in Table 106

NEXT cord

_

cable

is the cable NEXT loss computed from the NEXT loss requirements for 100 meters of horizontal cable, the insertion loss requirements for 100 meters of cord cable, and the length correction formula in ASTM D 4566.

NEXT hor

_

cable

is the NEXT loss of horizontal cable as specified in Table 80

CableLengt h

is the length of the cable in the cord in meters

IL conn

is the insertion loss of one connector as specified in Table 123

RFEXT

is the reflected signal cross talk. For category 5e cords RFEXT = 0 dB, and for category 6, 6A and 8 cords RFEXT = 0.5 dB.

NOTE -

All variables are expressed in dB, except “CableLength”, which is expressed in meters.

The work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss values in tables 145 through 148 are calculated

from equation (21) and are provided for information only.

Table 145 - Minimum category 3 through 6A

2 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

3369

3370

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s n/s n/s

Category 5e

(dB)

65.0

65.0

60.6

58.7

54.7

52.8

50.9

49.0

43.2

39.3

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

62.0

60.1

58.1

56.2

50.4

46.4

40.6

38.8

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

62.0

60.1

58.2

56.3

50.4

46.4

40.7

38.9

36.2

31.9

28.4

128

3371

3372

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 146 - Minimum category 3 through 6A

5 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

n/s n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- n/s n/s n/s

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

65.0

64.5

58.6

56.7

52.8

50.9

49.1

47.2

41.6

37.8

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

64.5

60.5

58.6

56.8

54.9

49.2

45.3

39.8

38.1

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

64.5

60.5

58.7

56.8

54.9

49.2

45.4

39.9

38.1

35.9

32.1

29.0

3373

3374

3375

3376

3377

Table 147 - Minimum category 3 through 6A

10 meter work area, equipment, and patch cord NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

Category 3

(dB)

n/s n/s n/s n/s

-

-

-

- n/s

-

-

-

-

-

-

Category 5e

(dB)

65.0

62.5

56.7

54.9

51.0

49.2

47.4

45.6

40.2

36.7

-

-

-

-

-

Category 6

(dB)

65.0

65.0

64.8

62.9

59.0

57.2

55.4

53.6

48.1

44.4

39.3

37.6

-

-

-

Category 6A

(dB)

65.0

65.0

64.8

63.0

59.1

57.3

55.4

53.6

48.1

44.5

39.3

37.7

35.8

32.5

29.8

129

3378

3379

3380

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table 148 - Minimum category 8

1 meter, 2 meter and 3 meter equipment cord NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

1 meter cord NEXT loss (dB)

51.2

47.2

41.3

39.5

37.3

33.8

31.0

28.1

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

62.8

60.9

59.0

57.1

19.8

13.2

8.6

2 meter cord NEXT loss (dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

62.3

60.4

58.5

56.6

50.7

46.8

41.0

39.2

37.1

33.8

31.1

28.3

20.3

13.8

9.3

3 meter cord NEXT loss (dB)

50.3

46.4

40.8

39.0

37.0

33.8

31.3

28.6

65.0

65.0

65.0

65.0

61.8

59.9

58.0

56.2

20.7

14.4

9.9

3381

3382

130

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3383

Annex A (normative) - Reliability testing of connecting hardware

3415

3416

3417

3418

3419

3420

3421

3384

3385

3386

3387

3388

3389

3390

3391

3392

3393

3394

3395

3396

3397

3398

3399

3400

3401

3402

3403

3404

3405

3406

3407

3408

3409

3410

3411

3412

3413

3414

A.1 General

Connecting hardware reliability is critical to the overall cabling system operation. Changes in contact resistance due to operational and environmental stress can negatively affect the electrical transmission characteristics and performance of the building telecommunications cabling system. Connecting hardware reliability assurance is an integral part of the requirements for connecting hardware. Reliability testing and qualification is no less important for connecting hardware than the performance parameters specified in

clause 6.10. Connecting hardware shall meet the requirements of this annex.

Connecting hardware reliability is the ability to conduct electronic signals without impairment over a long period of time. During this time the device may be exposed to varying environmental conditions, such as temperature, humidity, vibration, and wear. To assess and qualify connecting hardware reliability, accelerated life testing is performed on sample connectors. Accelerated life testing subjects the DUT’s to temperature and humidity cycling, extremes of temperature, humidity, voltage and durability, to simulate long term exposure within a shortened test procedure.

DUT’s are conditioned using a standard sequence of stress variables. Low level DC contact resistance measurement is the primary qualification requirement.

Prior to conditioning, the contact resistance of a mated connector is measured. After conditioning, the contact resistance is re-measured and the change in resistance is calculated. Limits are prescribed for initial contact resistance, the difference after conditioning, and the maximum after conditioning. Some environmental conditions, such as vibration testing, require that the contact disturbance is monitored during the conditioning phase. Some qualifications require a visual inspection of the DUT for conformance. In addition to low level DC contact resistance measurements, connecting hardware is qualified by high voltage dielectric withstand testing and by insulation resistance testing.

Connecting hardware often contains a combination of solderless connections and a separable contact interface (jack/plug interface). All connections shall be tested. Each connection that comprises the connecting hardware may be isolated and tested independently or all connections may be tested as an assembly. When tested as an assembly, the total combined change in contact resistance may be used to determine pass and fail criteria in place of isolating individual effects of the various connections. If this method is employed, the test report shall state all test sequences used and which sequences are appropriate for qualification of each contact type. Procedures should be taken to ensure the use of the most stringent test schedule as the test schedules vary by type of connection.

Cable portions used in testing should comply with clauses 29-31 of ASTM D 4566.

Refer to local and national standards and codes for safety considerations.

A.2 Modular plugs and jacks

Modular connecting hardware reliability requirements and procedures for qualification are specified in

ISO/IEC 60603-7 Clauses 6 and 7. Modular connecting hardware shall complete satisfactorily all test schedules as stated in Clause 7 of ISO/IEC 60603-7. Shielded and screened connecting hardware shall additionally comply with the requirements of IEC 60603-7-1 clause 6 and complete satisfactorily the test schedules of IEC 60603-7-1 clause 7.

131

3422

3423

3424

3425

3426

3427

3428

3429

3430

3431

3432

3433

3434

3435

3436

3437

3438

3439

3440

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Modular plugs and jacks shall comply with the reliability requirements of the applicable standard specified

in Table A.1.

Table A.1 - Standards for modular plugs and jacks

Category and type

Category 3, unscreened

Standard

IEC 60603-7

Category 3, screened

Category 5e, unscreened

IEC 60603-7-1

IEC 60603-7-2

Category 5e, screened

Category 6, unscreened

Category 6, screened

Category 6A, unscreened

IEC 60603-7-3

IEC 60603-7-4

IEC 60603-7-5

IEC 60603-7-41

Category 6A, screened IEC 60603-7-51

A typical test schedule for IEC 60603-7 series of standards is outlined in clause A.5.3 of this Standard.

The default criteria and conditions in the relevant standards in Table A.1 apply, except as specified in the

remainder of this clause.

The number of mating cycles (insertions and withdrawals) for modular plugs and jacks and the number of

conductor re-terminations per solderless connection shall comply with the specifications in Table A.2.

Between terminations, the solderless connection should be inspected for debris and extraneous material should be removed.

Table A.2 - Modular connecting hardware durability matrix

Connecting hardware type Insertion and withdrawal, and conductor re-termination, operations

Modular plug Insertion / withdrawal with modular jack

Cable re-terminations

Modular jack Insertion / withdrawal with modular plug

Cable re-terminations

1)

Unless not intended for re-termination, in which case this value equals 0.

Minimum number of operations

750

0

750

20

1)

Between terminations, the solderless connection should be inspected for debris and extraneous material should be removed.

132

3464

3465

3466

3467

3468

3469

3470

3471

3472

3473

3474

3475

3476

3477

3478

3479

3480

3481

3449

3450

3451

3452

3453

3454

3455

3456

3457

3458

3459

3460

3461

3462

3463

3441

3442

3443

3444

3445

3446

3447

3448

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

A.3 Solderless connections

To ensure reliable solderless terminations of balanced twisted pair cable insulated conductors, and to ensure reliable solderless connections between component parts within connecting hardware, solderless

connections shall meet the requirements of the applicable standards specified in Table A.3.

The number of conductor re-terminations for solderless connections included in modular connecting

hardware shall comply with the specifications in Table A.3.

Table A.3 - Standards for solderless connections

Connection type

Crimped connection

Accessible IDC

Non-accessible IDC

Standard

IEC 60352-2

IEC 60352-3

IEC 60352-4

Press-in connection

IPC

Spring clamp connection

IEC 60352-5

IEC 60352-6

IEC 60352-7

Compression mount connection IEC 60352-8

A typical test schedule for IEC 60352 series of standards is outlined in clause A.5.2 of this Standard.

The default criteria and conditions in the relevant standards in Table A.3 apply, except as specified in the

remainder of this clause.

The maximum initial contact resistance for an insulation displacement connection shall be 2.5 m

 and the maximum change in contact resistance during and after conditioning shall be 5 m

 from the initial value.

The following test conditions are specified, as detailed by the type test requirements of IEC 60352 series of standards.

Vibration test severity: 10 to 500 Hz.

Low temperature (LCT): -40

C (-40 F).

Electrical load and temperature, test current: 1A dc.

A.4 Other connecting hardware

Other connecting hardware can generally be classified into two categories:

1. Separable connectors incorporating spring contact elements with gold or gold-equivalent finishes.

2. IDC connectors for direct cable termination.

The screen connections of the above connector types shall comply with the requirements of IEC 60603-7-1.

Examples of other connecting hardware include:

1) cross-connect blocks and plugs

2) pin and socket connectors

3) hermaphroditic connectors

4) card-edge connectors

The reliability of connecting hardware, other than modular plugs and jacks shall be demonstrated by

complying with the applicable requirements of the standards specified in Table A.4. The connecting

hardware shall be terminated, mounted, and operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions for use. A minimum of 100 individual electrical contact paths (e.g. connecting hardware, input to output) shall be tested without failure.

133

3482

3483

3484

3485

3486

3487

3488

3489

3490

3491

3492

3493

3494

3495

3496

3497

3498

3499

3500

3501

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The following tests shall be as per the manufacturer’s specification: a) Examination of dimensions and mass b) Insertion and withdrawal force requirements c) Effectiveness of any connector coupling device requirements d) Gauging and gauging continuity requirements e) Arrangement for contact resistance test f) Arrangement for vibration (dynamic stress) test

Table A.4 - Standards for other connecting hardware

Connector type

Separable male and female (or hermaphroditic)

Separable male and female (or hermaphroditic) screened

Accessible IDC

Accessible IDC, screened

Standard

IEC 60603-7

1

IEC 60603-7 1

IEC 60603-7-1

1

IEC 60352-3

IEC 60352-3

IEC 60603-7-1

IEC 60352-4 Non-accessible IDC

Non-accessible IDC, screened IEC 60352-4

IEC 60603-7-1

IEC 60352-7 Spring clamp connection

Spring clamp connection, screened

IEC 60352-7

IEC 60603-7-1

The default criteria and conditions in the relevant standards in Table A.4 apply, unless otherwise specified

in this clause.

The number of mating cycles (insertions and withdrawals) for other connecting hardware and the number

of conductor re-terminations per solderless connection shall comply with the specifications in Table A.5.

Table A.5 - Other connecting hardware operations matrix

Connecting hardware type Insertion and withdrawal, and conductor re-termination, operations

Other connecting hardware “plug” Insertion / withdrawal operations with “jack”

Cable re-termination

Other connecting hardware “jack” Insertion / withdrawal operations with “plug”

Cable re-termination

Jumper re-termination

1)

Unless not intended for re-termination, in which case this value equals 0.

Minimum number of operations

200

0

200

20

1)

200

Between terminations, the solderless connection should be inspected for debris and extraneous material should be removed.

134

3502

3503

3504

3505

3506

3507

3508

3509

3510

3511

3512

3513

3514

3515

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

A.5 Informative examples of referenced test schedules

A.5.1 General

As an example, the reliability of a modular jack with accessible insulation displacement connections is demonstrated by complying with the applicable requirements of both IEC 60352-3 and IEC 60603-7-4. The test schedules described in IEC 60352-3 and IEC 60603-7-

4 at the time of this Standard’s publication are

outlined in clause A.5.2, as depicted in Figure A.1, and clause A.5.3, as depicted in Figure A.2. It is

advisable to refer to the IEC Standards for updates and revisions.

A.5.2 Non-accessible IDC, IEC 60352-3

This full test schedule is used for qualification purposes where accessible insulation displacement connections have not been demonstrated to conform to all of the requirements in section 2 of IEC 60352-3.

Where requirements covering workmanship, tools, termination (materials, dimensions, surface finish, design features), wires (materials, dimensions, surface finish, wire insulation) and connection are conformant, a basic (significantly reduced) test schedule is used for qualification purposes.

KEY:

Assessment test

Conditioning test

General examination

3516

3517

3518

3519

3520

Transverse extraction force

Contact resistance

Bending of the wire

Electrical load & temperature

Contact resistance

Contact resistance

Vibration plus contact disturbance

Rapid change of temperature

Climatic sequence

Contact resistance

Corrosion, industrial atmosphere

Contact resistance

Contact resistance

Conductor re-terminations

Conductor re-terminations

Conductor re-terminations

Transverse extraction force

Contact resistance Contact resistance

Vibration plus contact disturbance

Rapid change of temperature

Corrosion, industrial atmosphere

Contact resistance

Climatic sequence

Contact resistance

Figure A.1 - Reference test schedule for non-accessible IDC

135

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3521

3522

A.5.3 Modular plug and jack, IEC 60603-7 series

General examination

Polarization (if applicable)

Contact resistance

Insulation resistance

Voltage proof

3523

3524

3525

KEY:

Assessment test

Conditioning test

Insertion & withdrawal forces

Locking device mechanical operation

Connector coupling

Rapid change of temperature

Insulation resistance

Mechanical operation

Flowing mixed gas corrosion

Contact resistance

Vibration with contact disturbance

Contact resistance

Insulation resistance

Visual examination

Electrical load & temperature

Insulation resistance

Voltage proof

Visual examination

Surge test

Insulation resistance

Visual examination

Contact resistance

Mechanical operation

Contact resistance

Voltage proof

Visual examination

Cyclic damp heat

Contact resistance

Insulation resistance

Voltage proof

Mechanical gauging

Continuity gauging & contact disturbance

Contact resistance

Insertion & withdrawal forces

Connector coupling

Visual examination

Visual Examination

Solderability

Resistance to soldering heat

Voltage Proof

Figure A.2 - Reference test schedule for modular plugs and jacks

136

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3526

Annex B (normative) - Measurement requirements

3527

3557

3558

3559

3560

3561

3562

3563

3564

3528

3542

3543

3544

3545

3546

3547

3548

3549

3550

3551

3552

3553

3554

3555

3556

3529

3530

3531

3532

3533

3534

3535

3536

3537

3538

3539

3540

3541

3565

3566

3567

3568

3569

3570

3571

3572

3573

3574

3575

3576

B.1 General test configuration

This annex describes the requirements by which 4-pair 100

 components and cabling systems are to be measured from 1 MHz to the highest referenced frequency using laboratory equipment.

The transmission tests described in this Standard typically require the use of a network analyzer or equivalent, coaxial cables, baluns, UTP test leads, and impedance matching terminations. Network analyzers provide capability to correct for source and load port inaccuracies and measurement errors due to output port gain errors and measurement port sensitivity. In addition, signal leakage from the output port to measurement port can be compensated. Each component of the test setup shall be qualified over the frequency range specified for the category to which the DUT is being evaluated. Equivalent test setups may be used. For the case of balunless measurements, the general requirements for wire termination test setup configurations and performance are detailed in ANSI/TIA-1183-A from 1 MHz to 2000 MHz.

The transmission tests described in this annex may be performed using a network analyzer or equivalent, coaxial cables, baluns, test leads, and impedance matching terminations. Each setup component shall be qualified to a measurement bandwidth of at least 1 MHz to the highest frequency of measurement for each category. Test equipment design, calibration and fixturing should be such as to ensure a measurement floor of 20 dB below the required measurement limit.

This document discusses in detail:

Network analyzer requirements

Test fixture requirements

Impedance matching termination requirements

Calibration artifacts and calibration procedures

Port identification and nomenclature

Other requirements

All of the requirements of this annex apply up to the maximum frequency of the DUT category.

B.2 Termination of a cable DUT to test system

The DUT connection point is to a cable pair. To minimize length of the termination and disturbance of the cable pairs, the cable pair should be connected to the referenc e plane with less than 5 mm (0.2”) of wire or pair unjacketed or untwisted. Shield terminations including individual pair shield terminations should be within 5 mm (0.2”) of the reference plane. Pair twist and spacing should be maintained to the reference plane as much as possible. Shield terminations should provide a 360 degree contact with the overall cable shield as close to the end of the screen as is possible. Example cable and shield terminations are shown

in Figure B.1 and B.2.

B.2.1 Interconnections between the device under test (DUT) and the calibration plane

When testing DUT’s that do not present naturally a cable pair to the test interface, test leads may be constructed to provide that connection.

Twisted-pair test leads, printed circuits or other interconnections may be used between the DUT and the calibration plane. It is necessary to control the characteristics of these interconnections to the best extent possible as they are beyond the calibration plane. These interconnections should be as short as practical and their CM and DM impedances shall be managed to minimize their effects on measurements. The return

loss performance of the interconnections shall meet the requirements of clause B.2.1.1. The insertion loss

performance of the interconnections is assumed to be less than 0.1 dB over the frequency range from 1

MHz to 500 MHz and less than 0.2 dB (TBD) for the frequency range from 500 MHz to 2.0 GHz.

137

3577

3578

3579

3580

3581

3582

3583

3584

3585

3586

3587

3588

3589

3590

3591

3592

3593

3594

3595

3596

3597

3598

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

When used, twisted-pair test leads shall have 100

Ω nominal characteristic impedance. The twisted-pairs should not exhibit gaps between the conductors insulation. The maximum length of the test leads extending from each end of the device shall be 51 mm (2 in).

Prior to attachment to the DUT, the return loss of each twisted-pair shall be tested. For this test, 100 mm

(4 in) lengths of twisted-pair shall be used. The test leads shall be DM terminated across each pair at the

far end with a precision 0.1% 0603 or similar chip resistor as described in clause B.6.1. The resistor shall

be attached directly to the conductors of the pair in such a way as to minimize the disturbance of the twistedpair. Potential disturbances include gaps between the conductor insulation in the twisted-pair, melted insulation, and excess solder. When tested, the test lead shall be attached to the balun or DM test port using the same fixtures as when testing the device. The test leads are then trimmed for attachment to the

DUT and the test fixtures. See 0 for an appropriate test fixture. It is recommended to use the same load for

both calibration and termination of the test lead during measurement.

B.2.1.1 Test lead return loss requirements

For connecting hardware return loss measurements, the interconnection shall meet the requirements in

B.2.1 relative to the specified calibration resistor termination. These requirements apply up to the maximum

frequency of the category of the DUT.

Table B.1 - Interconnection return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1

80

f

< 80

f

 2000

Return loss

(dB)

40 dB

38

– 20log(

f

/100) dB

Strain Relief Cable Jacket

Shield

Conductive ferrule

Adapter

3599

3600

3601

Figure B.1 - Example 360 degree shielded cable termination

138

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Strain Relief

Shield

Cable Jacket

Conductive ferrule

Adapter

Mesh ball

3602

3603

3604

3605

3606

3607

3608

Figure B.2 - Example individually shielded pair cable termination

For ease of interfacing to test fixtures, the balun or balunless test interface should present a pin and socket

interface with dimensions as shown in Figure B.3. Sockets should be gold plated contact material and

should be compatible with an example socket as shown in Figure B.4.

3609

3610

3611

Figure B.3 - Test fixture interface pattern

139

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3622

3623

3624

3625

3626

3627

3628

3629

3630

3612

3613

3614

3615

3616

3617

3618

3619

3620

3621

3631

3632

3633

3634

Example socket description:

Mill-Max 1001-0-15-15-30-27-04-0

Material=Brass alloy

Contact: 30=Standard 4 finger contact

Contact material: Beryllium copper

Shell plating: 15=10 µ" gold over nickel

Contact plating: 27=30 µ" gold over nickel

Press fit in 1.45 mm (0.057 in) mounting hole

Figure B.4 - Example pin and socket dimension

B.3 Ground plane requirements

The balun or balunless test fixture common mode nodes shall be bonded to a ground plane. The common mode nodes of passive terminations shall also be bonded to the ground plane.

B.4 Network analyzer requirements

The network analyzer shall provide a sinusoidal reference signal source and receiver in one unit and shall provide the ability to measure amplitude and phase response over a specified frequency range for cabling or cabling components under test. In addition, the performance of the network analyzer shall be specified over the frequency range of interest and the network analyzer shall include functionality to perform two-port and one-port calibrations.

B.5 Measurement points and spacing

Unless otherwise specified, the minimum number of measurement points within a specified frequency range

shall meet the requirements of Table B.2.

Table B.2 - Minimum number of measurement points

DUT length (L)

L

(m)

≤ 10

10 < L

≤ 20

L > 20

Minimum number of measurement points per decade of specified frequency range

100

200

300

140

3645

3646

3647

3648

3649

3650

3651

3652

3653

3654

3655

3635

3636

3637

3638

3639

3640

3641

3642

3643

3644

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

B.6 Impedance matching terminations

Either balun terminations, direct network analyzer terminations, or resistive terminations may be used for the termination of far-end ports of active pairs under test and for the termination of inactive pair near-end and far-end ports. Resistor terminations are recommended for termination unless the port is included in the current active measurement calibration. Improving the return loss of port terminations will improve measurement accuracy. In all cases, the type of termination shall be consistent between all pairs at each end and consistent with the common mode termination value of the test system. (i.e. DMCM terminations are not mixed with DM terminations for the near-end of the DUT or the far-end of the DUT). Annex C provides diagrams for terminations for balun systems and Annex D provides diagrams of terminations for balunless systems.

B.6.1 Resistor terminations

Resistors shall be 0603 or smaller wideband chip resistors. 0.01% tolerance chip resistors should be used for calibration references and also for all DUT resistor terminations.

Resistor DM terminations shall exhibit impedance of 100

  0.1% (two times 50   0.1%) as shown in figure B.5. The resistors used for common mode (CM) terminations shall include the addition of a common mode 25

  1% or better resistor as shown in figure B.5. In this case, the common mode impedance formed by the 25

 resistor in series with the two 50  resistors in parallel provides a common mode impedance of 50

.

50   0.1 % 50   0.1 %

100   0. 1 %

25   1 %

3656

3657

3658

Differential mode only resistor termination

Differential mode plus common mode resistor termination

Figure B.5 - Resistor termination networks for balun testing

50   0.1 % 50   0.1 %

3659

3660

3661

3662

3663

3664

3665

3666

3667

Differential mode plus common mode resistor termination

Figure B.6 - Balunless resistor termination network

B.6.2 Termination return loss performance at the calibration plane

The performance of impedance matching resistor termination networks shall be verified by measuring the return loss of the termination at the calibration plane. For this measurement, a one port calibration is

required using a traceable reference load per IEC 60603 series 0. The DM return loss of the load termination

shall meet or exceed 20-20log(

f

/500). Calculations that result in DM return loss limit values greater than

40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum. The CM return loss shall exceed 15 dB. The residual

NEXT loss between any two impedance termination networks shall exceed the requirements of equation

141

3668

3669

3670

3671

3672

3673

3674

3675

3676

3677

3678

3679

3680

3681

3682

3683

3684

3685

3699

3700

3701

3702

3703

3704

3705

3706

3707

3708

3709

3710

3711

3712

3713

3686

3687

3688

3689

3690

3691

3692

3693

3694

3695

3696

3697

3698

3714

3715

3716

3717

3718

3719

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

(B-1). Calculations that result in residual NEXT loss limit values greater than 84 dB shall revert to a

requirement of 84 dB minimum.

NEXT residual

_

term

74

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

dB

(B-1)

NOTE - The DM return loss requirement above results in better performance at frequencies below the upper frequency limit for resistor terminations versus balun terminations. It is for this reason that resistor terminations are recommended, even though the performance requirements (as specified here) are essentially the same.

B.6.3 Termination TCL performance at the calibration plane

The resistor terminations should be verified by testing TCL up to the highest frequency of testing for each category or 2 GHz and should meet the requirements of equation (B-2).

TCL

Rterm

>= 56-20*log(f/100) or 50dB min. (B-2)

B.6.4 Calibration methods

One-port and two-port calibrations are acceptable for return loss measurements. Two-port calibration and measurement methods, which include compensation for the balun response, shall be used for insertion

loss, NEXT loss and FEXT loss measurements. See clause B.7 for more information on calibration methods

and types.

There are two commonly used calibration methods:

1) Two-port calibration used for through measurements that involve an output port and a measurement port (insertion loss, NEXT loss, and FEXT loss).

2) One-port calibration used when making one-port (return loss) measurements. In this case, the remote end of the device under test is terminated using a resistive circuit. It is possible to use a two-port calibration for one-port measurements. In this case, one port provides the balun termination at the remote end and its return losses are calibrated out of the measurement.

Both one-port and two-port calibrations require reflection calibration that corrects for imperfect source and load impedance of the measurement system, including the near- and far-end measurement ports of the network analyzer, baluns and interconnections up to the location of the reference plane. Reflection calibration typically involves connecting open, short, and load calibration devices at the location of the reference plane. Absolute measurement accuracy is determined by the accuracy of the calibration load.

In addition to the reflection calibration, transmission and isolation calibrations are also required for two-port calibrations. Transmission calibration requires interconnecting the near- and far-end measurement ports at the location of the reference plane with a known reference. The reference may be a short piece of twistedpair conductors. Isolation calibration is only required if there is significant crosstalk between the near- and far-end measurement ports at the location of the reference plane. If the level of uncompensated crosstalk at this location is near the noise floor of the network analyzer, then the isolation calibration may be omitted.

If used, during isolation calibration, the near- and far-end measurement ports should be terminated into 100

 at the location of the reference plane.

B.6.4.1 Two-port calibration of the test system

A two-port calibration utilizing load, open, and short and through calibration references shall be specified.

Transmission through calibration requires interconnecting the near-end and far-end measurement ports at the location of the reference plane with a known reference through calibration artifact. Isolation calibration is required if there is significant crosstalk between measurement ports. If the level of residual crosstalk is compliant to test system performance requirements, then isolation calibration may be omitted.

142

3720

3721

3722

3723

3724

3725

3726

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

B.6.4.2 One-port calibration of the test system

If a one-port calibration is used, then load, open, and short calibration references shall be used.

B.7 General calibration plane

For all measurement configurations, the calibration plane represents the location where calibration devices are connected to the test setup as shown in figure B.7. The calibration plane is defined at the test interface and is the point of connection between the device under test and the test fixture.

Calibration plane

Test leads

Baluns

Network

Analyzer

R com

R com

DUT

3727

3728

3729

3730

3731

3732

3733

3734

3735

3736

3737

3738

3739

3740

3741

3742

3743

3744

3745

3746

3747

3748

3749

3750

3751

3752

3753

3754

3755

3756

3757

3758

Test interface

Figure B.7 - Calibration plane

The calibration plane location can be established based on:

Formal definitions of calibration planes for cabling (e.g., reference plane for the channel or permanent link).

These measurement considerations should be taken into account:

1) Proximity to the cabling or cabling component under test to avoid introduction of measurement errors

(i.e. from the network analyzer, baluns and interconnect wiring).

2) Convenience of connecting devices to be tested.

3) Minimizing disruption of the transmission performance at the location where devices are connected, particularly to avoid reflections and parasitic crosstalk effects.

B.7.1 Calibration references

Internal test calibration standards reference values within the network analyzer shall be selected to reflect the characteristics of the actual standards used for calibration as specified by the instrument manufacturer.

Typical parameters for a network analyzer using open-short-load-through calibration standards are open circuit capacitance, short circuit inductance, through offset delay and offset impedance Z

0

. Test facilities should maintain appropriate documentation detailing the calibration procedures and calibration standard values used and the expected accuracy.

B.7.1.1 50

and 100 calibration reference load requirements

Calibration reference load impedance terminations can be compared against a 50

 coaxial load, which is traceable to an international reference standard using the following procedure. The calibration reference load shall be equal to the nominal differential impedance of twisted-pair cabling defined in this Standard, which is 100

. This may be achieved by using a single 100  resistor or with the network shown in Figure

B.5.

The following procedure can be used for reference load verification.

The reference load(s) for calibration are placed in an N-type connector according to IEC 60169-16 (i.e. designed for panel mounting and machined flat on the back side). The load(s) shall be fixed to the flat side

143

3772

3773

3774

3775

3776

3777

3778

3759

3760

3761

3762

3763

3764

3765

3766

3767

3768

3769

3770

3771

3779

3780

3781

3782

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D of the connector and distributed evenly around the center conductor. One port full calibrations shall utilize the 50

 coaxial calibration reference.

The reference load may be compared directly to the 50

 calibration reference. In this case, an additional source of uncertainty is introduced by the network analyzer.

Refer to the test equipment manufacturer’s guidelines for additional information on calibration device and network analyzer measurement uncertainty.

Another method is to place two 100

 reference loads in parallel. In this case, the uncertainty introduced by the network analyzer is negligible and the accuracy of the two 100

 reference loads in parallel is determined by the accuracy of the 50

 calibration reference. It may be assumed that either method will result in approximately the same uncertainty for a single, 100

 reference load.

Care must be used to maintain symmetrical calibration load positioning with reference to the ground connection.

B.7.1.2 Calibration reference load return loss requirement

The verified return loss of the calibration reference load shall meet the requirements of Table B.3 from 1

MHz to the highest referenced frequency of measurement for the cabling category.

The following requirements are TBD. The current requirement is > 40 dB at the highest frequency of measurement.

Table B.3 - Calibration reference load return loss requirement

Frequency

(MHz)

1

f < 1000

1000

f

 2000

Return loss

(dB)

 40

 40 – 20log(f /1000)

B.7.2 Typical test equipment performance parameters

See ANSI/TIA-1183-A for typical test equipment performance parameters.

144

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3783

Annex C (normative) - Cabling and component test procedures

3784

3785

3786

3787

3788

3789

3790

3791

3792

3793

3794

3795

3796

3797

3798

3799

3800

3801

C.1 Measurement test setup and apparatus

The measurement requirements in this annex, apply to categories 3, 5e, 6, 6A, and 8 up to the upper frequencies of those categories. In some cases, there are specific requirements for specific categories, and those are so noted.

C.1.1 Balun terminations

Baluns used for termination shall comply with the requirements of clause C.1.2. The common mode

termination resistor applied to the common mode port of the balun shall be 50

 1 %.

C.1.2 Balun requirements

Balun transformers are used to convert the unbalanced measurement capability of the network analyzer to the balanced terminals of the cabling interface. Baluns shall be RFI shielded and shall comply with the

specifications listed in Table C.1 up to the highest referenced frequency for the category of component or

cabling system under test.

Table C.1 - Test balun performance characteristics

Parameter

Frequency (MHz) Value

Impedance, primary

1)

Impedance, secondary

1

f  2000

1

f  2000

1

f  1000 (TBD)

50

 unbalanced

100

 balanced

Insertion loss

Return loss, bi-directional 2)

Return loss, common mode

Power rating

2)

1000 < f  2000 (TBD)

15

1

f < 15

f  1000 (TBD)

15 < f  2000 (TBD)

1

f < 15

15

f < 400

400

f  2000

1

f  2000

1

f < 100

100

f  500 (TBD)

2.0 dB maximum

3.0 dB maximum (TBD)

12 dB minimum

20 dB minimum

15 dB minimum (TBD)

15 dB minimum

20 dB minimum

15 dB minimum

0.1 watt minimum

Longitudinal balance

2)

500 < f  1000 (TBD)

60 dB minimum

50 dB minimum

42 dB minimum (TBD)

40 dB minimum (TBD)

Output signal balance

2)

Common mode rejection

2)

1000 < f  2000 (TBD)

1

f  1000 (TBD)

1000 s< f  2000 (TBD)

1

f  1000 (TBD)

1000 < f  2000 (TBD)

50 dB minimum

40 dB minimum (TBD)

50 dB minimum

40 dB minimum (TBD)

1) Primary impedance may differ, if necessary, to accommodate analyzer outputs other than

50

.

2) Measured per ITU-T (formerly CCITT) Recommendation G.117 with the network analyzer calibrated using a 50

 load.

Figure C.1 depicts the proper test configurations for qualifying test baluns to the requirements of this

standard.

145

3802

3803

3804

Balun Port Description

A

D

C B

A-B: 100

 Balanced

C: 50

 Common-Mode

D: 50

 Unbalanced

Return Loss (50:100 ohm)

A

D

50

D

C

C

B

B

100

Common-Mode Return Loss

50

A

50

25

50

Insertion Loss (2 Units Back-to-Back)

A A

D D

50

C

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

B B C

50

Return Loss (100:50 ohm)

A A

D D

50

C B B C

50

50

Calibration Plane

Longitudinal Balance

50

A

D

25

C B

50

Output Signal Balance

50

A

50

D

50

C B

50

Common-Mode Rejection

50

A

50

D

C B

50

50

Figure C.1 - Measurement configurations for test balun qualification

146

3805

3806

3807

3808

3809

3810

3811

3812

3813

3814

3815

3816

3817

3818

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2 Testing of cabling

C.2.1 Cabling DC resistance

DC resistance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566.

C.2.2 Return loss testing of cables and channels

C.2.2.1 Test configuration of cable and channel return loss

Figure C.3 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing return loss. Resistor terminations are generally

preferred for unused pairs at the far-end because of better return loss performance. See clause B.6.1 for

information on resistor terminations. DMCM terminations are recommended for return loss measurements

although DM terminations are acceptable. The detailed schematic diagram of the balun is shown in Figure

C.2

The connection labeled “C” represents the connection to the common mode port, the connection labeled “D” represents the connection to the 50

 unbalanced port, and ports labeled “A and B” represent a connection to the 100

 differential mode port of the DUT.

D

3819

3820

A

B

C

Figure C.2 - Balun schematic diagram

147

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

Test Fixture

DUT

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

50

25

50

50

Ω

25

C

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

Active test interface

50

25

50

50

50

50

25

25

50

50

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

3821

3822

3823

3824

3825

Figure C.3 - Laboratory test configuration for return loss

C.2.2.2 Measurement of cable and channel return loss

Calibrate in accordance with B.6.4. Measure the S11 parameter with the network analyzer connected to

each pair on the near-end. Return loss shall be tested in both directions.

148

3826

3827

3828

3829

3830

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.3 Insertion loss of cables and channels

C.2.3.1 Test configuration of cable and channel insertion loss

Figure C.4 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing insertion loss, FEXT loss, ACRF, and

propagation delay.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

DUT

D

Test Fixture

Test Fixture

D

50

Ω

C

25

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

Active test interface

C

50

50

Ω

25

50

50

50

50

25

25

50

50

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Inactive pair terminations

3831

3832

3833

Figure C.4 - Laboratory test configuration for insertion loss and propagation delay measurements

149

3834

3835

3836

3837

3838

3839

3840

3841

3842

3843

3844

3845

3846

3847

3848

3849

3850

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

NOTE: Shields and screens, if any, should be bonded (low inductance connections) to the measurement ground.

The test interfaces shall provide a high quality interface to the calibration reference devices used during two-port and one-port calibration of the network analyzer, as well as provide a convenient connection to the cabling or cabling component under test.

C.2.3.2 Calibration of cable and channel insertion loss

The calibration for cable and channel insertion loss shall comply with B.6.4.

C.2.3.3 Measurement of cable and channel insertion loss

Measure the S21 parameter with the pair under test connected to the network analyzer at both the near-end and the far-end. It is not necessary to measure cable insertion loss from both ends due to reciprocity.

C.2.4 NEXT loss of cables and channels

C.2.4.1 Test configuration of cable and channel NEXT loss

Figure C.5 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing NEXT loss. Resistor terminations are generally

preferred for unused pairs at the far-end because of better return loss performance. See clause B.6.1 for

information on resistor terminations. DMCM terminations shall be used for NEXT loss measurements.

150

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

Test Fixture

DUT

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

50

25

50

50 Ω

D

C

Active test interface

50

25

50

50 Ω

C

50

25

25

50

50

50

50

50

25

25

50

50

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

3851

3852

3853

3854

Figure C.5 - Laboratory test configuration for cable and channel NEXT loss

C.2.4.2 Calibration of cable and channel NEXT loss

The calibration for cable and channel NEXT loss shall comply with clause B.6.4

151

3855

3856

3857

3858

3859

3860

3861

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.4.3 Measurement of cable and channel NEXT loss

Measure the S21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each of the 6 pair combinations of the four pairs. NEXT loss shall be tested in both directions.

C.2.5 FEXT loss of cables and channels

C.2.5.1 Test configuration of cable and channel FEXT loss

Figure C.6 shows the test configuration of cable and channel FEXT loss. DMCM terminations shall be used

for all inactive pairs and active pairs.

152

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

DUT

D

Test Fixture Test Fixture

50

25

50

50 Ω

C

25

50

50

Active test interface

Active pair far end terminations

D

25

50

25

50

50

50

C

50

50

50

Ω

25

25

50

50

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

3862

3863

3864

3865

Figure C.6 - Laboratory test configuration for FEXT loss

C.2.5.2 Calibration of cable and channel FEXT loss

The calibration for cable and channel FEXT loss shall comply with clause B.6.4.

153

3874

3875

3876

3877

3878

3879

3880

3881

3882

3883

3884

3885

3886

3866

3867

3868

3869

3870

3871

3872

3873

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.5.3 Measurement of cable and channel FEXT loss

Measure the S21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each of the 12 pair combinations of the four pairs in one direction.

C.2.6 Cable and channel propagation delay

C.2.6.1 Test configuration of cable and channel propagation delay

The propagation delay measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of clause C.2.3.1

C.2.6.2 Calibration of cable and channel propagation delay

A one or two-port calibration, as described in clause B.6.4, may be used to calibrate propagation delay.

C.2.6.3 Measurement of cable and channel propagation delay

Measure all 4 pairs for cable propagation delay. It is not necessary to measure cable propagation delay from both ends due to reciprocity.

C.2.7 TCL of cables and channels

Balunless techniques are recommended for measurement of TCL, however balun techniques may be used.

C.2.7.1 Test configuration of cable and channel TCL

Figure C.7 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing TCL. The cabling or DUT pair under test shall

be connected to the differential mode balun output terminals. All unused near-end pairs shall be terminated

with DMCM resistor terminations (see clause B.6.1) or baluns shall be bonded together and connected to

ground as shown in Figure C.7.

154

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

Test Fixture

DUT

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

50

25

50

25

C

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

Active test interface

50

25

50

50

50

50

25

25

50

50

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

3887

3888

3889

3890

3891

3892

3893

3894

3895

3896

Figure C.7 - Laboratory test configuration for TCL

NOTE - For cable TCL measurements, the far-end common mode termination should be connected to ground.

C.2.7.2 Calibration of channel TCL

TCL calibration is performed in three steps.

STEP 1: The coaxial test leads attached to the network analyzer are calibrated out by performing short, open, load, and through measurements at the point of termination to the balun. An example of the test lead

through connection is shown in figure Figure C.8.

155

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3897

3898

3899

3900

3901

3902

3903

3904

3905

Figure C.8 - Coaxial lead through calibration

STEP 2: The attenuation of the differential signals of the balun is measured by connecting two identical

baluns back-to-back with minimal lead length as shown in figure Figure C.9. Notice that the baluns are

positioned so as to maintain polarity and they are bonded (firmly attached, e.g. clamped) to a ground plane.

The measured insertion loss is divided by 2 to approximate the insertion loss of one balun for a differential signal. The calculated insertion loss is recorded as

IL bal

,

DM

.

3906

3907

3908

3909

3910

3911

3912

3913

Figure C.9 - Back-to-back balun insertion loss measurement

STEP 3: The insertion loss of the common mode signals of the test balun is measured by connecting the

common mode port terminals to the differential output terminals of the balun as shown in figure Figure C.10.

Notice that the output terminals of the balun are short-circuited and connected to the inner conductor of the coaxial test lead. The outer shield of the coaxial test lead shall be bonded to the ground plane. An example

ground bonding is shown in figure Figure C.11 The measured insertion loss is recorded as

IL bal

,

CM

.

156

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

3914

3915

3916

3917

Figure C.10 - Output terminal connection

Additionally, a correction term for the impedance ratio of the balun transformer converting from 50

 on the network analyzer to 100

 on the DUT is needed. The correction value is 0 (TBD) dB.

3918

3919

3920

3921

3922

3923

3924

3925

3926

3927

3928

3929

3930

3931

3932

3933

3934

3935

3936

3937

3938

3939

Figure C.11 - Outer shield grounding position

C.2.7.3 Measurement of cable and channel TCL

An S21 measurement between the differential and common mode ports of the balun is performed. To maintain consistency, port 1 of the network analyzer shall be connected to the 50

 input of the balun, while port 2 of the network analyzer shall be connected to the common mode terminal of the balun. The measured raw balance data is recorded as

IL meas

.

TCL, corrected to remove the insertion loss of the test setup and to allow for the impedance ratio of the

balun, is determined using equation (C-1).

TCL

(

IL meas

IL bal

,

DM

IL bal

,

CM

0 (

TBD

))

dB (C-1)

NOTE - The proximity of the cable under test to ground planes may have an impact upon cable balance measurements.

TCL shall be tested in both directions.

Editor’s note: search globally for differential mode input balun port connection and change to 50 Ohm port.

C.2.8 TCTL of cables and channels

Balunless techniques are recommended for measurement of TCTL, however balun techniques may be used.

157

3940

3941

3942

3943

3944

3945

3946

3947

3948

3949

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.8.1 Test configuration of channel TCTL

Figure Figure C.12 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing TCTL. Two ends of the same cabling

or DUT pair shall be connected to the differential outputs of the test baluns. For consistency, the output port of the network analyzer will be referred to as port 1 and the input port will be designated as port 2. Port 1 shall be connected to the differential input of the balun connected to the input end of the pair under test, while port 2 shall be connected to the common mode terminal of the balun connected to the output end of the pair under test. All unused pairs on both ends shall be terminated with DMCM resistor terminations as

shown in figure B.6.1. There shall be a common ground at each end. The grounds of the two ends shall be

connected securely to the same ground plane.

158

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2

DUT

D

Test Fixture Test Fixture

D

50

Ω

C

50

Ω

25

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

Active test interface

C

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

25

50

50

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Inactive pair terminations

3950

3951

3952

3953

3954

3955

3956

Figure C.12 - Laboratory test configuration for TCTL

.

C.2.8.2 Calibration of cable and channel TCTL

The calibration of the test hardware for TCTL measurements shall follow the procedure outlined in

clause C.6.4.7 for both baluns being used in the measurement and the calibration values should be

recorded as

IL bal

,DM .

1

,

IL bal

,DM .

2

,

IL bal

,CM .

1

, and

IL bal

,CM .

2

.

159

3968

3969

3970

3971

3972

3973

3974

3975

3976

3977

3978

3979

3980

3981

3982

3983

3984

3985

3986

3987

3988

3989

3990

3957

3958

3959

3960

3961

3962

3963

3964

3965

3966

3967

3991

3992

3993

3994

3995

3996

3997

3998

3999

4000

4001

4002

4003

4004

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.2.8.3 Measurement of cable and channel TCTL

The S12 measurement is performed and the result is recorded as

IL meas

2

.

TCTL, corrected to remove the insertion loss of the test setup and corrected for the transformer impedance

ratio, is calculated using equation (C-2).

TCTL

(

IL meas

2

IL bal

,

DM

, 1

IL bal

,

CM

, 2

0 (

TBD

))

dB (C-2)

TCTL shall be tested in both directions.

NOTE - The proximity of a cable under test to ground planes may have an impact upon cable balance measurements.

C.2.9 Cable and channel measurement precautions

Mutual capacitance, capacitance unbalance, characteristic impedance, return loss, insertion loss, SRL,

NEXT loss, ACRF, TCL, and TCTL measurements and calculations shall be performed on cable samples of 100 m (328 ft) (or 30m for category 8) removed from the reel or packaging. The test sample shall be laid out along a non-conducting surface, loosely coiled, or supported in aerial spans, and all pairs shall be terminated according to the specific requirements of this annex. Other test configurations are acceptable if correlation to the reference method has been verified. In case of conflict, the reference method (100 m or

30 m, off-reel, resistor terminated) shall be used to determine conformance to the minimum requirements of this standard.

It may be desirable to perform measurements on lengths of cable greater than 100 m (328 ft) or 30 m (98 ft) in order to improve measurement accuracy at frequencies at or below 1 MHz. For example, when measuring insertion loss, it is recommended that the sample length exhibit no less than 3 dB of insertion loss at the lowest frequency tested. More than one length may be required to test a full range of frequencies.

Cables tested for insertion loss at elevated temperatures shall be placed inside an air-circulating oven until the cable has stabilized at the reference temperature. No more than 3 m (10 ft) of each cable end should exit the oven for connection to the measurement equipment.

C.2.10 Screened or shielded cable and channel measurement configurations

For all laboratory and field transmission measurements of screened cables, the cable shield shall be grounded at both ends. Attention should be given to providing low impedance connections from the shield to ground and between grounding points of the two cable ends.

C.3 Permanent link test procedures

This clause describes test and calibration procedures for permanent links.

C.3.1 Permanent link measurement configurations

The following requirements apply to the test configurations for permanent link measurements and for other components, assemblies, and test parameters as indicated by reference.

For all laboratory and field transmission measurements of screened cables, the cable shield shall be grounded at both ends. Attention should be given to providing low impedance connections from the shield to ground and between grounding points of the two cable ends.

Testing shall be carried out using a modular test plug compliant with clause C.6.5 inserted between the test

interface and the permanent link under test. The crosstalk, insertion loss and return loss of the modular test plug shall not be calibrated out.

C.3.2 Calibration of permanent link test configurations.

The permanent link test configuration shall be calibrated by applying appropriate open, short, load and through calibration artifacts to the test interface between the test system and the modular test plug.

160

4005

4006

4007

4008

4009

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.3.3 Return loss of permanent links

C.3.3.1 Test configuration of permanent link return loss

The permanent link return loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of Figure

C.13.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

C

Test

Fixture

Active test interface

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active pair far end terminations

Test plug

Test Fixture

4010

4011

4012

4013

4014

4015

4016

4017

4018

4019

4020

4021

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.13 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link return loss and TCL measurements

C.3.3.2 Calibration of permanent link return loss

The calibration for permanent link return loss shall comply with clause B.6.4.

C.3.3.3 Measurement of permanent link return loss

Measure the Sdd11 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each pair on each end; permanent link return loss shall be tested in both directions.

C.3.4 Insertion loss of permanent link

C.3.4.1 Test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, (also used for FEXT loss, ACRF, and propagation delay)

The permanent link insertion loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of Figure

C.14.

161

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D

Active test interface

50

Ω

Test Fixture

C

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Test plug

Test Fixture

C

50

Ω

D

4022

4023

4024

4025

4026

4027

4028

4029

4030

4031

4032

4033

4034

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.14 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link insertion loss and propagation delay measurements.

C.3.4.2 Calibration of permanent link insertion loss

The calibration for permanent link return loss shall comply with clause B.6.4.

C.3.4.3 Measurement of permanent link insertion loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the pair under test connected to the network analyzer at both the near-end and the far-end. Permanent link insertion loss shall be tested in both directions.

C.3.5 NEXT loss of permanent link

C.3.5.1 Test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss

The permanent link NEXT loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of Figure

C.15.

162

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

50

Ω

Active test interface

C

D

50

Ω

C

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Test plug

Active pair terminations

Active test interface

4035

4036

4037

4038

4039

4040

4041

4042

4043

4044

4045

4046

4047

4048

4049

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.15 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss measurements

C.3.5.2 Calibration of permanent link NEXT loss

The calibration for permanent link NEXT loss shall comply with clause B.6.4.

C.3.5.3 Measurement of permanent link NEXT loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each of the 6 pair combinations in a four pair permanent link. Permanent link NEXT loss shall be tested in both directions.

C.3.6 FEXT loss of permanent link

C.3.6.1 Test configuration of permanent link FEXT loss

The permanent link FEXT loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of Figure

C.16.

C.3.6.2 Calibration of permanent link FEXT loss

The calibration of permanent link FEXT loss shall comply with B.6.4.

C.3.6.3 Measurement of permanent link FEXT loss

163

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

C

D

50

Ω

Active pair terminations

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Test plug

Active pair terminations

Active test interface

C

50

Ω

D

4050

4051

4052

4053

4054

4055

4056

4057

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.16 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link FEXT loss (ACRF)

Measure Sdd21 for all of the 12 pair combinations for permanent link FEXT loss, launching from one end only. It is not necessary to measure permanent link FEXT loss from both ends due to reciprocity.

C.3.7 TCL of permanent link

C.3.7.1 Test configuration of permanent link TCL

The permanent link TCL measurement configuration is shown in Figure C.17.

164

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

C

Test

Fixture

Active test interface

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active pair far end terminations

Test plug

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

4058

4059

4060

4061

4062

4063

4064

4065

4066

4067

Figure C.17 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link TCL measurements

C.3.7.2 Calibration of permanent link TCL

The calibration of permanent link TCL shall comply with clause C.2.7.2.

C.3.7.3 Measurement of permanent link TCL

Measure permanent link TCL on each pair in both directions.

C.3.8 TCTL of permanent link

C.3.8.1 Test configuration of permanent link TCTL

The permanent link TCTL measurement configuration is shown in Figure C.18.

165

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

Active test interface

50

Ω

Test Fixture

C

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active test interface

Test plug

Test Fixture

C

50

Ω

D

4075

4076

4077

4078

4079

4080

4081

4082

4083

4068

4069

4070

4071

4072

4073

4074

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.18 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link TCTL.

C.3.8.2 Calibration of permanent link TCTL

The calibration of permanent link TCTL shall comply with C.2.8.2.

C.3.8.3 Measurement of permanent link TCTL

Measure permanent link TCTL on each pair in both directions.

C.3.9 Propagation delay of permanent link

C.3.9.1 Test configuration of permanent link propagation delay

The permanent link propagation delay measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of

Figure C.14.

C.3.9.2 Calibration of permanent link propagation delay

The calibration of permanent link propagation delay shall comply with B.6.4

C.3.9.3 Measurement of permanent link propagation delay

Measure all 4 pairs for permanent link propagation delay. It is not necessary to measure permanent link propagation delay from both ends due to reciprocity.

166

4084

4085

4086

4087

4088

4089

4090

4091

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.4 Direct Attach measurement procedures

C.4.1 Direct attach test configurations

In the figures, the far end termination is shown combined with the test fixture. It is acceptable to configure the far end terminations within the test fixture, or attached to the test fixture. Switching may be used and that switching may configured within the test fixture. See ANSI/TIA 1183-1 for a more detailed discussion of wire termination test fixture configurations. The test jacks shall be compliant to the category patch cord

test head requirements in clause C.7.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

50

Ω

C

Test

Fixture

Active test interface

Test Jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Test Jack

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

4092

4093

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.19 - Direct attach return loss test configuration.

167

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

Active test interface

50

Ω

Test Fixture

C

Test jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Active test interface

Test jack

Test Fixture

C

50

Ω

D

4094

4095

4096

4097

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.20 - Direct attach cord insertion loss test configuration

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

50

Ω

Active test interface

C

D

50

Ω

C

Test jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Test jack

Active pair terminations

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.21 - Direct attach cord NEXT loss test configuration

168

4098

4099

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

C

50

Ω

D

Active pair terminations

Test jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Test jack Active pair terminations

Active test interface

C

50

Ω

D

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.22 - Direct attach cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

C

Test

Fixture

Active test interface

Test jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Active pair far end terminations

Test jack

Test Fixture

4100

4101

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.23 - Direct attach cord TCL test configuration

169

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

Active test interface

50

Ω

Test Fixture

C

Test jack

Plug

Direct attach under test

Plug

Active test interface

Test jack

Test Fixture

C

50

Ω

D

4102

4103

4104

4105

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.24 - Direct attach cord TCTL test configuration

170

4106

4107

4108

4109

4110

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.5 Modular cord test procedures

C.5.1 Network analyzer test configuration

The network analyzer configuration for modular cord testing is depicted in Figure C.25, Figure C.26, and

Figure C.27 which show balun configurations for the three required tests.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

50 Ω

C

Test

Fixture

Active test interface

Test Jack

Plug

Cord under test

Plug

Active pair far end terminations

Test Jack

Test Fixture

4111

4112

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.25 - Modular cord return loss test configuration

171

4113

4114

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D

50

Ω

Active test interface

C

D

50

Ω

C

Test jack

Plug

Cord under test

Plug

Test jack

Active pair terminations

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.26 - Modular cord NEXT loss test configuration

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

C

50

Ω

D

Active pair terminations

Test jack

Plug

Cord under test

Plug

Test jack Active pair terminations

Active test interface

C

50

Ω

D

4115

4116

4117

Test fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Optional shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.27 - Modular cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration

172

4118

4119

4120

4121

4122

4123

4124

4125

4126

4127

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.5.2 Test fixturing for modular cords

Modular cord test head NEXT loss, FEXT loss, and return loss requirements are specified in clause C.7.

For the purpose of testing modular cord NEXT loss, the modular cord test head shall meet all of the requirements of this clause. For the purpose of measuring modular cord return loss, it is sufficient for the

test head to meet only the requirements of clause C.7.3. The test head used at each end of the test

configuration shall be of the same design.

C.5.3 Modular cord measurements.

NEXT loss and return loss are required for modular cords.

NEXT loss requirements are given in clause 6.9.2 and return loss in clause 6.9.1.

173

4128

4129

4130

4152

4153

4154

4155

4156

4157

4158

4159

4144

4145

4146

4147

4148

4149

4150

4151

4160

4161

4162

4131

4132

4133

4134

4135

4136

4137

4138

4139

4140

4141

4142

4143

4163

4164

4165

4166

4167

4168

4169

4170

4171

4172

4173

4174

4175

4176

4177

4178

4179

4180

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6 Connecting hardware testing

This clause describes test and calibration procedures for connecting hardware.

C.6.1 Connecting hardware measurement configurations

The following requirements apply to the test configurations for connecting hardware measurements and for other components, assemblies, and test parameters as indicated by reference. The test methods and setup requirements described herein apply to one (1) or more pairs of twisted-pair conductors. The nature of these tests is such that, when conducted properly, worst case transmission performance may be determined for a specific connector, regardless of the number of pairs that it is capable of terminating.

Connecting hardware transmission testing shall be conducted upon products terminated per manufacturer's guidelines and recommended installation methods unless otherwise specified. For connecting hardware with modular interface components (i.e. plug and jack connectors), transmission tests shall be performed

in a mated state. Test plug requirements are specified in clause C.6.5.

DM only and DMCM resistor terminations are shown in Figure B.5 and Figure B.6. DMCM terminations

shall be used on all active pairs under test except when measuring return loss, where DM only resistor terminations are recommended. DMCM resistor terminations shall be used on all inactive pairs and on the opposite ends of active pairs for NEXT loss and FEXT loss testing. DMCM terminations shall be used on inactive pairs for insertion loss testing. Inactive pairs for return loss testing may be terminated with DM or

DMCM resistor terminations, or left unterminated. Balun terminations may be used on the far-end of all pairs and the near-end of all inactive pairs provided that their differential mode and common mode return loss performance characteristics meet the minimum performance of the specified resistor networks.

Interconnection (including test lead) requirements are specified in clause B.2.1.

For the purpose of testing connecting hardware mated performance, the test plug phase reference plane

and calibration planes shall be as defined in clause C.6.5.11. Connecting hardware shall be defined as a

mated plug and jack, with cable terminated to both. The connector is considered to begin at the point where the sheath of the cable is cut or the point inside the sheath where the cable conductor geometry is no longer maintained. The portion of the cable [typically 12 mm (0.5 in) or less] that is disturbed by the termination shall be considered to be part of the connector under test. Unless otherwise specified for a specific test, the performance of the entire mated connector shall be assessed.

For testing screened connecting hardware, a balun ground plane shall be provided as part of the test setup and apparatus, and the shield of the connecting hardware shall be bonded to the ground plane during the testing of transmission characteristics.

C.6.2 Return loss measurements

Connecting hardware shall be tested in both directions for return loss. Connecting hardware return loss is

determined by measuring connecting hardware when mated to a test plug qualified per clause C.6.5. When

possible, it is recommended to use the same resistor terminations at the far-end as were used for instrument calibration.

C.6.3 Insertion loss measurements

Connecting hardware insertion loss shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of clause C.6.3.

Measure connecting hardware insertion loss with interconnections prepared and controlled in accordance

with clause B.2.1. Connecting hardware shall be measured with at least one test plug in at least one

direction. There are no insertion loss requirements for test plugs and the insertion loss contribution of the interconnections at each end of the mated connection is assumed to be negligible. For improved accuracy, the insertion loss of the interconnections at each end of the mated connection may be subtracted from the measurement of the DUT.

NOTE - Balanced attenuation pads, meeting the requirements of clause B.6.2 with the exception

of insertion loss, may be used in line with the DUT on both ends provided that they are calibrated out of the measurement. The insertion loss of the balanced attenuation pads should be 2 to 10 dB over the applicable frequency range.

174

4191

4192

4193

4194

4195

4196

4197

4198

4199

4200

4201

4202

4203

4181

4182

4183

4184

4185

4186

4187

4188

4189

4190

4204

4205

4206

4207

4208

4209

4210

4211

4212

4213

4214

4215

4216

4217

4218

4219

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6.4 NEXT loss measurements

The measurement set up shall comply with clause B.1 and with clause C.2.10. A two-port calibration is

required per clause B.6.4. For category 3 testing, any plug may be used. For categories 5e, 6, and 6A,

qualified test plugs are required and a “re-embedding” process is used to assure compliance with a range of plugs, as described below.

Connecting hardware shall be tested in both directions for NEXT loss using at least one test plug. In addition, connecting hardware NEXT loss on all pair combinations shall be qualified with the full set of 14

test plug limit vectors specified in table Table C.2 for category 6 or 6A or table Table C.3 for category 5e

when mated to a qualified test plug specified in clause C.6.5.3.

C.6.4.1 Connecting hardware NEXT loss measurement and calculation of plug limit vector responses in the forward direction

1. Measure the NEXT loss vector (magnitude and phase) for the jack mated to the test plug, in the forward direction (launch signal into the test plug).

2. Correct the phase to the test plug phase reference plane using the delay procedures in clause

C.6.5.11.

3. Subtract the corrected test plug NEXT loss forward vectors obtained using clause 0 from the

corrected mated NEXT loss vectors obtained in steps 1 and 2. This will yield de-embedded jack vectors.

4. Add the plug NEXT loss limit vectors in Table C.2 to the de-embedded jack vectors obtained in

step 3.

This yields 14 “re-embedded” mated connecting hardware NEXT loss responses.

5. Pass-fail qualification is determined by comparing the results in step 4 to the corresponding mated connecting hardware requirements.

C.6.4.2 Connecting hardware NEXT loss measurement and calculation of plug limit vector responses in the reverse direction

1 Determine the delay of the jack by measuring the test plug delay, mating the test plug to the jack, and measuring the delay of the assembly. Subtract the test plug delay from the delay of the assembly to get the jack delay.

2 Measure the NEXT loss vector (magnitude and phase) for the jack mated to the test plug, in the reverse direction (launch signal into the jack).

3 Correct the phase to the test plug phase reference plane using the results obtained in step 1.

4

Subtract the corrected test plug NEXT loss reverse vectors obtained using Table C.2 from the

corrected mated NEXT loss vectors obtained in steps 2 and 3. This will yield de-embedded jack vectors.

5

Add the plug NEXT loss limit vectors in table Table C.2 to the de-embedded jack vectors obtained

in step 4.

This yields 14 “re-embedded” mated connecting hardware NEXT loss responses.

6 Pass-fail qualification is determined by comparing the results in step 5 to the corresponding mated connecting hardware requirements.

175

4220

4221

4222

4223

4224

4225

4226

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6.4.3 Determining the plug NEXT loss limit vectors

The plug NEXT loss limit vectors for each case are determined by combining the magnitude values and

phase values as shown in Table C.2 and Table C.3 for category 5e.

Table C.2 - Category 6, 6A and 8 test plug NEXT loss limit vectors

Case #

Pair combination

Limit

Plug NEXT loss limit magnitude

(dB)

Plug NEXT loss limit phase

(degrees)

1), 2)

Case 1

Case 2

3,6-4,5

3,6-4,5

Low

Central

38.1-20log(

f

/100)

38.6-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Case 3

Case 4

Case 5

Case 6

3,6-4,5

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

1,2-3,6

Central

High

Low

High

39.0-20log(

f

/100)

39.5-20log(

f

/100)

46.5-20log(

f

/100)

49.5-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Case 7

Case 8

Case 9

3,6-7,8

3,6-7,8

1,2-4,5

Low

High

Low

46.5-20log(

f

/100)

49.5-20log(

f

/100)

57-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

+90

Case 10 1,2-4,5 High

70-20log(

f

/100)

-90

Case 11 4,5-7,8 Low

57-20log(

f

/100)

+90

Case 12 4,5-7,8 High

70-20log(

f

/100)

-90

Case 13 1,2-7,8 Low

66-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Case 14 1,2-7,8 High

66-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase minus 180°

1)

Test plug NEXT loss phase is determined by following the procedure in clause 0.

2)

The reference plane for measuring test plug NEXT loss phase and mated NEXT loss shall be the

test plug phase reference plane as described in clause C.6.5.11.

176

4227

4228

4229

4230

4231

4232

4233

4234

4235

4236

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table C.3 - Category 5e test plug NEXT loss limit vectors

Case #

Pair combination

Limit

Plug NEXT loss limit magnitude

(dB)

Plug NEXT loss limit phase

(degrees)

1), 2)

Case 1

Case 2

Case 3

3,6-4,5

3,6-4,5

3,6-4,5

Low

Central

Central

35.8-20log(

f

/100) n/a n/a

Test plug NEXT loss phase n/a n/a

Case 4

Case 5

Case 6

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

1,2-3,6

High

Low

High

39.5-20log(

f

/100)

42-20log(

f

/100)

50-20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Case 7

Case 8

Case 9

Case 10

Case 11

3,6-7,8

3,6-7,8

1,2-4,5

1,2-4,5

4,5-7,8

Low

High

Low

High

Low

42 -20log(

f

/100)

50 -20log(

f

/100)

50 -20log(

f

/100) n/a

50 -20log(

f

/100)

Test plug NEXT loss phase

Test plug NEXT loss phase

90° or -90° n/a

90° or -90°

Case 12

Case 13

Case 14

4,5-7,8

1,2-7,8

1.2-7,8

High

Low

High n/a

60 -20log(

f

/100) n/a n/a

90° or -90° n/a

1)

Test plug NEXT loss phase is determined by following the procedure in clause 0.

2)

The reference plane for measuring test plug NEXT loss phase and mated NEXT loss shall be the

test plug phase reference plane as described in clause C.6.5.11.

C.6.4.4 Connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements

The re-embedded response for case 2, case 3, and cases 5 - 14, as specified in Table C.3, shall meet the

connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements of clause 6.10.9. The re-embedded response for pair

combination 3,6 - 4,5 case 1 and case 4, as specified in Table C.2, shall meet the requirements of table

Table C.4.

Table C.4 - Category 6 and 6A connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements

for case 1 and case 4

Frequency (MHz)

1

f  250

250 < f  500 1)

1) Category 6A only.

NEXT loss

(dB)

52.5 - 20log(

f

/100)

44.54 - 40log(

f

/250)

4237

4238

4239

4240

4241

4242

4243

4244

4245

C.6.4.5 FEXT loss measurements

Test leads shall be connected to both ends of the test sample. The measurement set up shall comply with

clause B.1 and with clause C.2.3. A two-port calibration is required per clause B.6.4. Connecting hardware

FEXT loss is determined by measuring connecting hardware when mated to a test plug qualified per clause

C.6.5.3. Test all 12 pair combinations in at least one direction.

C.6.4.6 TCL measurements

Test set up, calibration, and measurement shall be done per clause C.2.7 except for differences specified

in this clause.

177

4258

4259

4260

4261

4262

4263

4264

4286

4287

4288

4289

4290

4291

4292

4293

4278

4279

4280

4281

4282

4283

4284

4285

4294

4295

4296

4297

4265

4266

4267

4268

4269

4270

4271

4272

4273

4274

4275

4276

4277

4246

4247

4248

4249

4250

4251

4252

4253

4254

4255

4256

4257

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Test plugs used in connecting hardware TCL testing should comply with the test plug requirements given

in clause C.6.5.

NOTE - For connecting hardware TCL measurements, the near end and far-end common mode ground terminations should ensure a low impedance connection over the frequency range of test.

C.6.4.7 TCTL measurements

Test set up, calibration, and measurement shall be done per clause B.1. In addition, test plugs used in

connecting hardware TCTL testing should comply with the test plug requirements given in clause C.6.5.

C.6.5 Test plug characterization

This clause describes the construction, qualification, and requirements for test plugs for verifying category 5e, 6, 6A and 8 connecting hardware performance.

C.6.5.1 Test plug measurement

Due to variations that are inherent in terminating cables to modular plugs, the test plug used to qualify connecting hardware performance must be carefully controlled. To measure connecting hardware NEXT loss, test plugs need only be qualified in the near-end test direction, with the cable end of the plug designated as the near-end. Test plugs thus qualified are used to characterize mated connecting hardware performance for both the near-end and far-end measurement orientations.

C.6.5.2 Test plug construction

Testing low loss devices to RF frequencies requires the use of stable and predictable connectors and interconnecting leads between the device under test, the test fixtures and equipment. A reasonably stable interface is a printed circuit board designed to mate to device connections and fixture connections. The characteristic impedance, both differential and common mode, of the circuit board traces can be

controlled, and multiple copies can be produced which will have similar performance. Figure C.28 and

Figure C.29 describe dimensions for a connector interface to mate a circuit board test artifact to a test

fixture. This connector design has excellent crosstalk and outstanding return loss performance and is rugged enough for repeated mating cycles without loss of performance.

Figure C.28 shows the female connector interface, including pin-pair number designations which are

based upon standard TIA T568B modular connector pin-pair designations. This is an example pin-out,

and other pin-outs are also allowed. Figure C.30 describes the mating dimensions of a PCB layout

(paddle card) that mates to the connector. The dimensions shown are nominal dimensions that are suggested for the interface and suitable mating tolerances are the responsibility of the user to determine.

These tolerances will necessarily depend on the manufacturing capabilities of the PCB supplier and the connector vendor selected. The connector is based upon a specific connector interface however it is assumed there are multiple suppliers of similar products.

Connector total number of contacts: 20 in two rows of 10.

Connector nominal contact spacing: 0.8 mm

Connector nominal PCB mating board thickness: 1.6 mm

Ground connections are placed between active circuit connections for guarding purposes. The mating

PCB also includes ground planes between the two rows of connections for impedance control and guarding purposes.

This connector interface is useful especially for modular test plug artifacts and for paddle card interfaces to IDC connecting points on modular connecting hardware.

The connector shown is for vertical surface mounting to a printed circuit board that interfaces to a test fixture. Locating pins are included on the connector housing for physical stability and orientation. Other types of connector PCB mounting are possible, such as a horizontal orientation or an edge card orientation.

178

4298

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

1

2

4

5

3

6

7

8

EXAMPLE

CONNECTOR

4299

4300

4301

Figure C.28 - Female test connector interface mating dimensions

179

4302

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

EXAMPLE

CONNECTOR

4303

4304

4305

4306

Figure C.29 - Female test connector interface mating dimensions

Refer to clause 5.7.5 for pin numbers in this diagram.

180

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4307

4308

Figure C.30 - Balun fixture PCB paddle card interface mating dimensions

4309

4310

4311

4312

4313

4314

4315

4316

4317

4318

4319

4320

4321

4322

4323

4324

4325

4326

4327

4328

Figure C.31 - Balunless fixture PCB paddle card interface mating dimensions

Notes:

1. The design goal for printed circuit board signal conductors is 50

 nominal impedance (singleended), and 100

 (differential) impedance.

2. Hard gold plating of paddle card contact pads is recommended for durability.

Other methods of interface between the PWB of the test-plug and the PWB interface between DUT and the test equipment are also allowed.

NOTE - The direct plug measurement fixture, as specified in clause C.6.5.10, is compatible with

plugs having a contact area

≥ 2.60 mm (0.102 in) as defined by dimension H2 of IEC 60603-7, clause 3.2.2.

The reproducibility of connecting hardware NEXT loss measurements can be optimized by:

1 Use of modular plugs with centered NEXT loss and FEXT loss performance.

2 Use of a PCB based modular test plug.

3 Use of test fixtures having terminations that provide improved isolation and return loss.

181

4329

4330

4331

4332

4333

4334

4335

4336

4337

4338

4339

4340

4341

4342

4343

4344

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4

Minimizing the electrical length of the test plug interconnections as described in clause C.6.

5 Improvement of the wire management in the test fixture of any test leads used as part of plug construction and mounting.

PCB fixtures shall conform to the requirements of clause 8.3 of TIA 1183-A (overall test setup performance after calibration).

Where a cable is used to terminate a plug, test fixtures described in TIA 1183-A are designed to provide suitable interface and termination.

Example test fixtures and devices described in 0 are designed to provide suitable interface and termination.

C.6.5.3 Test plug qualification

Test plugs shall be qualified for all requirements of clauses C.6.5.4 (NEXT loss), C.6.5.6 (FEXT loss) and

C.6.5.8 (return loss) up to the maximum specified frequency for the category.

NEXT loss and FEXT loss, of test plugs shall be measured using the direct fixture or equivalent described

in clause C.6.5.10.

182

4345

4346

4347

4348

4349

4350

4351

4352

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6.5.4 Test plug NEXT loss requirements

The corrected NEXT loss vectors (magnitude and phase) of the test plug in the forward direction shall be

within the test plug NEXT loss ranges of Table C.5. Test plug NEXT loss requirements apply in the forward

direction only. Test plug NEXT loss in the reverse direction shall also be measured so that the data can be used in the reverse direction connecting hardware NEXT loss qualification procedure as described in clause

C.6.4.4.

Table C.5 - Category 5e, 6, and 6A test plug NEXT loss ranges

4353

4354

4355

4356

Pair combination

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

3,6-7,8

1,2-4,5

4,5-7,8

1,2-7,8

NEXT loss magnitude range

(dB)

1)

NEXT loss phase range

(degrees)

2)

38.1-20log(

10

– 300 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  39.5-20log(

f

/100)

5)

38.1-20log(

300

– 500 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  39.5-20log(f /100) +

0.5(f-300)/200

50

– 100 MHz:

(-90 + 1.5

f

/100) ± 1

100

– 500 MHz:

(-90 + 1.5

f

/100) ±

f

/100

46.5-20log(

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100) (-90 +1.5

f

/100) ± 3

f

/100

46.5-20log(

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100) (-90 +1.5

f

/100) ± 3

f

/100

NEXT loss

 57-20log(

f

/100)

4)

90 ± (30

f

/100)

3)

NEXT loss

 57-20log(

f

/100)

4)

NEXT loss

 66-20log(

f

/100)

4)

90 ± (30

f

/100)

3)

Any phase

1)

Magnitude limits apply over the frequency range from 10 MHz to 500 MHz.

2)

Phase limits apply over the frequency range from 50 MHz to 500 MHz.

3) When the measured test plug NEXT loss magnitude is greater than 70-20log(

f

/100) or 70 dB, the phase limit does not apply.

4)

When the NEXT loss magnitude limit calculation results in a value greater than 70 dB, the limit shall revert to 70 dB.

5)

When the fixture described in 0 or an equivalent is used, the magnitude high limit for pair combination

36-45, 39.5-20log(

f

/100), shall be 39.5-20log(

f

/100) + 0.5(

f

-300)/200 for the frequency range from

300 MHz to 500 MHz.

NOTE

– An alternative procedure for qualification of test plug NEXT loss may be used if equivalent results and equivalent or better accuracy can be demonstrated.

183

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4357

4358

Table C.6 - Category 8 test plug NEXT loss ranges

Pair combination

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

3,6-7,8

1,2-4,5

4,5-7,8

1,2-7,8

NEXT loss magnitude range

(dB)

1)

38.1-20log(

10

– 300 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  39.5-20log(

f

/100)

5)

38.1-20log(

300

– 2000 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  39.5-20log(f /100) +

0.5(f-300)/200

46.5-20log(

10

– 300 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100)

46.5-20log(

300

– 2000 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100) +

0.5(

f

-300)/200

46.5-20log(

10

– 300 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100)

46.5-20log(

300

– 2000 MHz:

f

/100)

 NEXT loss  49.5-20log(

f

/100) +

0.5(

f

-300)/200

NEXT loss

 57-20log(

f

/100)

4)

NEXT loss phase range

(degrees)

2)

50

– 100 MHz:

(-90 + 1.5

100

– 500 MHz:

(-90 + 1.5

(-90 +1.5

f

f

/100) ± 1

/100) ±

f

/100) ± 3

f

/100

(-90 +1.5

f

/100) ± 3

f

/100

90 ± (30

f

/100)

f

/100

3)

NEXT loss

 57-20log(

f

/100)

4)

NEXT loss

 66-20log(

f

/100)

4)

90 ± (30

f

/100)

3)

Any phase

1)

Magnitude limits apply over the frequency range from 10 MHz to 2000 MHz.

2)

Phase limits apply over the frequency range from 50 MHz to 2000 MHz.

3) When the measured test plug NEXT loss magnitude is greater than 70-20log(

f

/100) or 70 dB, the phase limit does not apply.

4)

When the NEXT loss magnitude limit calculation results in a value greater than 70 dB, the limit shall revert to 70 dB.

4359

4360

184

4361

4362

4363

4364

4365

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6.5.5 Test plug NEXT loss measurement

Measure the test plug NEXT loss vectors for all pair combinations in both directions. Use the direct fixture

specified in clause C.6.5.10 or equivalent. Correct the phase of all NEXT loss measurements to the test

plug phase reference plane, as shown in Figure C.39, using the procedures in clause C.6.5.11. An example

of a measurement setup for test plug NEXT loss is shown in Figure C.32.

4366

4367

4368

Figure C.32 - Example of a measurement setup for test plug NEXT loss

185

4375

4376

4377

4378

4379

4380

4381

4369

4370

4371

4372

4373

4374

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.6.5.6 Test plug FEXT loss requirements

The corrected FEXT loss vectors (magnitude and phase) of all 12 pair combinations of the test plug shall

be within the test plug FEXT loss ranges of Table C.7. Test plug requirements apply over the frequency

ranges from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category.

Table C.7 - Test plug FEXT loss ranges

Pair combination

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

3,6-7,8

1,2-4,5

4,5-7,8

1,2-7,8

Frequency range

(MHz)

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

FEXT loss magnitude range

Phase

(dB)

(degrees)

46-20log(f /100)  FEXT loss 

56-20log(f /100)

3)

-90

 (30 f /100)

1), 2)

46-20log(f /100)  FEXT loss 

56-20log(f /100)

3)

-90

 (30 f /100)

1), 2)

46-20log(f /100)  FEXT loss  -90

 (30 f /100)

1), 2)

56-20log(f /100)

FEXT loss

FEXT loss

3)

 55-20log(f /100)

4)

 55-20log(f /100)

4)

any phase any phase

FEXT loss

 55-20log(f /100)

4)

any phase

1)

When the measured test plug FEXT loss is greater than 70 dB, the phase requirement does not apply.

2)

Phase limits apply over the frequency range from 100 MHz to 2000 MHz.

3) When upper limit FEXT loss calculations result in values greater than 70 dB, there shall be no upper limit for FEXT loss.

4)

When lower limit FEXT loss calculations result in values greater than 70 dB, the lower limit FEXT shall revert to a limit of 70 dB.

C.6.5.7 Test plug FEXT loss measurement

Measure the test plug FEXT loss vectors for all pair combinations. Use the direct fixture specified in clause

C.6.5.10 or equivalent. Correct the phase of all FEXT loss measurements to the test plug phase reference

plane, as shown in Figure C.39, using the procedures specified in clause C.6.5.11. An example of a

measurement setup for test plug FEXT loss is shown in Figure C.33.

186

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4382

4383

4384

4385

4386

4387

4388

4389

Figure C.33 - Example of a measurement setup for test plug FEXT loss

C.6.5.8 Test plug return loss requirements

The return loss, magnitude and phase, of the test plug shall meet the values specified in Table C.9 or Table

C.9.

Test plug return loss requirements apply over the frequency ranges from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category.

187

4390

4391

4392

4393

4394

4395

4396

4397

4398

4399

4400

4401

4402

4403

4404

4405

4406

4407

4408

4409

4410

4411

4412

4413

4414

4415

4416

4417

4418

4419

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table C.8 - Category 5e, 6 and 6A test plug return loss requirements

Pair

1,2

3,6

4,5

7,8

Frequency range

(MHz)

10-500

10-500

10-500

10-500

Return loss magnitude (dB)

2)

 33.5-20log(f /100)

 33.5-20log(f /100)

3)

 33.5-20log(f /100)

 33.5-20log(f /100)

Return loss phase (degrees)

1) negative phase positive phase negative phase negative phase

1)

The phase requirement does not apply when the measured magnitude is greater than

35-20log(f /100).

2) Calculations that result in return loss requirements greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement

3) of 40 dB minimum.

For category 5e test plugs, the return loss magnitude shall be

 30-20log(f /100).

Table C.9 - Category 8 test plug return loss requirements

Pair

Frequency range

Return loss magnitude (dB)

1)

1,2

3,6

4,5

7,8

(MHz)

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

10-2000

 35-20log(f /100) min 14

 35-20log(f /100) min 14

 35-20log(f /100) min 14

 35-20log(f /100) min 14

1)

Calculations that result in return loss requirements greater than 40 dB shall revert to a requirement of 40 dB minimum.

It is impractical to verify return loss properties of plugs while they are attached to cords. The transmission properties of modular cords are included in the requirements of clause 6.11 describing cord and jumper cord return loss.

C.6.5.9 Test plug return loss measurement

This clause describes procedures for test plug return loss testing. At least one test plug shall be qualified for connecting hardware return loss testing. Test plug return loss shall be qualified in the reverse direction

C.6.5.9.1 Test plug return loss interconnections and termination

The interconnections used to construct the test plug shall be qualified, in the reverse direction, using the

procedure in clause B.2.1.1. The direct fixture shall be connected to the measurement equipment. The test

plug shall be mounted in the direct fixture. The far-end of the plug should be terminated with the calibration reference load resistor terminations. The impedance effects of the direct plug measurement fixture shall be removed.

The impedance effects of the direct plug measurement fixture shall be removed by calibration. For balunless measurements, a minimum of a full 2-port calibration shall be performed for each pair under test. For measurements using baluns, a minimum of a 1-port calibration shall be performed for each pair under test.

Clause B.6.4 describes calibration methods.

The extensions of the coaxial probes shall be controlled during calibration, to match their positions during the measurement of a plug. To achieve this, the calibration standards should be constructed in such a way so that once the calibration has been completed; the calibration reference plane is at the tips of the probes

when extended to 0.66 mm (0.026 in) as shown in Figure C.39

The direct fixture is used during test plug NEXT loss and FEXT loss measurements and may also be used

for test plug return loss measurements. Refer to Annex F for additional information about the direct fixture

188

4420

4421

4422

4423

4424

4425

4426

4427

4428

4429

4430

4431

4432

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D and other test fixtures used to facilitate impedance control of interconnections for measurement of connecting hardware performance parameters. Impedance controlled measurement fixtures may be used when the use of unjacketed pair leads is necessary between the connecting hardware under test and the calibration plane.

C.6.5.10 Direct fixture

A direct fixture is specified for measurement of test plug performance. The direct fixture provides for electrical connection of the test plug to measurement equipment with minimal residual effect on the measurement properties of the test plug. The direct fixture is a precision device with properties controlled by design and manufacture. The direct fixture shall conform to the dimensional requirements of figures

Figure C.34, Figure C.35, and Figure C.36. It is recommended to use the direct fixture as shown in figures

Figure C.36, Figure C.37, and Figure C.38. The direct fixture residual NEXT loss, FEXT loss, and return

loss shall comply with the requirements of Table C.10.

4433

4434

4435

Figure C.34 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, top view

4436

4437

4438

Figure C.35 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, front view

189

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4439

4440

4441

4442

4443

4444

4445

Figure C.36 - Direct fixture mating dimensions, side view

Dimension tolerances for figures Figure C.34, Figure C.35, and Figure C.36 are + .025 mm (.001 in).

Table C.10 - Direct fixture performance

Direct fixture performance parameter

Value

(dB)

Pair-to-pair residual NEXT loss and

FEXT loss

Return loss

> 74

– 20log(

f

/100), 75 dB max.

> 34

– 20log(

f

/100), 40 dB max.

C.6.5.10.1 Procedure for mating a test plug to the direct fixture

1

Place the test plug into the plug clamp as shown in Figure C.37.

4446

4447

4448

4449

4450

4451

4452

4453

4454

4455

Figure C.37 - Modular plug placed into the plug clamp

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

2 Holding the test plug in place, slide the plug clamp onto the clamp block guide pins as shown in

Figure C.38.

NOTE - The spring loaded pin in the clamp block pushes against the test plug and holds it in position against the plug clamp.

190

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4456

4457

4458

4459

4460

4461

4462

4463

4464

4465

4466

4467

4468

4469

4470

4471

4472

4473

4474

4475

4476

4477

4478

4479

4480

Figure C.38 - Guiding the plug into position

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

3 Guide the test plug into position against the coaxial probes making certain that the test plug does not rock in the plug clamp and that it slides vertically onto the coaxial probes. Avoid any side loading on the coaxial probes as they may break if pushed sideways.

4 Secure the plug clamp and the clamp block together using suitable spring clips as shown in

figure Figure G.3.

C.6.5.11 Test plug phase reference plane and calibration planes

For categories 5e, 6, 6A and 8 connecting hardware measurements of return loss, insertion loss, NEXT loss, and FEXT loss are conducted by mating connecting hardware with a test plug that complies with

clause C.6.5. Certain plug parameters include phase requirements, and certain connecting hardware

requirements are based on calculations that involve both test plug and connecting hardware phase data.

There are no test plug requirements for category 3 connecting hardware. To maintain a consistent phase reference, a “test plug phase reference plane” must be used, as explained below.

The test plug phase reference plane shall be at the tip of the plug where it connects to the jack contacts.

This is accomplished with a calibration at the calibration plane plus port extension. The calibration planes

should be as close as possible to the test plug phase reference plane as shown in Figure C.39. Refer to

clause B.2.1 for requirements of the interconnections between each appropriate calibration plane and the

DUT. Alternatively, the direct fixture (see clause C.6.5.10) can be calibrated at the tips of the coaxial probes

(see figures Figure C.34, Figure C.35, and Figure C.36) using suitable calibration artifacts. Examples are

shown in Figure C.40.

191

Through delay

Port extension

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4481

4482

4483

4484

4485

4486

4487

4488

4489

4490

4491

4492

4493

4494

4495

4496

4497

4498

4499

4500

4501

4502

4503

4504

4505

4506

4507

4508

4509

4510

4511

Port extension

Calibration plane

plug side

Test plug phase reference plane

Calibration plane, direct fixture

or jack side

Figure C.39 - Calibration planes, test plug phase reference plane, and port extensions

C.6.5.11.1 Device delay measurements

Use these measurement procedures for all test plug measurements, and for jack and direct fixture measurements to be used in de-embedding calculations.

The port extension values calculated according to equation (C-4) are applied to each port (for each pair) to

align measurement reference planes to the location where contact is made with the jack contacts.

For all measurements subsequently used in vector or matrix calculations and/or where phase requirements are specified, the appropriate port extensions shall be applied after calibration to adjust the measurement to the test plug phase reference plane. This may be done by applying the calculated port extensions directly

to the network analyzer or by adjusting the phase after measurement using equation (C-3).

phase

(testplugp hase

_

ref

_

plane)

(deg)

phase

(calibrati on

_

plane)

(deg)...

...

360

frequency

(Hz)

delay

(sec)

(C-3)

C.6.5.11.2 Network analyzer settings for delay measurement

The settings of the network analyzer shall be sufficient to achieve a maximum of +/-5 ps of random variation.

Recommended settings are as follows:

1 Measurement function is S11 delay

2 Averaging 4x or higher

3 Intermediate frequency bandwidth (IFBW) 300 Hz or less

4 Output power level in the range of

–5 dBm to 0 dBm for phase critical measurements

C.6.5.11.3 Test plug delay and port extension

The procedure for measuring the delay of the test plug is as follows:

1 With the test plug connected to the test baluns, measure the S11 delay for each pair determined with an open circuit at the test plug phase reference plane.

192

4512

4513

4514

4515

4516

4517

4518

4519

4520

4521

4522

4523

4524

4525

4526

4544

4545

4546

4547

4548

4549

4550

4551

4535

4536

4537

4538

4539

4540

4541

4542

4543

4527

4528

4529

4530

4531

4532

4533

4534

4552

4553

4554

4555

4556

4557

4558

4559

4560

4561

4562

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

2 Place a short on the test plug. This short shall connect the contacts of the pair under test at the test plug phase reference plane and be no further than 3 mm (0.12 in) from the point of contact with the jack. Measure the S11 delay for each pair shorted in this manner.

3 The delay value for each pair is calculated by averaging the open and short delay measurements over the frequency range of 100 MHz to 500 MHz using linear spacing and a minimum of 100 frequency points. These delay measurements represent round-trip delays. The one-way delay is half of the round trip S11 delay.

C.6.5.11.3.1 Calculation of port extension

The one-way measured delays (open and short) shall be used to calculate the port extension for each pair

as determined by equation (C-4). It is recognized that there is an inherent error in the delay measurements

due to the finite length of the short. To correct this error, a correction factor

TD shortingja ck

described in clause

(C-5) shall be applied for each port extension.

PortExtens ion

average

(

TD open

TD short

4

TD shortingja ck

)

(C-4)

C.6.5.11.3.2 Plug delay correction

A recommended procedure for establishing a suitable short delay correction is as follows:

1 Select a plug that can be used for this procedure and is then discarded. Three or more plugs are recommended.

2 Mount the plug rigidly onto a pyramid or other suitable impedance management fixture.

3 Measure the S11 round trip delay of the plug mated to the shorting jack (see clause E.3.2.7.3 of

ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 for a description of the shorting jack) on all pairs and record these value as Delay

round trip plug jack

.

4 Without removing the plug from the pyramid, trim the plastic ribs separating the contacts, and solder a wire across all 8 contacts where they make contact with a mating jack.

5 Measure the S11 round trip delay of the plug on each pair and record these values as Delay

round trip plug

.

6 Subtract 14 ps for pair 3,6 and 5 ps for the other three pairs (1,2 and 4,5 and 7,8) from Delay

round trip plug

to account for the delay of the short spanning the plug contacts. Record these values as

Delay

adjusted round trip plug.

7 Determine the difference in round trip delay for each pair of the shorting jack as follows:

TD shortingja ck

Delay roundtripp lugjack

Delay adjustedro undtripplu g

(C-5)

NOTES,

1 The delay measurements are dependent on the proximity to ground planes. The positioning of the interconnections (e.g. twisted-pairs) should remain fixed during all measurements.

2 The measurement accuracy of this method is approximately 20 ps in a round-trip measurement, corresponding to a one-way distance of approximately 2 mm (0.08 in).

C.6.5.11.4 Direct fixture delay and port extension

The procedure for measuring the delay of the direct fixture is as follows:

1 Insert a short artifact into the direct fixture and measure the S11 delay for each pair of the direct fixture.

2 Subtract 14 ps for pair 3,6 and 5 ps for the other three pairs (1,2 and 4,5 and 7,8) from the measured short delay to account for the delay of the short spanning the coaxial probes.

3 Remove the short artifact, insert an open artifact into the direct fixture and measure the S11 delay for each pair of the direct fixture.

4 The delay value for each pair is calculated by averaging the open and short delay measurements over the frequency range of 100 MHz to 500 MHz using linear spacing and a minimum of 100

193

4563

4564

4565

4566

4567

4568

4569

4570

4571

4572

4573

4574

4575

4576

4577

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D frequency points. These delay measurements represent round-trip delays. The one-way delay is half of the round trip S11 delay.

Ensure that the extended length of the coaxial probes during the measurement using the open and short artifacts is consistent with the extended length when mated to a test plug.

Short and open artifacts shall be compatible with the dimensional requirements of the direct fixture as

shown in figures Figure C.34, Figure C.35 and Figure C.36. The mating surface of these artifacts to the

coaxial probes of the direct fixture shall be the same as the terminated modular plug contact height specified

in IEC 60603-7 series (i.e. 5.89 - 6.17 mm). Examples of these are shown in Figure C.40. Artifacts can also

be created from modular plugs as long as they meet these requirements.

NOTE

– For calculating port extension, only the open and the short artifacts are necessary. The remaining artifacts can be used for other calibrations.

4587

4588

4589

4590

4591

4592

4593

4594

4595

4596

4597

4598

4578

4579

4580

4581

4582

4583

4584

4585

4586

Figure C.40 - Examples of direct fixture short, open, load, and through artifacts

NOTES,

1

The direct fixture artifacts shown in Figure C.40 may be obtained from industry sources.

2 Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

C.6.5.11.5 Alternative delay procedure for a test plug

For each pair, the delay of the test plug may also be determined by measuring the direct fixture delay, mating the test plug to the direct fixture, and then measuring the delay of the assembly (test plug plus direct fixture). Subtract the direct fixture delay from the delay of the assembly to get the test plug delay.

C.6.6 Category 6A measurement reproducibility

The content of this clause is provided for information only. Measurement reproducibility is provided for test plugs and mated connecting hardware. Measurement reproducibility for mated connecting hardware is dependent on the performance of test plugs.

C.6.6.1 NEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories

The measurement reproducibility of category 6A connecting hardware NEXT loss is primarily limited by the measurement reproducibility and variability of the test plugs. Controlled experiments have demonstrated that the test plug measurement process is reproducible within the noise floor levels indicated in informative

Table C.11. The variability of test plugs is controlled by the test plug requirements of Table C.6, Table C.7,

and Table C.9.

194

4599

4600

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table C.11 - Category 6A NEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories

Pair combination

3,6 - 4,5

1,2 - 3,6

3,6 - 7,8

1,2 - 4,5

4,5 - 7,8

1,2 - 7,8

Frequency range

(MHz)

Measurement noise floor

(dB)

10

– 500

66

– 20log(

10

– 500

66

– 20log(

10

– 500

66

– 20log(

10

– 500

68

– 20log(

10

– 500

68

– 20log(

10

– 500

72

– 20log(

f

/100)

f

/100)

f

/100)

f

/100)

f

/100)

f

/100)

Maximum error at the limit

Test plug requirement at

100 MHz (dB)

(38.77) nominal

(47.87) nominal

(47.87) nominal

(57.00) minimum

(57.00) minimum

(66.00) minimum

Test plug reproducibility

(dB)

0.2

0.5

0.5

2.0

2.0

3.0

Reproducibility for mated NEXT loss at the test limit (dB)

3.0

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

4601

4602

4603

4604

4605

4606

4607

4608

4609

4610

C.6.6.2 FEXT loss test plug measurement reproducibility between laboratories

The measurement reproducibility of category 6A connecting hardware FEXT loss is primarily limited by the measurement reproducibility and variability of the test plugs. Controlled experiments have demonstrated

that the test plug measurement process is reproducible within the noise floor levels indicated in Table C.12.

Table C.12 - Category 6A FEXT loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories

Pair combination

3,6-4,5

1,2-3,6

3,6-7,8

Frequency range

(MHz)

10

– 500

10

10

– 500

– 500

Measurement noise floor

(dB)

66

– 20log(

f

/100)

66

– 20log(

66

– 20log(

f

/100)

f

/100)

Maximum error at the limit

Test plug requirement at

100 MHz (dB)

Test plug reproducibility

(dB)

(49.6) nominal

1.0

(49.6) nominal

1.0

(49.6) nominal

1.0

1,2-4,5

4,5-7,8

10

– 500

10

– 500

68

– 20log(

68

– 20log(

f

/100)

f

/100) n/a n/a

-

-

1,2-7,8 10

– 500

72

– 20log(

f

/100) n/a -

C.6.6.3 Return loss measurement reproducibility between laboratories

Laboratory-to-laboratory measurement accuracy is highly affected by the accuracy of the reference load.

The variability as a function of frequency that may be expected in the results at the pass/fail limit for category

6A connecting hardware return loss is in shown in Figure C.41.

195

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

4611

4612

4613

4614

4615

4616

4617

4618

4619

4620

4621

4622

4623

4624

4625

4626

4627

4628

4629

4630

4631

4632

4633

4634

4635

4636

4637

4638

4639

2.5

2

1.5

1

0.5

4

3.5

3

0

0 100 200 300

Frequency in MHz

400 500

Figure C.41 - Inter-laboratory return loss variability for testing category 6A connecting hardware

C.7 Modular cord test head requirements

Refer to clause C.5 for modular cord test procedures.

C.7.1 Modular cord test head NEXT loss

Mated modular cord test head NEXT loss shall be measured for all pair combinations in accordance with

clause C.6.4 for all frequencies from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category. Modular test head

NEXT loss performance shall meet the connecting hardware NEXT loss requirements specified in clause

6.10.9 for categories 6, 6A and 8 and shall exceed 47-20log(f/100) from 10 to 100 MHz for category 5e. In addition, the best case NEXT loss performance of the mated modular cord test head shall be centered for pair combinations 3,6-4,5, 1,2-3,6, and 3,6-7,8 as verified by the following procedure.

1 Measure the mated NEXT loss throughout the frequency range from 10 to the upper frequency of the category for the low and high limit-value virtual test plugs per the procedures in clause C.4.4.4.

2 Determine the minimum margin (dB) to the category 6, 6A or 8 connecting hardware NEXT loss

requirements as specified in Table C.4 for pair combination 3,6-4,5 and clause 6.10.9 for pair

combinations 1,2-3,6 and 3,6-7,8 from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category for both the low and high test plug limit vectors. Use the correct table for category 6, 6A, 8, or category 5e.

3 The difference between these minimum margins for the high and low limit-value test plugs shall be less than 2 dB for the pair combination terminated on pins 3,6 4,5 and 4 dB for the pair combinations terminated on pins 1,2-3,6 and 3,6-7,8.

There are no centering requirements for pair combinations 1,2-4,5, 4,5-7,8, or 1,2-7,8.

C.7.2 Modular cord test head FEXT loss

Mated modular cord test head FEXT loss shall be measured for all pair combinations in accordance with

clause C.6.4.5. For all frequencies from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category, modular test head

FEXT loss performance shall exceed the values determined using equation (C-24).

FEXT

Test

_

Head

48 .

1

20 log(

f

/ 100 )

dB (C-24)

4640

4641

4642

4643

4644

C.7.3 Modular cord test head return loss

Mated modular cord test head return loss shall be measured for all pair combinations in accordance with

clause C.6.2. For all frequencies from 10 MHz to the upper frequency of the category, modular test head

return loss performance shall meet the values determined using Table C.13.

196

4645

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table C.13 - Category 5e, 6, and 6A modular cord test head return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

10

f < 50

50

f

 500

Return loss

(dB)

 35

 29 – 20log(f /100)

4646

Table C.14 - Category 8 modular cord test head return loss

Frequency

(MHz)

10

f < 70

70

f

< 1000

1000

f

 2000

Return loss

(dB)

 35

 32 – 20log(f /100)

 12

4647

4648

4649

197

4650

4651

4652

4653

4654

4655

4656

4657

4658

4659

4660

4661

4662

4663

4664

4665

4666

4667

4668

4669

4670

4671

4672

4673

4674

4675

4676

4677

4678

4679

4680

4681

4682

4683

4684

4685

4686

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

C.8 Alien crosstalk measurements

C.8.1 Cabling ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss laboratory measurement procedures

C.8.1.1 Cabling test configuration for ANEXT and AFEXT loss

C.8.1.1.1 Termination of pairs

During all testing, the unused pairs, and the opposite end of the used pairs, of the disturbed and disturbers, of the channels under test, shall be terminated with DMCM terminations at both ends.

C.8.1.2 Calibration of cabling ANEXT loss or AFEXT loss

Calibrate according to the methods outlined in clause B.6.4.

C.8.1.3 Calculation of cabling PSANEXT loss or PSAFEXT loss

For each port, the power sum alien crosstalk shall be calculated using the 6 worst disturber channels.

C.8.1.3.1 PSANEXT calculation procedure

Using measured ANEXT data from disturber channels to disturbed channel:

1. Calculate single disturbing channel PSANEXT from each disturbing channel to the disturbed channel at each frequency.

2. At each frequency point, identify the 6 channels with highest PSANEXT to the disturbed channel.

3. For each frequency point, power sum the PSANEXT from the worst 6 channels identified in step 2 into the disturber and calculate the margin.

4. Identify the frequency point with the lowest PSANEXT margin. When the lowest margin occurs at more than one frequency, select the highest frequency point.

5. Utilize the six channels corresponding to that frequency point and calculate 6-to-1 PSANEXT into the disturbed channel at all frequency points. Report these PSANEXT values as the PSANEXT performance of that disturbed port.

C.8.1.3.2 PSAACRF calculation procedure

AFEXT loss is the coupling of crosstalk at the far-end from external DUT pairs into a disturbed pair of the

4-pair DUT under test. PSAACRF is the calculated power sum from all external pairs into the disturbed pair.

PSAACRF for a DUT is determined using equation C25 for the case of a 4-pair DUT.

PSAACRF k

PSAFEXT k

IL k

dB (C25)

For channels and permanent links, the calculations in equations C26 through C28 shall be used to determine PSAFEXT loss when the disturbed pair has greater insertion loss than the disturbing pair.

If

IL k

>

IL

ij ,

then:

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

(

IL k

IL i

,

j

)

10 log

IL k

IL i

,

j

dB (C26)

198

4687

4688

4689

4690

4691

4692

4693

4703

4704

4705

4706

4707

4708

4709

4710

4711

4712

4713

4714

4694

4695

4696

4697

4698

4699

4700

4701

4702

4715

4716

4717

4718

4719

4720

4721

4722

4723

4724

4725

4726

4727

4728

4729

4730

4731

4732

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

If

IL k

IL

ij

,

then:

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

dB where:

PSAFEXT k

 

10 log

j n N



1

i

1

10

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

10

dB

(C27)

(C28)

PSAACRF

is the PSAACRF of disturbed pair k.

k

AFEXTnorm

is AFEXT loss, in dB, normalized to the coupled length (the minimum length of the disturbed and disturbing pair) relative to the length of the disturbed pair.

IL

is the insertion loss of disturbed pair k.

k

IL i

,

j

is the insertion loss of pair i of disturbing DUT j.

N

is the total number of disturbing devices under test (DUT).

n

is the number of pairs in disturbing devices under test j (usually 4).

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

is the measured AFEXT loss, in dB, to pair k of the disturbed DUT from pair i in disturbing

DUT j.

k

is the number of the disturbed pair in a disturbed DUT.

i

is the number of a disturbing pair in a disturbing DUT.

j

is the number of a disturbing DUT.

ACRF shall be measured for all DUT pair combinations and PSAACRF shall be calculated for all DUT pairs.

ACRF shall be measured in accordance with B.1.

Using AFEXT data from disturber channels to disturbed channel and measured IL:

6. Using equations 1-11 from ANSI/TIA-568-C.2 clause 6.1.16, normalize the AFEXT for insertion loss.

7. Using the normalized AFEXT, calculate single disturbing channel PSAFEXT from each disturbing channel to the disturbed channel at each frequency.

8. Convert this to PSAACRF from the single disturbing channel, using equation 9 from ANSI/TIA-

568-C.2 clause 6.1.16, to subtract the IL.

9. At each frequency point, identify the 6 channels with the worst PSAACRF to the disturbed channel.

10. Identify the frequency point with the lowest PSAACRF margin. When the lowest margin occurs at more than one frequency, select the highest frequency point.

11. Utilize the 6 channels with the worst PSAACRF that were identified in step 4 at that frequency point to calculate 6-to-1 PSAACRF into the disturbed channel at all frequency points. Use the

199

4733

4734

4735

4736

4737

4738

4739

4740

4741

4742

4743

4744

4745

4746

4747

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D channel PSAACRF values from step 3 which were calculated using the normalized AFEXT values from step 1. Report these PSAACRF values as the PSAACRF performance of that disturbed port.

C.8.2 ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss of cable

This clause describes requirements for measuring ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss between pairs of adjacent cables in a 7-cable assembly consisting of cables of the same design. The frequency range is 1 MHz to the upper frequency of the category.

The cable ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of this clause. Prepare the cables to be tested in the form of an assembly consisting of seven cables. The seven cables shall be maintained in a 6-around-1 parallel configuration throughout the length to be tested

as shown in Figure C.42. Non-metallic bindings shall be longitudinally spaced no more than 200 mm (8 in)

apart for the entire length of cable except for the last 1.0 m (3.3 ft) from each end of the cable bundle. The

6 cables shall not be deformed by the non-metallic bindings. The assembly shall be arranged such that a minimum separation of 100 mm (3.9 in) is maintained between sections of the assembly. The pairs at each

end of the assembly shall be terminated with DMCM resistors as described in clause B.6.1.

Disturbed

Cable

4748

4749

4750

4751

4752

4753

4754

4755

4756

4757

4758

4759

4760

4761

4762

4763

4764

4765

4766

4767

4768

4769

4770

Figure C.42 - 6-around-1 cable test configuration

C.8.2.1 Test configuration for cable ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss

During all testing, the unused pairs, and the opposite end of the used pairs, of the disturbed and disturber cables, of the channels under test, shall be terminated with DMCM terminations at both ends.

C.8.2.2 Calibration of cable ANEXT and AFEXT loss

The calibration for ANEXT and AFEXT loss shall comply with B.6.4. A calibration is required between all

ports under test.

C.8.2.3 Measurement of cable ANEXT and AFEXT loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each pair of the disturbed cable and each pair of every disturbing cable. This will result in 96 measurements each for ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss.

C.8.2.4 Cable PSAFEXT loss and PSAACRF calculation

To calculate PSAFEXT loss from the measured data, power sum the appropriate 24 measurements for each disturbed pair. PSAACRF is calculated in accordance with equation C29

PSAACRF k

PSAFEXT k

IL k

dB (C29) where

k

is the disturbed pair.

C.8.3 Connecting Hardware ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss measurements

This clause describes the reference test procedure for measuring ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss between pairs of separate connecting hardware, or different ports of the same multiport connector assembly.

C.8.3.1 Measurement outline

200

4788

4789

4790

4791

4792

4793

4794

4795

4796

4797

4798

4799

4800

4801

4802

4803

4804

4805

4806

4807

4808

4809

4810

4811

4812

4771

4772

4773

4774

4775

4776

4777

4778

4779

4780

4781

4782

4783

4784

4785

4786

4787

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

1 Network analyzer setup and calibration

2 Measurement floor (including fixturing) determination and measurement

3 Terminate DUTs

4 Measure ANEXT loss

6 Calculate PSANEXT loss

7 Measure AFEXT loss

9 Calculate PSAFEXT loss

C.8.3.2 Network analyzer settings

Maximum IF bandwidth should be 100 Hz.

C.8.3.3 Measurement floor

The measurement floor includes the effects of the fixturing that is used and the random noise floor of the network analyzer. The measurement floor for the test fixture should be measured with the terminating cables and resistor terminations in place. The fixture/measurement setup, including network analyzer settings, should be designed and positioned such that the desired measurement floor is achieved. Due to the improved alien crosstalk requirement of category 8 connecting hardware the recommended measurement floor is 20 dB better than the connecting hardware PSANEXT loss or PSAFEXT loss requirement, as appropriate.

C.8.3.4 DUT setup for ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss measurement

The ANEXT loss measurement is performed between two DUTs as shown in Figure C.43. The AFEXT

loss measurement is performed between two DUTs as shown in Figure C.44. Each DUT consists of a

mated modular plug and socket combination and shall be mounted in its specified mounting arrangement

(e.g. patch panel, TO) according to the manufacturer

’s instructions. Each modular test plug should be of a

design known to meet the test plug requirements detailed in clause C.6.5.

Cables between the baluns and the DUT should be less than 300 mm (12 in). If interconnecting cables need to be longer than 300 mm (12 in) (e.g. testing large multi-port panels), their insertion loss shall be accounted for.

Editor’s note: in the Cat6A standard, the long terminating cables are required and in the cat8 document they are not. Determine best test configurations for connecting hardware ANEXT and AFEXT moving forward.

For ANEXT loss measurements, it is recommended that the far-end of each modular plug and socket mated combination be terminated with a minimum of 40 m (131 ft) of cable. For AFEXT loss measurement, it is recommended that the far-end of the disturbing modular plug and socket and near-end of the disturbed modular plug and socket are terminated with a minimum of 40 m (131 ft) of cable. The use of minimum category 6A-rated S/FTP cable (as defined by ISO/IEC 11801, 2nd Ed.) is recommended.

However, it is possible to use F/UTP, UTP or other cable types if the recommended measurement floor can be demonstrated.

The other end of each of the terminating cables should be DMCM terminated, with the CM terminations of the four pairs in each cable connected to ground.

201

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

50

Ω

D

Active test interface

C

Test fixture

Test interface

Connecting hardware under test

Plug Jack

Long cable

Active pair terminations

Test fixture

50

Ω

D

C

Test interface

Shield

Long cable

4813

4814

Inactive pair terminations Test fixture

Shield

Connecting hardware under test

Test Fixture Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.43 - Connecting hardware ANEXT loss measurement setup

202

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

D

50

Ω

C

Test fixture

Test interface

Connecting hardware under test

Plug Jack

Long cable

Active pair terminations

Test fixture

Active pair terminations

Long cable

Shield

Test interface

C

50

Ω

D

4815

4816

4817

4818

4819

4820

4821

Inactive pair terminations

Test fixture

Connecting hardware under test

Shield

Test Fixture Inactive pair terminations

Figure C.44 - Connecting hardware AFEXT loss measurement setup

C.8.3.5 Disturbing connectors included

A port is included if it is one of the adjacent connectors, either above, below, left, or right, or one of four

diagonally adjacent connectors, if present, as shown in Figure C.45 or a port that is part of the same

multiport connector assembly.

203

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Disturbed

Connector

Disturbed

C onnector

Disturber Connectors

4822

4823

4824

4825

4826

4827

4828

4829

Figure C.45 - Example connector configurations for alien crosstalk

C.8.3.6 PSANEXT loss and PSAFEXT loss calculation

From the ANEXT or AFEXT loss contribution of all disturbing pairs, calculate the respective PSANEXT or

PSAFEXT loss of the disturbed port (DUT).

204

4830

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Annex D (normative) - Cabling and component test procedures

4831

4847

4848

4849

4850

4851

4852

4853

4854

4855

4856

4857

4832

4833

4834

4835

4836

4837

4838

4839

4840

4841

4842

4843

4844

4845

4846

4858

4859

4860

4861

4862

4863

4864

4865

4866

4867

4868

D.1 Balunless measurement requirements

When performing measurements using balunless methods, the procedures and wire termination fixturing shall be in accordance with ANSI/TIA-1183-A.

The measurement requirements in this annex, can be applied to any category of cabling. Refer to Annex B as well as ANSI/TIA-1183-A for wire termination fixturing, and general setup requirements. The requirements of this clause focus on specific test interfaces unique to this test method.

It is acceptable to configure the far end terminations within the test fixture, or attached to the test fixture.

Switching may be used and that switching may configured within the test fixture. See ANSI/TIA 1183-A for a more detailed discussion of wire termination test fixture configurations.

Each setup component shall be qualified to a measurement bandwidth of at least 1 MHz to the upper frequency of the category.

Measurements of cabling performance parameters to 2000 MHz for category 8 are facilitated by use of four port network analyzers. In addition, four port network analyzers can directly measure balance (TCL, TCTL), common mode, and cross-modal coupling parameters. General measurement methods using four port network analyzers are described in ANSI/TIA-1183-A.

These standards include test fixture performance requirements, calibration methods, port nomenclature, and general procedures and precautions.

Other measurements methods that are demonstrated to show equivalence to the methods in this annex are allowed.

Balunless measurement results shall be converted to a termination impedance of 100

 differential mode,

50

 common mode. The terminations given below for balunless measurements result in a 25  common mode impedance. Instructions are given in ANSI/TIA 1183-A.

D.1.1 Resistor terminations used with balunless measurement systems

Resistors used for terminations shall exhibit impedance of 50

  0.1 % or better as shown in Figure D.1.

Each single wire, 50

 port is terminated to ground. The differential impedance between two single wire,

50

 ports is 100 . SMA terminations shall meet the requirements of ANSI/TIA-1183-A.

Terminations of inactive conductors and far end ports of active conductors shall provide the equivalent of

50

 at the interface to the cable under test. See ANSI/TIA-1183-A for performance requirements of test fixtures and systems.

50   0.1 % 50   0.1 %

4869

4870

4871

4872 Additionally,

Differential mode plus common mode resistor termination

Figure D.1 - Balunless resistor termination network

205

4883

4900

4901

4902

4903

4904

4905

4906

4907

4908

4909

4910

4911

4912

4913

4892

4893

4894

4895

4896

4897

4898

4899

4884

4885

4886

4887

4888

4889

4890

4891

4914

4915

4916

4917

4918

4919

4920

4921

4873

4874

4875

4876

4877

4878

4879

4880

4881

4882

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

1) Small geometry chip resistors shall be used for the construction of resistor terminations.

2) The two 50

 DM terminating resistors shall be matched to within 0.1 % at DC.

3) The length of connections to impedance terminating resistors shall be minimized.

D.2 Calibration methods

When using balunless measurement methods, a two-port or four port calibration is the minimum requirement. For insertion loss, NEXT loss, and FEXT loss measurements, a four-port calibration is the minimum requirement when using balunless test methods. Multiport n-port calibration is considered an extension of two-port calibration. See ANSI/TIA-1183-A for more information on balunless measurement calibration methods.

D.3 Testing of cables and cabling

D.3.1 Cabling and cable measurement procedures

Mutual capacitance, capacitance unbalance, return loss, insertion loss, NEXT loss, ACRF, TCL, and TCTL measurements and calculations shall be performed on cable samples of 30 m (98.4 ft) removed from the reel or packaging. The test sample shall be laid out along a non-conducting surface, loosely coiled, supported in aerial spans, or wound around a non-conducting drum with 13 mm minimum separation between cables. All pairs shall be terminated according to the specific requirements of this annex. Other test configurations are acceptable if correlation to the reference method has been verified. In case of conflict, the reference method (30 m, off-reel, resistor termination of inactive ports) shall be used to determine conformance to the minimum requirements of this Standard.

It may be desirable to perform measurements on lengths of cable greater than 30 m (98.4 ft) in order to improve measurement accuracy at frequencies at or below 1 MHz. For example, when measuring insertion loss, it is recommended that the sample length exhibit no less than 1 dB of insertion loss at the lowest frequency tested. More than one length may be required to test a full range of frequencies. Cables tested for insertion loss at elevated temperatures shall be placed inside an air-circulating oven until the cable has stabilized at the reference temperature. No more than 3 m (9 ft) of each cable end should exit the oven for connection to the measurement equipment.

Shields and screens should be bonded (low inductance connections) to the measurement grounds at both ends.

The test interfaces shall provide a high quality interface to the calibration reference devices used during calibration of the network analyzer, as well as provide a convenient connection to the cabling or cabling component under test.

The measurement result shall be mathematically transformed to convert the measured values in the native common mode impedance of 25 Ohms to the resultant values which are referenced to the common mode impedance of 50 Ohms which are required by this standard. Instructions are given in ANSI/TIA 1183-A

Annex C.

The figures in this clause illustrate a single wire test method using a 4-port network analyzer.

D.3.2 Cabling and cable DC resistance

DC resistance shall be measured in accordance with ASTM D4566.

D.3.3 Cabling and cable return loss

D.3.3.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable return loss

The test configuration is as shown in Figure D.2

Each wire shall be terminated with 50

 to ground per ANSI/TIA-1183-1. Maximum length of cable jacket removal shall be 13 mm (0.5”), unless the un-jacketed cable pair impedance is maintained by other means such as fixturing. The length of pair untwist shall be minimized.

206

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Test Fixture

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Active test interface

Cable or channel under test

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

4922

4923

4924

4925

4926

4927

4928

4929

4930

4931

4932

4933

4934

4935

4936

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.2 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable return loss and TCL measurements

D.3.3.2 Calibration of cabling and cable return loss

The calibration for cabling and cable return loss shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.3.3 Measurement of cabling and cable return loss

Terminate cable ends in accordance with B.2. Measure the Sdd11 parameter with the network analyzer

connected to each pair on the near-end. Return loss shall be tested in both directions. Transform the measurement result common mode impedance from the native 25

 to 50 . Instructions are given in

ANSI/TIA 1183-A annex C.

D.3.4 Insertion loss of cables and channels

D.3.4.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable insertion loss

Figure D.3 depicts the typical schematic diagram of a balun-less test interface for testing insertion loss,

TCTL, and propagation delay.

207

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Active test interface

Cable or channel under test

Active test interface

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

50

50

4937

4938

4939

4940

4941

4942

4943

4944

4945

4946

4947

4948

4949

4950

Test fixture Shield of DUT Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.3 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay measurements. Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL.

D.3.4.2 Calibration of cabling and cable insertion loss

The calibration for cabling and cable insertion loss shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.4.3 Measurement of cabling and cable insertion loss

Terminate cable ends in accordance with B.2. Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the pair under test

connected to the network analyzer at both the near-end and the far-end. It is not necessary to measure cable insertion loss from both ends due to reciprocity.

D.3.5 NEXT loss of cables and channels

D.3.5.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable NEXT loss

Figure D.4 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing NEXT loss. Resistor terminations are preferred

for unused pairs at the far-end.

208

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

50

50

J1

J2

J3

J4

50

50

Active test interface

Cable or channel under test

Active pair far end terminations

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

4951

4952

4953

4954

4955

4956

4957

4958

4959

4960

4961

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.4 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable NEXT loss

D.3.5.2 Calibration of cabling and cable NEXT loss

The calibration for cabling and cable NEXT loss shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.5.3 Measurement of cabling and cable NEXT loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each of the 6 pair combinations of the four pairs. NEXT loss shall be tested in both directions.

D.3.6 FEXT loss of cables and channels

D.3.6.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable FEXT loss

Figure D.5 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing FEXT loss of cables and channels.

209

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Active test interface

Cable or channel under test

Active test interface

Active pair far end terminations

50

50

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

4962

4963

4964

4976

4977

4978

4979

4980

4981

4965

4966

4967

4968

4969

4970

4971

4972

4973

4974

4975

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.5 - Laboratory test configuration for cabling and cable FEXT loss (ACRF)

D.3.6.2 Calibration of cabling and cable FEXT loss

The calibration for cabling and cable FEXT loss shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.6.3 Measurement of cabling and cable FEXT loss

Measure Sdd21 for all of the 12 pair combinations for FEXT loss, launching from one end only. It is not necessary to measure FEXT loss from both ends due to reciprocity.

D.3.7 TCL of cabling and cables

D.3.7.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable TCL

Figure D.2 depicts the typical schematic diagram for measurement of TCL. The near-end terminating

resistor networks shall be bonded and connected to the measurement ground plane. The far-end resistor

networks shall be bonded together. Alternatively, the test configuration of Figure D.2 may be used for TCL

measurements.

D.3.7.2 Calibration for measurement of cabling and cable TCL

The calibration for cabling and cable TCL shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.8 TCTL of cabling and cables

D.3.8.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable TCTL

Figure D.3 depicts the typical schematic diagram for testing TCTL.

D.3.8.2 Calibration of cabling and cable TCTL

210

4982

4983

4984

4985

4986

4987

4988

4989

4990

4991

4992

4993

4994

4995

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The calibration of the test hardware for TCTL measurements shall follow the procedures outlined in clause

D.2.

D.3.8.3 Measurement of cabling and cable TCTL

TCTL shall be tested in both directions.

D.3.9 Propagation delay of cabling and cable

D.3.9.1 Test configuration of cabling and cable propagation delay

The cabling and cable propagation delay measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of

clause D.3.4

D.3.9.2 Calibration of cabling and cable propagation delay

The calibration of cabling and cable propagation delay shall comply with clause D.2.

D.3.9.3 Measurement of cabling and cable propagation delay

Measure all 4 pairs for cabling and cable propagation delay. It is not necessary to measure cabling and cable propagation delay from both ends due to reciprocity.

211

4996

4997

4998

4999

5000

5001

5002

5003

5004

5005

5006

5007

5008

5009

5010

5011

5012

5013

5014

5015

5016

5017

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.4 Permanent link test procedures

This clause describes test and calibration procedures for permanent links.

D.4.1 Permanent link measurement configurations

The following requirements apply to the test configurations for permanent link measurements and for other components, assemblies, and test parameters as indicated by reference.

For all laboratory and field transmission measurements of screened permanent links, the shield shall be grounded at both ends. Attention should be given to providing low impedance connections from the shield to ground and between grounding points of the two cable ends.

Testing shall be carried out using a modular test plug compliant with clause C.6.5 inserted between the test

interface and the permanent link under test. The crosstalk, insertion loss and return loss of the modular test plug shall not be calibrated out.

D.4.2 Calibration of permanent link test configurations.

The permanent link test configuration shall be calibrated by applying appropriate open, short, load and through calibration artifacts to the test interface between the test system and the modular test plug.

D.4.3 Return loss of permanent links

D.4.3.1 Test configuration of permanent link return loss

The permanent link return loss measurement configuration shall comply with the requirements of clause

D.2.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

Test Fixture

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active pair far end terminations

Test plug

Test Fixture

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

5018

5019

Shield of the DUT

Inactive pair terminations Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.6 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link return loss and TCL measurements

212

5020

5021

5022

5023

5024

5025

5026

5027

5028

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.4.3.2 Calibration of permanent link return loss

The calibration for permanent link return loss shall comply with clause D.2.

D.4.3.3 Measurement of permanent link return loss

Measure the Sdd11 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each pair on each end; permanent link return loss shall be tested in both directions.

D.4.4 Insertion loss of permanent link

D.4.4.1 Test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, (also used for FEXT loss, ACRF, and propagation delay)

The permanent link insertion loss measurement configuration shall comply with Figure D.7.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Test plug

Active test interface

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

50

50

5029

5030

5031

5032

5033

5034

5035

5036

5037

5038

Shield of the DUT

Test fixture Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.7 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay measurements. Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL.

D.4.4.2 Calibration of permanent link insertion loss

The calibration for permanent link return loss shall comply with D.2 .

D.4.4.3 Measurement of permanent link insertion loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the pair under test connected to the network analyzer at both the near-end and the far-end. Permanent link insertion loss shall be tested in both directions.

D.4.5 NEXT loss of permanent link

D.4.5.1 Test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss

213

5039

5040

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The permanent link NEXT loss measurement configuration shall comply with Figure D.8.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

50

50

J1

J2

J3

J4

50

50

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active pair far end terminations

Test plug

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

5041

5042

5043

5044

5045

5046

5047

5048

5049

5050

5051

5052

5053

5054

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Shield of the DUT

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.8 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link NEXT loss measurements

D.4.5.2 Calibration of permanent link NEXT loss

The calibration for permanent link NEXT loss shall comply with D.2 .

D.4.5.3 Measurement of permanent link NEXT loss

Measure the Sdd21 parameter with the network analyzer connected to each of the 6 pair combinations in a four pair permanent link. Permanent link NEXT loss shall be tested in both directions.

D.4.6 FEXT loss of permanent link

D.4.6.1 Test configuration of permanent link FEXT loss

The permanent link FEXT loss measurement configuration shall comply with Figure D.9.

D.4.6.2 Calibration of permanent link FEXT loss

The calibration of permanent link FEXT loss shall comply with D.2 .

D.4.6.3 Measurement of permanent link FEXT loss

214

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Active test interface

Test plug

Jack

Permanent link under test

Jack

Active test interface

Test plug

Active pair far end terminations

50

50

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

5055

5056

5057

5058

5059

5060

5061

5062

5063

5064

5065

5066

5067

5068

5069

5070

5071

Shield of the DUT

Test Fixture Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.9 - Laboratory test configuration for permanent link FEXT loss (ACRF)

Measure Sdd21 for all of the 12 pair combinations for permanent link FEXT loss, launching from one end only. It is not necessary to measure permanent link FEXT loss from both ends due to reciprocity.

D.4.7 TCL of permanent link

D.4.7.1 Test configuration of permanent link TCL

The permanent link TCL measurement configuration is shown in Figure D.6.

D.4.7.2 Calibration of permanent link TCL

The calibration of permanent link TCL shall comply with D.2 .

D.4.7.3 Measurement of permanent link TCL

Measure permanent link TCL on each pair in both directions.

D.4.8 TCTL of permanent link

D.4.8.1 Test configuration of permanent link TCTL

The permanent link TCTL measurement configuration is shown in Figure D.7.

D.4.8.2 Calibration of permanent link TCTL

The calibration of permanent link TCTL shall comply with D.2.

D.4.8.3 Measurement of permanent link TCTL

215

5072

5073

5074

5075

5076

5077

5078

5079

5080

5081

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Measure permanent link TCTL on each pair in both directions.

D.4.9 Propagation delay of permanent link

D.4.9.1 Test configuration of permanent link propagation delay

The permanent link propagation delay measurement configuration shall comply with Figure D.3.

D.4.9.2 Calibration of permanent link propagation delay

The calibration of permanent link propagation delay shall comply with D.2.

D.4.9.3 Measurement of permanent link propagation delay

Measure all 4 pairs for permanent link propagation delay. It is not necessary to measure permanent link propagation delay from both ends due to reciprocity.

216

5082

5083

5084

5085

5086

5087

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.5 Balunless direct attach measurement procedures

D.5.1 Balunless direct attach test configurations

In Figure D.11, Figure D.12 and Figure D.13, the far end terminations are shown combined with the test

fixture. The test jacks shall be compliant to the category patch cord test head requirements in clause C.7.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

Test Fixture

Modular cord test head

Plug

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Direct attach cord under test

Active pair far end terminations

Plug

Modular cord test head

Test Fixture

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

5088

5089

5090

Inactive pair terminations

Shield

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.10 - Balunless direct attach cord return loss test configuration

217

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Active test interface

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Modular cord test head

Plug

Direct attach cord under test

Plug

Modular cord test head

Active test interface

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

50

50

5091

5092

5093

Test fixture

Shield

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.11 - Balunless direct attach insertion loss, TCTL, and propagation delay test configuration. Alternate test configuration for return loss and TCL.

218

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Network Analyzer

Port 1 Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

Active test interface

50

50

J1

J2

J3

J4

50

50

Modular cord test head

Plug

Direct attach cord under test

Modular cord test head

Active pair far end terminations

Plug

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

5094

5095

5096

Test Fixture

Shield

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.12 - Balunless direct attach cord NEXT loss test configuration

219

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

50

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

Active test interface

Modular cord test head

Plug

Direct attach cord under test

Plug

Modular cord test head

Active test interface

Active pair far end terminations

50

50

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

5097

5098

5099

5100

Test Fixture

Shield

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.13 - Balunless direct attach cord FEXT loss, (ACRF) test configuration

220

5101

5102

5103

5104

5105

5106

5107

5108

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.6 Balunless modular cord test procedures

D.6.1 Balunless network analyzer test configuration

The balunless network analyzer configuration for modular cord testing is depicted in Figure D.14 and Figure

D.15.

This measurement is shown using single-ended balunless measurements described in TIA-1183-A.

50

 terminations shall be applied to all conductors on both ends.

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

5109

5110

Active test interface

50

50

J1

J2

J3

J4

50

50

Modular cord test head

Plug

Cord under test

Plug

Active pair far end terminations

Modular cord test head

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Shield Test Fixture

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.14 - Balunless modular cord NEXT loss test configuration

221

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Active test interface

Test Fixture

Modular cord test head

Plug

50

J1

J2

50

50

50

50

50

Cord under test

Modular cord test head

Plug

Active pair far end terminations

Test Fixture

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

5111

5112

5113

Inactive pair terminations

Shield

Inactive pair terminations

Figure D.15 - Balunless modular cord return loss test configuration

222

5114

5115

5116

5117

5118

5119

5120

5121

5122

5123

5124

5125

5126

5127

5128

5129

5130

5131

5132

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.7 Connecting hardware test procedures

This clause describes test and calibration procedures for connecting hardware using balunless test configurations. Test equipment design calibration and fixturing should ensure a noise level 20 dB better than the required measurement limit over the frequency range of 1 MHz to the upper frequency of the category.

All requirements of clauses C.1 and C.2 that are not superseded by this clause apply.

D.7.1 Connecting hardware measurement configurations

For balunless measurements:

Each SE port shall be terminated using 50

 to ground according to ANSI/TIA-1183-A.

The measurement results shall be mathematically transformed to convert the measured values in the native common mode impedance of 25 Ohms to the resultant values which are referenced to the common mode impedance of 50 Ohms which are required by this standard.

Interconnection (including test lead) requirements are specified in clause B.2.

223

5133

5134

5135

5136

5137

5138

5139

5140

5141

5142

5143

5144

5145

5146

5147

5148

5149

5150

5151

5152

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

D.8 Balunless alien crosstalk for cabling, cable and connecting hardware.

D.8.1 Balunless ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss laboratory measurement procedures

Refer to the procedures in clause C.8 for alien crosstalk testing procedures using the network analyzer

configurations of this clause.

D.8.1.1 Balunless connecting hardware ANEXT loss and AFEXT loss procedures

The ANEXT loss measurement is performed between two DUTs as shown in Figure D.16. The AFEXT

loss measurement is performed between two DUTs as shown in Figure D.17. Each DUT consists of a

mated modular plug and socket combination and shall be mounted in its specified mounting arrangement

(e.g. patch panel, TO) according to the manufacturer

’s instructions. Each modular test plug should be of a

design known to meet the test plug requirements detailed in clause C.6.5.

Cables between the baluns and the DUT should be less than 300 mm (12 in). If interconnecting cables need to be longer than 300 mm (12 in) (e.g. testing large multi-port panels), their insertion loss shall be accounted for.

The other end of each of the terminating cables should be DMCM terminated, with the CM terminations of the four pairs in each cable connected to ground.

Editor’s note: As in the balun measurement procedures, we need to address whether long cable terminations are required.

224

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

5153

5154

J3

50

J4

50

50

50

50

50

50

J2

50

50

50

50

50

J1

Test Fixture

Test interface

Connecting hardware under test

Plug Jack

Shield

Test interface

Shield

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Far end termination

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

Connecting hardware under test

Figure D.16 - Connecting hardware ANEXT loss measurement setup

225

5155

Port 1

Network Analyzer

Port 2 Port 3 Port 4

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5156

5157

5158

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

J2

50

50

50

50

50

J1

Test Fixture

Test interface

Connecting hardware under test

Plug Jack

Shield

Shield

Test interface

Far end termination

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

J3

J4

50

50

50

50

50

50

Far end termination

Connecting hardware under test

Test Fixture

Figure D.17 - Connecting hardware AFEXT loss measurement setup

226

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5159

Annex E (normative) - Connecting hardware transfer impedance test method

5160

5161

5162

5163

5164

5165

5166

5167

5168

5169

5170

5171

5172

5173

5174

5175

5176

5177

E.1 Introduction

Transfer impedance relates to the shielding efficiency (quality of shielding against influences by electromagnetic fields) of screened cables and connecting hardware.

E.2 Purpose and scope

This annex describes a test method for connecting hardware transfer impedance. Transfer impedance is not intended for conformance testing of installed cabling. Setup variations that yield equivalent results are also acceptable.

E.3 Transfer impedance test method

E.3.1 General

This clause describes the measurement method used in verifying the shield transfer impedance requirements of 100

 screened connecting hardware contained in clause 6.10.21. The measurement

method requires the use of a network analyzer or equivalent, coaxial cables, screened test leads, impedance matching terminations, and a high frequency (HF) sealed case. The setup is qualified to a measurement bandwidth of at least 10 kHz to 100 MHz. Calibration procedures for insertion loss are specified by the manufacturer of the test equipment. Transfer impedance values can be calculated from

laboratory shielding insertion loss measurements collected using a HF sealed case (refer to clause E.3.2).

The equivalent circuit diagram for the HF sealed case is shown in Figure E.1.

227

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

NETWORK ANALYZER

OUT IN

R1

50 ±1%

DETAIL A

R2

50 ±1%

DUT

MODULAR

RING

DETAIL B

SECONDARY

CASE

MAIN CASE

SHIELDING

MATERIALS

DRAIN WIRE

DETAIL A DETAIL B

5178

5179

5180

5181

5182

5183

5184

5185

5186

5187

5188

5189

5190

Figure E.1 - Equivalent circuit diagram for HF sealed case

Where:

Ri

1 =

Ri 2

= characteristic impedance of the network analyzer = 50

R 1

= feeding resistor = 50

R 2

= terminating resistor = 50

U 1

= transmitter voltage (volts)

U 2

= receiver voltage (volts)

U c

= voltage across device under test (volts)

Z cond

= characteristic impedance of conductors (

)

Z t

= transfer impedance (

)

228

5191

5192

5193

5194

5195

5196

5197

5198

5199

5200

5201

5202

5203

5204

5205

5206

5207

5208

5209

5210

5219

5220

5221

5222

5223

5224

5225

5226

5227

5211

5212

5213

5214

5215

5216

5217

5218

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Under the following assumptions:

Z cond

is significantly less than

R 2

, and

I 2

is significantly less than

I 1

,

The following equations describe the circuit equation in Figure E.1.

U

1

I

1

R i

1

U

U c

2

I

2

R i

2

I

2

(

R

2

R i

2 )

U c

Z t

I

From a substitution operation follows:

Z t

R i

1

R i

2

(

R

2

R i

2 )

U

2

U

1

(D-1)

(D-2)

(D-3)

(D-4)

(D-5)

Measured shield insertion loss

a s

, in decibels, is described by the relation:

a s

20

 log

U

2

U

1

dB (D-6)

By applying this relation and entering values for

R

2

and

R

2

, the resultant transfer impedance in ohms

i

is expressed as:

 

R i

1

U

U

2

1

 

R i

a s

20

 

a s

20

(D-7)

Z t

E.3.2 Test setup and apparatus

Equipment list:

Network analyzer (50

 characteristic impedance)

Coaxial adapters as required to make network analyzer port connections. Sub-miniature type A (SMA) adapters are recommended, however, other adapters may also be acceptable.

HF sealed case

Rosin core solder

Aluminum soldering flux

Precision ±1% 50

 metal film resistors

EMI/RFI foil shielding tape (adhesive backing optional)

Connecting hardware shall be tested with the cable shield construction with which it is designed to be used.

If the connecting hardware is designed for several cable shield constructions, it shall be tested with the

construction of single foil with drain wire. The diagrams in Figure E.4 through Figure E.7 provide a detailed

reference to the dimensional characteristics of the HF sealed case. The HF sealed case shall be constructed from sheet copper or brass of 2 mm (0.08 in) minimum thickness.

229

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5228

5229

Figure E.2 - HF sealed case covers, assembly details

230

5230

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5231

5232

Figure E.3 - HF sealed case covers, case dimensions

231

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5233

5234

5235

5236

5237

5238

5239

5240

5241

Figure E.4 - HF sealed case dimensional details

NOTE - A coaxial adapter (not shown) is mounted on each end of the HF sealed case at the locations indicated for connection to a network analyzer. A 50

 ± 1% metal film resistor (not shown) is soldered to the center conductor of each adapter inside the HF sealed case in order to match the characteristic impedance of the network analyzer and minimize cable to fixture power loss.

232

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5242

5243

Figure E.5 - HF sealed case covers details

233

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5244

5245

Figure E.6 - HF fixed and inner ring detail

234

5246

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5247

5248

5249

5250

Figure E.7 - HF sealed case outer ring detail

(Dimensions are in mm)

235

5251

5252

5277

5278

5279

5280

5281

5282

5283

5284

5269

5270

5271

5272

5273

5274

5275

5276

5285

5286

5287

5261

5262

5263

5264

5265

5266

5267

5268

5253

5254

5255

5256

5257

5258

5259

5260

5288

5289

5290

5291

5292

5293

5294

5295

5296

5297

5298

5299

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

E.3.3 Test method

E.3.3.1 Connecting hardware and cable preparation

Products under test may consist of screened connecting hardware terminated on either end by 75 mm (3 in) lengths of screened cable. Connecting hardware intended to be mated with a shielded modular plug shall be terminated with 75 mm (3 in) of screened patch cable on the mated plug end and 75 mm (3 in) of screened horizontal cable terminated to the insulation displacement contact (IDC) end.

1 The device under test is prepared by designating one end of the connecting hardware (typically, the stranded cable/shielded modular plug end for mated plug/jack connectors) as the ‘input’ end and the opposite end as the ‘output’ end.

2 Strip off 25 mm (1 in) of jacket from the ‘input’ end of the product sample.

3 Carefully peel back the foil, drain wire, and braid (if present) from the input end. Remove any secondary insulator materials (e.g. dielectric wrap) surrounding the twisted-pair conductors. Strip off 15 mm (0.5 in) of insulation from each of the inner conductors. Twist the exposed copper ends together and solder to form a fused conductor core. Snip 7 mm (.25 in) from the tips of the soldered conductor core.

4 Solder the drain wire to the fused conductor core.

5 Fold the shielding materials over the soldered conductor core and drain wire. Solder shielding materials to the conductor core such that a 360º solder contact (use aluminum soldering flux if necessary) is present. Foil or braid should not extend beyond the fused conductors. To maintain shield integrity during testing and handling, tightly wrap a piece of heat resistant tape around the unjacketed portion of the screened cable under test (optional). Any metallic tape should not make contact with the connections.

6 Affix a 25 mm (1 in) square or circular segment of EMI/RFI foil tape to the grooved side of the modular ring (reference figure E.6). Punch a hole the diameter of the screened cable under test through the middle of the foil tape.

7

Pass the ‘output’ end of the stripped cable portion through the modular ring and through the hole in the

EMI/RFI foil tape (maintain the proper modular ring orientation such that the foil tape and modular ring groove will be in direct contact with the fixed ring upon assembly).

8 Carefully peel back the cable foil, drain wire, and braid (if present) and lay flat against the foil taped modular ring. Trim back excess shielding materials such that there is no interference with the modular ring groove. Solder shielding materials to the foil tape such that a 360º solder contact (use aluminum solder flux if necessary) is present.

9 Strip 15 mm (0.5 in) from the insulation of each of the inner conductors. Twist the exposed copper ends together and solder to form a fused conductor core. This fused core shall not be in contact with the shield or the test fixture on the output end.

10 Insert the prepared sample under test into the main case (the larger of the two HF sealed case enclosures). Fasten the modular ring to the fixed ring using four screws (‘finger-tight’).

11

Solder the conductor core of the ‘input’ side of the sample under test to the 50

 ± 1% terminating

resistor R1 located inside the main case, see Figure E.1 .

12

Solder the conductor core of the ‘output’ side of the sample under test to the 50

 ±1% terminating

resistor R2 located inside the secondary case as shown in Figure E.1 (the smaller of the two HF sealed

case enclosures).

E.3.3.2 Calibration and measurement

Perfor m a ‘through’ normalization calibration on the network analyzer to compensate for the insertion loss of the 50

 coaxial test leads. Connect the transmit coaxial test lead to the input coaxial adapter of the main case and connect the receive coaxial test lead to the output coaxial adapter of the secondary case. Perform a shield insertion loss measurement. Calculate the corresponding transfer impedance from the shielding insertion loss.

236

5300

5301

5302

5303

5304

5305

5306

5307

5308

5309

5310

5311

5312

5313

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

E.3.4 Transfer impedance measurement consistency tests

E.3.4.1 Test orientation summary

Swapping the input and output side of the network analyzer should not change the results by more than

4%.

E.3.4.2 AC and DC resistance correlation

When connected correctly, the DC resistance (measured with a milli-ohmmeter) of the device under investigation shall correlate to the AC resistance at low frequencies (i.e. 10 kHz) to within ±20%.

E.3.4.3 Open shield test

The results of performing an open test (shield on the output side left unconnected) should be a flat insertion loss waveform correlating to a transfer impedance of 50

 ± 4%.

E.3.4.4 Measurement slope verification

The slope of the measured shield insertion loss should be between 18 dB/decade and 20 dB/decade above

10 MHz.

237

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5314

Annex F (normative) - Modular Plug Terminated Link

5315

5316

5317

5318

5319

5320

5321

5322

5323

5324

5325

5326

5327

5328

5329

5330

5331

5332

5333

5334

5335

5336

This standard requires that horizontal cable be terminated on a telecommunications outlet to provide flexible access to the user. In certain limited cases there may be a need to terminate horizontal cables to a plug that is directly plugged into a device. This will sometimes be done to service a security camera, a radio enabled wireless access device, or another device which is not often moved or rearranged. This annex provides guidance to assure the proper functioning of such a cabling arrangement.

F.1 Test configuration for modular plug terminated link

A

A:

B:

C:

D:

E:

F:

G:

C

Test

Equipment

IC

G

Legend

Cables and cords

Horizontal cabling ......................... E1, E2

Connecting hardware

Interconnect .......................................... IC

Optional consolidation point .................. D

Maximum length

E1 + E2 ........................................... 90 m

E1

D

F

E2

B

Figure F.1 - Topology of Modular Plug Terminated Link

Modular Plug Terminated Link Under Test (MUT)

Patch cord test head qualified per annex C or D

Test equipment cord

Optional consolidation point

Horizontal cable

Modular plug terminates the modular plug terminated link

Test plug qualified per annex C or D

Test

Equipment

A: MPTL Under Test (MUT)

B: Patch cord test head as qualified per annex C or D

C: Test equipment cord

F: Modular plug terminates the modular plug terminated link

G: Test plug qualified per annex C or D

F.2 Modular plug terminated link transmission requirements

Modular plug terminated link shall comply with the permanent link transmission requirements of this standard.

238

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5337

Annex G (informative) - Connecting hardware test fixtures

5338

5339

5340

5341

5342

5343

5344

5345

5346

5347

5348

5349

5350

5351

G.1 General

An impedance controlled measurement fixture consists of a device designed to provide controlled interconnections to the DUT. The fixture provides an interface that is designed to maintain correct DM and

CM impedance of the pairs in the transmission line when they are separated for interfacing between the

DUT and the port interfaces of test equipment. The port interfaces of test equipment, which are typically 50

Ω, coaxial ports are further conditioned by the use of balun transformers presenting a 100 Ω balanced port to the DUT. The interface, in addition to providing impedance control of the balanced leads of the DUT, also provides shielding for the pairs to reduce unwanted pair-to-pair couplings. The interface is electrically connected to the balun and instrument ground reference through pin and socket connectors.

An example fixture, as shown in Figure G.1, provides pin and socket connections to the DUT. Termination

adapters which provide DMCM resistor terminations for the inactive ports are provided for making NEXT loss and FEXT loss measurements where the highest accuracy is required.

DUT interface adapter

(using pattern specified in figure B.3)

Adapter from DUT interface to balun

(or SMA) connections

Test fixture including balun or SMA connections and shielding between socket interfaces

5352

5353

5354

Figure G.1 - Test head assembly with baluns attached

239

5369

5370

5371

5372

5373

5374

5375

5376

5355

5356

5357

5358

5359

5360

5361

5362

5363

5364

5365

5366

5367

5368

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Calibration standards are provided which use the same materials and positioning. The calibration plane is thereby located at the top (open end) of the sockets of the adapter mounting plate. A mounting plate with socket interfaces connects directly to the test baluns. Two such fixtures will provide 8 test ports for connection to both near and far ends of a four pair DUT.

NOTES,

1 The balun interfaces are designed to mate to BH electronics 040-0192 baluns.

2 All test fixture components referenced in this annex may be obtained from industry sources.

These test fixtures are provided in kit form including adapter plates, balun mounting plates, baluns and calibration references. Alternative equivalent components may also be used. Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

3 Future developments of test fixtures are expected. Such fixtures may be used in place of or in addition to those specified and recommended in this Standard, if they meet the relevant requirements specified in this Standard.

G.2 Additional components for connection to a network analyzer

SMA cables, connectors, 50

 SMA terminations, are necessary for interfacing the coaxial ports of the baluns to network analyzer ports. Mounting brackets are recommended for holding the test interface assemblies at convenient positions for attachment to connectors under test.

Foil tape with conductive adhesive (3M 5012C or equivalent) may be used where additional shielding is needed for various components.

5377

5378

5379

5380

5381

Figure G.2 - Test head assembly showing shielding between interconnecting sockets

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

240

5382

5383

5384

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

G.3 Direct fixture

A fixture for direct measurement of modular test plug properties has shielded coaxial probes that make

contact with the modular plug contacts. Refer to clause C.6.5.10 for direct fixture specifications.

5385

5386

5387

5388

5389

5390

5391

5392

Figure G.3 - Plug direct fixture

G.4 PCB based test plug assembly

A PCB (printed circuit based) test plug constructed for mating to the test fixture assembly is shown in Figure

G.4 Its properties have been designed to comply with electrical properties of the test plug described in

clause C.6.5.

The plug is mounted using an adapter plate as shown in Figure G.5.

5393

5394

Figure G.4 - PCB based plug

241

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5395

5396

5397

5398

Figure G.5 - PCB based plug assembly with adapter

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

242

5399

5400

5401

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

G.5 Connecting hardware measurement configuration

Figure G.6 shows an example of a connecting hardware measurement configuration.

test plug phase reference plane

Calibration plane

DUT with interconnections

Port Extension

5402

5403

5404

5405

5406

5407

5408

5409

5410

5411

5412

5413

Figure G.6 - An example of a connecting hardware measurement configuration

G.6 Test fixture calibration

A one-port calibration of any of the four ports is accomplished using the open, short, and load calibration standards applied to the test fixture interface. A full two-port calibration of any of 8 ports can be obtained using open, short, and load calibration standards and the back-to-back through standard.

A four-port test fixture interface is shown in Figure G.7. Two of these are required to do a full 2-port

calibration of 8 ports.

The “through” measurements of the back-to-back through for any 1N-1F (port-1-near to port-1-far) port arrangement may be applied to the calibration of adjacent 1N-2N, 1N-

3N, etc… (port-1near to port-2near, etc…) ports.

243

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5414

5415

5416

5417

5418

Figure G.7 - Test fixture interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

244

5419

5420

5421

5422

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The open and short calibration standards are applied directly to the test fixture interface with no intermediary

adapters as shown in Figure G.8 and Figure G.9 respectively. When an adapter is attached to the interface

during testing, the calibration plane will be located at the ends of the sockets of the adapter.

DUT adapter

5423

5424

5425

5426

Figure G.8 - Open calibration standard applied to balunless test interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

5427

5428

5429

5430

5431

Figure G.9 - Short calibration standard applied to balunless test interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

245

5432

5433

5434

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The load and through calibration standards are applied directly to the test fixture interface with no

intermediary adapters as shown in Figure G.10 and Figure G.11 respectively.

5435

5436

5437

5438

Figure G.10 - Load calibration standard applied to test interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

5439

5440

5441

5442

5443

Figure G.11 - A loop back through standard applied to a balunless test interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

246

5444

5445

5446

5447

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

When the test plug is attached to the test fixture interface for measurement, the calibration plane will be at the tips of the adapter sockets for all measurements if the back-to-back through calibration artifact is used

as shown in Figure G.12.

5448

5449

5450

5451

5452

5453

5454

5455

Figure G.12 - Test plug attached to the test interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

When the direct fixture is attached to the test head interface, an adapter is placed in between the direct

fixture and the interface as shown in Figure G.13. The shield plates (not shown) must remain in position

under the direct fixture.

5456

5457

5458

5459

Figure G.13 - Direct fixture mounted to the test head interface

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

247

5460

5461

5462

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

G.6.1 Calibration and reference plane location

A calibration is performed to establish a reference plane location as shown in Figure G.14.

Chip resistor calibration loads

DUT adapter

5463

5464

5465

5466

5467

Figure G.14 - Calibration reference plane

NOTE - Photos are for illustrative purposes only and do not constitute an endorsement by TIA.

248

5468

5469

5470

5471

5472

5473

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Through calibration is performed using a back-to-back through adapter constructed from two DUT adapter

assemblies as shown in Figure G.15. This method causes a 180 degree phase rotation of all through phase

measurements. To avoid physical re-arrangements of the baluns, and the 180 degree phase rotation, it is possible to measure a jumper, based on a full two-port calibration with a zero-length through, use it as the through, and subtract its effects from the measured data.

5474

5475

5476

5477

5478

5479

5480

Figure G.15 - Back-to-back through calibration

G.7 DUT connections using header PCB assemblies

Dedicated PCB header assemblies may be used to connect between the DUT and the test equipment.

These PCB headers may contain connections to interface to the test port and also connections to interface to the DUT terminals or IDC slots, thus eliminating the need for test leads.

249

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5481

Annex H (informative) - Cable installation in higher temperature environments

5482

5483

5484

5485

5486

5487

5488

5489

5490

5491

5492

5493

5494

5495

5496

5497

5498

5499

H.1 General

Cables may be installed in return air plenums, in ceiling spaces, riser shafts and non air-conditioned buildings such as warehouses and manufacturing plants where the temperature can be significantly higher than 20

 C. In order to ensure compliance with the channel insertion loss specified in clause 6.3.9, the

horizontal cable distance may need to be reduced below 90 meters depending upon the average temperature of the environment over the length of the cable, the insertion loss margin of the installed cabling, and the insertion loss temperature coefficient of the cable.

H.2 Insertion loss

Equation (H1) defines the insertion loss dependence on temperature:

IL

20

1

1

T

IL

20

T

2

T

40

 where:

IL

T

= Measured insertion loss at temperature

T

IL

20

= Insertion loss corrected to 20°C

T

= Measured temperature in °C

The correction factors,

δ

1

and

δ

2

, are shown in Table H.1.

Table H.1 - Maximum horizontal cable length de-rating factor for different temperatures

UTP

F/UTP

Temperature

(º C)

20 ≤ T ≤ 40

40 < T ≤ 60

20 ≤ T ≤ 60

δ

1

0.00393

0.00393

0.00200

δ

2

0.00000

0.00248

0.00000

(H1)

5500

250

5501

5502

5503

5504

5505

5506

5507

5508

5509

5510

5511

5512

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

H.3 Allowance for cable temperature

Table H.2 shows the maximum horizontal cable length de-rating at various temperatures assuming a cable

insertion loss temperature coefficient specified in clause 6.6.10.

Table H.2 - Maximum horizontal cable length de-rating factor for different temperatures

Temperature

(°C (°F))

Maximum horizontal unscreened cable length

(m)

Maximum horizontal screened cable length

(m)

Length de-rating

(m)

(unscreened)

Length de-rating

(m)

(screened)

20 (68)

25 (77)

30 (86)

35 (95)

40 (104)

45 (113)

50 (122)

90.0

89.0

87.0

85.5

84.0

81.7

79.5

90.0

89.5

88.5

87.7

87.0

86.5

85.5

0

1.0

3.0

4.5

6.0

8.3

10.5

0

0.5

1.5

2.3

3.0

3.5

4.5

55 (131)

60 (140)

77.2

75.0

84.7

83.0

12.8

15.0

5.3

6.0

NOTE - This table assumes that the channel includes 10 meters of patch and equipment cords at

20

 C.

H.4 Installation example

If a cable is installed in an environment where the temperature averaged over the length of the cable can be as high as 40

 C and unscreened cable is used, then the maximum horizontal cable distance should be reduced from 90 meters to 84 meters.

251

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5513

Annex I (informative) - Derivation of propagation delay from insertion loss equation

5514

5515

5516

5517

5518

I.1 Factoring the insertion loss equation

The transmission line complex propagation constant,

, is defined in terms of the distributed transmission line parameters, R, L, G and C, as:

 

R

j

L



G

j

C

  

j

Factoring out the term,

j

LC

, the expression for

may be written,

(I1)

5519

5520

5521

5522

 

j

LC

1

R

j

L



1

G

j

C

Multiplying out the terms in equation (I2):

 

j

LC 1

R

2

G

LC

R

j

L

G

j

C

At high frequencies, R <<

L, and G << C

, dropping the

2

term

5523

5524

5525

5526

5527

5528

5529

5530

5531

5532

5533

 

j

LC 1

R

j

L

G

j

C

Since R <<

L, and G << C, we can further approximate equation (I4), by:

 

j

LC

 1

R

j 2

L

G

j 2

C

So the approximation for

, explicitly showing  and  becomes:

   

j

 

j

LC

 1

R

j 2

L

G

j 2

C

Multiplying out the terms in equation (I6), we have:

    j

 

R

2

C

L

G

2

L

C

 j

LC

Separating real and imaginary parts in equation (I7) we have:

 

R

2

C

L

G

2

L

C

  

LC

(I2)

(I3)

(I4)

(I5)

(I6)

(I7)

(I8)

(I9)

252

5534

5535

5536

5537

5538

5539

5540

5541

5542

5543

5544

5545

5546

5547

5548

5549

5550

5551

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Explicitly writing the expression for the transmission line’s distributed inductance, L, in terms of its external and internal inductance, L

L

L

INT

, where:

L

L

L

INT

L

 1

R

L

 (I10)

Substituting the expression for L given above, into equation (I8):

 

2 L

R

 1

C

R

L

G

2

L

C

(I11)

Factoring out

 

2

L

, from the denominator of the first part of equation (I11):

L

R C

1

R

L

G

2

L

C

For



R

L



 

1 ,

1

1

R

L

1

 1

R

L

 1 -

R

2

L

may be further approximated by:

(I12)

(I13)

1

Applying this approximation for

 

R

2

C

L

1 -

R

2

L

 1

R

L

G

2

L

C

in equation (I12):

Multiplying out the terms in equation (I14):

 

R

2 L

C

-

R

4

2

C

3/2

G

2

L

C

( 1 ) ( 2 ) ( 3 )

(I14)

(I15)

In equation (I15), the value for the loss term, R, in the first term, comes mainly from the skin effect at high

frequencies, which has a square root dependence upon the signal frequency:

G is the dielectric dissipation term,

G

 

C tan

R

 f . In the third term,

, where tan

 is the loss tangent for the dielectric.

253

5552

5553

5554

5555

5556

5557

5558

5559

5560

5561

5562

5563

Applying these relationships, and using

= 2  f to equation (I15):

 

R

 

2

C

L

   

2

R f C

-

4

2

 f

 

3/2

2

 f

C tan

2

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

L

C

(I16)

The first term containing R exhibits a root frequency dependence. This is the copper loss term, which is the

constant for the first term in the insertion loss equations in Table 77. Noting the root frequency dependence

of R, the second term is independent of frequency. It is so small that it may be neglected. The third term, containing G, exhibits a direct frequency dependence. This is the material dissipation loss term, which is

the constant for the second term in the insertion loss equations in Table 77.

I.2 Developing the phase delay equation

The expression for the phase delay is given by:

Delay

L C

Substituting, for L

L

L

INT

L

 1

R

L

(I17)

5564

5565

Delay

L

1

R

L

C

Applying the approximation for



R

L



 

1

,

 1

R

L

may be written as:

(I18)

5566

5567

5568

5569

5570

5571

5572

1

R

L

1

R

2

L

Then the expression for delay may be written:

C L

1

R

2

L

Multiplying out equation (I20):

C L

2

R

L

C

Writing the expression for delay to indicate the frequency dependent terms:

C L

R

2

 

2

 f

L

C

(I19)

(I20)

(I21)

(I22)

254

5573

5574

5575

5576

5577

5578

5579

5580

5581

5582

5583

5584

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Since C and term has a

1

L

are independent of frequency, the first term in equation (I22) is a constant. The second

f

frequency dependence, due to the ratio of

R

 

which results in the following f expression for delay:

Delay =

Const

 k1

2

8 .

686 f

(I23)

The units for delay in equation (I23) are s/100m (seconds/100m), with frequency, f, expressed in MHz. Note

that for constant capacitance cables, this approximation for delay holds, independently of wire gauge and cable impedance.

If the insertion loss is known, the rate of decrease in delay as a function of frequency is also known.

Using the copper loss coefficient for category 5e from Table 77:

Delay( ns/100m )

Const

36 f

MHz

Note that K1, for category 5e, is 1967 for f in Hz.

By anchoring the delay at f = 1 MHz, to be 570 ns/100m:

(I24)

5590

5591

5592

5593

5594

5595

5596

5597

5585

5586

5587

5588

Delay( ns/100m )

534

36 f

MHz

In these equations, the following terms are defined as:

R = Resistance per unit length of cable

L = Inductance per unit length of cable

5589

L

 = External inductance per unit length of cable

L

INT

= Internal inductance per unit length of cable

G = Conductance per unit length of cable

C = Capacitance per unit length of cable

 = Insertion loss constant per unit length of cable

 = Phase constant per unit length of cable f = Frequency in Hertz f

MHz

= Frequency in MHz

 = 2  f = radian frequency in radians/second

(I25)

255

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5598

Annex J (informative) - Development of channel and component return loss limits

5608

5609

5610

5611

5612

5613

5614

5615

5616

5617

5618

5619

5620

5621

5599

5600

5601

5602

5603

5604

5605

5606

5607

5622

5623

5624

5625

5626

J.1 General

Return loss is a measure of the reflected signal expressed in decibels (dB). The magnitude of the return loss is affected by the characteristic impedance mismatches between the various components comprising a channel, including the horizontal cable, patch cable and connectors as well as structural impedance variations in the cable. The channel or permanent link return loss is computed by multiplication of transmission matrices for each component in the link using the circuit analysis method. Each component is

modeled by its transmission matrix as shown in equation (J1).

 cosh

 sinh

Z

 

  where:

Z

sinh cosh

j

(J1) is the complex propagation constant and

Z

is the complex characteristic impedance.

20

IL dB

log

 

with:

2

f

10

6

NVP c

with:

IL

is the insertion loss of the component per m in dB.

dB

e = 2.71828 (base of natural logarithm)

f

is the frequency in MHz.

c

is the speed of light in vacuum

3 * 10

8 m/s.

l

is the length of the component in meters.

NVP

is the nominal velocity of propagation relative to the speed of light. In turn, NVP is related to the propagation delay:

NVP

prop

100

_

delay

c

The frequency dependency of prop _

delay

can be ignored in most simulations.

The return loss is computed from the overall transmission matrix

A

C

Z in

A

C

Z ref

Z ref

B

D

, and

RL

 

20 log

Z in

Z in

Z ref

Z ref

, with the nominal characteristic impedance

Z ref

100 

.

B

D

by:

(J2)

256

5627

5628

5629

5630

5631

5632

5633

5634

5635

5636

5637

5638

5639

5640

5641

5642

5643

5644

5645

5646

5647

5648

5649

5650

5651

5652

5653

5654

5655

5656

5657

5658

5659

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

J.2 Assumptions

J.2.1 Assumptions for the transmission matrix for cable

For cable, the specified insertion loss per unit length is given by:

IL dB

k

1

f

k

2

100

f

k

3

f

(J3) where

k

1

,

k

2

,

and k

3 are the constants in the equation for cable insertion loss.

The properties of the characteristic impedance

Z

include a fitted (average) characteristic impedance

Z fit

which is assumed constant along the length of the cable, and a random variation around the fitted characteristic impedance. The fitted characteristic impedance can be represented by:

Z fit

Z o

1

0 .

055

1

f j

(J4) with

Z

is the asymptotic value of the fitted characteristic impedance.

o

The highest allowed value for

Z o

can be determined by assuming that contributions to cable return loss from structural variations may be ignored at low frequencies. The return loss of a 100 m cable segment is computed and the value of

Z o

adjusted so that at the lowest possible frequency the computed return loss matches the return loss specification for cable (the test length is 100 m). The lowest allowed value for

Z o

is limited by the insertion loss requirements. As a result, it is assumed that the allowed range of asymptotic impedance is symmetrical around 100

.

Pair structural variations may be represented by dividing the cable into many unit interval segments of randomly varying impedance, and performing a Monte-Carlo analysis of the cable return loss. The amplitude of these variations is adjusted so that the overall return loss is approximated. This is rather computation intensive and requires many iterations.

A simpler way is to assume that return loss caused by structural variations is uncorrelated with the computed return loss from the cable interfaces. The distributed return loss (DRL, a statistical approximation of structural return loss) is obtained by power sum subtracting the computed interface return loss from the specified return loss and computed interface return loss of cable.

DRL

 

10 log

10

RL cable

10

10

RL interface

10

(J5)

DRL is approximated by:

DRL

100m

K

DRL

10 log

f

20

where: K

DRL

is a constant. (J6)

257

5672

5673

5674

5675

5676

5660

5661

5662

5663

5664

5665

5666

5667

5668

5669

5670

5671

5677

5678

5679

5680

5681

5682

5683

5684

5685

5686

5687

5688

5689

5690

5691

5692

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

This approximation may be used to represent the contributions from all distributed sources of return loss in cabling for most lengths of cabling. The contribution from DRL over a short length of cable may be approximated using the same formula as that used for scaling NEXT loss per IEC 61156-1. The DRL from all of the cable segments are added together in a power sum manner to obtain the DRL for the whole link.

Since the DRL contributions from all cable segments are uncorrelated, the same DRL from the previous cable addition can also be obtained directly by assuming the total length in the length dependency formula and computing the correction only once. The changes caused by the length dependency formula are minimal when the total length of cabling exceeds 30 meters, and therefore one may use the DRL approximation for all practical cabling lengths.

The typical value of

K

DRL

is 28 dB for solid core cable and 26 dB for stranded cable. Assuming the total length of solid core cable far exceeds the total length of stranded jumpers and patch cable, one may assume the value

K

DRL

of solid core cable for the entire channel.

J.2.2 Assumptions for the transmission matrix for connectors

For a connector, the product of the propagation delay constant and length is used.

l

 

l

j

l

(J7)

The electrical length

l conn

is obtained from:

l conn

NVP c

x

360

f x

(J8) where:

 is the measured phase angle in degrees between the output and input of the connector at a high

x

frequency

f x

(e.g., 50 MHz)

The connector is now modeled as a short transmission line of electrical length

l conn

. The frequency response exhibits a 20 dB/decade slope within the frequency range of interest. The value of the characteristic impedance

Z conn

for the connector is adjusted so that the specified return loss at a certain lie between 5 cm and 10 cm. frequency is matched. Practical values of

l conn

The attenuation constant

l

k c f

(J9)

where

k

is the constant in the connector insertion loss equation.

c

The phase constant

l

180

x f f x

(J10)

For the purpose of establishing category 6A permanent link and channel return loss limits, a connecting hardware return loss performance of 26

–20log(

f

/100) is assumed to account for the variability of patch cord connections.

258

5693

5694

5695

5696

5697

5698

5699

5700

5701

5702

5703

5704

5705

5706

5707

5708

5709

5710

5711

5712

5713

5714

5715

5716

5717

5718

5719

5720

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

J.3 Return loss modeling results

A reasonable worst case channel configuration used to develop the return loss limits is shown in Figure

J.1. All flexible cable segments are assumed to have a asymptotic fitted characteristic impedance value of

95

. The solid core cable segments are assumed to have a 105  asymptotic fitted characteristic impedance. All connecting hardware is assumed to have return loss performance at the return loss limit for connecting hardware.

Connecting

Hardware

Connecting

Hardware

Connecting

Hardware

Connecting

Hardware

Cord Cord

Cord

2 m 2 m 5 m 2 m

20 m cable

26 m channel

Figure J.1 - Modeling configuration

Reflections at the cable interfaces may result from characteristic impedance mismatches between cable segments or from the mismatch between connectors and cable segments. The phase dependencies and potential for in-phase addition of return loss between the different components in the channel are very much dependent on the physical separation of these interfaces from each other. Worst case in-phase addition most likely occurs in the frequency range from 15 to 30 MHz frequency range, where physical distances, typical for cords, match ¼ wavelengths. If distances between connections are multiples of a fixed low value, then it is possible, but unlikely, that the return loss will exceed the pass/fail limits for the channels or permanent links under the following conditions:

 In channels that use a cross-connect.

 In channels and permanent links which use a consolidation point.

In case, a return loss failure occurs in a channel:

1 Verify the operation and calibration of the field tester.

2 Determine the source of major reflections.

3 Reduce the number of connectors in the channel.

4 Select components with better return loss performance.

259

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5721

Annex K (informative) - Modeling configurations and length scaling

5722

5723

5724

5725

K.1 Category 3 through 6A channel modeling configurations

Figure K.1 shows five channel modeling configurations that are used for worst-case analysis.

A B C D E

5728

5729

5730

5731

5732

TO

CP C1 C2

ID Description

A Work area cord

TO Telecommunications outlet / connector

B Consolidation point cabling

CP Consolidation point connector

C Horizontal cabling

C1 Horizontal cross-connect or interconnect

D Patch cord or jumper cable

C2 Horizontal cross-connect or interconnect

E Telecommunications room equipment cord

NP = Not present in this channel model

P = Present in this channel model

1

Channel configuration

2 3 4 5

5 m 2 m 1 m 1 m 1 m

P P P P P

5 m 5 m 5 m NP

P P P NP

NP

NP

85 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 10 m

P P P P P

2 m 1 m 1 m 1 m 1 m

P P P P NP

3 m 2 m 2 m 2 m NP

Figure K.1 - Channel configuration

Similarly, Figure K.2 shows four permanent link modeling configurations that are used for worst-case

analysis.

B C

5733

5734

5735

5736

TO

CP C1

ID Description

TO Telecommunications outlet / connector

B Consolidation point cabling

CP Consolidation point connector

C Horizontal cabling

C1 Horizontal cross-connect or interconnect

NP = Not present in this permanent link model

P = Present in this permanent link model

Permanent link configuration

1 2 3 4

P

5 m

P

P

5 m

P

P

NP

NP

P

NP

NP

85 m 15 m 15 m 10 m

P P P P

Figure K.2 - Permanent link configuration

260

5737

5738

5739

5740

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

K.2 Category 8 channel modeling configurations

Figure K.3 shows four channel modeling configurations that are used for worst-case analysis.

A

B

C

5741

5742

5743

5744

5745

5746

C1

ID Description

A Equipment cord

C1 Horizontal interconnect 1

B Horizontal cable

C2 Horizontal interconnect 2

C Equipment cord

P = Present in this channel model

NP = Not present in this channel model

1

0.5 m

P

3.0 m

P

0.5 m

2

1.0 m

P

3.0 m

P

1.0 m

Figure K.3 - Category 8 channel configuration

3

3.0 m

P

24.0 m

P

1.0 m

C2

4

1.0 m

P

24.0 m

P

5.0 m

K.3 Permanent link modeling configurations

Similarly, Figure K.4 shows two permanent link modeling configurations that are used for worst-case

analysis.

B

5747

5748

5749

5750

5751

5752

5753

5754

5755

C1

C2

1 ID Description

C1 Horizontal interconnect 1

B Horizontal cable

C2 Horizontal interconnect 2

P = Present in this permanent link model

NP = Not present in this permanent link model

Figure K.4 - Category 8 permanent link configuration

2

P P

3.0 m 24.0 m

P P

Category 8 permanent link limits are worse than the channel limits over part of the frequency range. This is due to the improvements of the channel return loss due to the insertion loss of the cords. These limits were determined from modeling.

K.4 Direct attach modeling configurations

Direct attach modeling configurations and use cases for worst case analysis are provided by Table K.1.

Table K.1 - Direct attach channel modeling configurations

Modeling configurations

Direct attach cord cable length

1

0.5 m

2

5.0 m

261

5756

5757

5758

5759

5760

5761

5762

5763

5764

5765

5766

5767

5768

5769

5770

5771

5772

5773

5774

5775

5776

5777

5778

5779

5780

5781

5782

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

K.5 Length scaling

Several of the performance parameters are dependent upon the length of the horizontal cable and/or the equipment cords used. This annex provides equations for length scaling. The scaled parameters include:

Insertion loss

DC resistance

Delay

Delay skew

Return loss

Power Sum Near end crosstalk loss (PSNEXT)

Power Sum Attenuation to crosstalk ratio, far end (PSACRF)

This clause will focus on length scaled equations for DC resistance, Insertion loss, return loss, NEXT,

PSNEXT, FEXT, ACRF, PSACRF and propagation delay performance parameters.

Several of the parameters are either not substantially affected by length scaling, or are difficult to determine without a full matrix analysis.

Transverse conversion loss (TCL)

Longitudinal conversion loss (LCL)

Common mode parameters (excluding insertion loss)

Mutual capacitance

Characteristic impedance

TCTL

Coupling attenuation

Category 8 is illustrated as an example

K.5.1 Channel configuration and variables

dx2

5783

5784

5785

5786

5787

5788

5789

5790

5791

5792

Figure K.5 - Channel configuration and variables

Variables

𝑓 is frequency in MHz 𝑑𝑥

2 𝑑𝑥

1

= 𝑑𝑥

4

= 𝑥𝑐 = 0.04 is electrical length of connector in meters

,

𝑑𝑥

5

are cord lengths in meters 𝑑𝑥

3

is the cable length in meters 𝑥1 = 𝑑𝑥

1 𝑥3 = 𝑑𝑥

1

+ 𝑑𝑥

2

+ 𝑑𝑥

3

262

5817

5818

5819

5820

5821

5822

5823

5824

5825

5826

5827

5828

5829

5830

5831

5832

5801

5802

5803

5804

5805

5806

5807

5808

5809

5810

5811

5812

5813

5814

5815

5816

5793

5795

5794

5796

5797

5798

5799

5800

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D 𝑥5 = 𝑑𝑥

1

+ 𝑑𝑥

2

+ 𝑑𝑥

3

+ 𝑑𝑥

4

+ 𝑑𝑥

5

𝐼𝐿_𝐶𝑏𝑙 =

1.80√𝑓 + 0.005𝑓 +

0.25

√𝑓

100

𝐼𝐿

𝐶𝑟𝑑

= (𝐷𝐹)(𝐼𝐿

𝐶𝑏𝑙

)

Where DF = flexible cable de-rating factor, 1.0, 1.2, or 1.5.

𝐼𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛 = 0.02√𝑓 𝑓 ≤ 500

(K1)

(K2)

(K3)

𝐼𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛 = 0.00649√𝑓 + 0.000605𝑓

500 < 𝑓 ≤ 2000 𝑎3 = (𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑟𝑑)(𝑑𝑥1) + 𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛 + (𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑏𝑙)(𝑑𝑥3)

(K4)

Where a3 is the insertion loss per meter of the x3 section of the channel, as shown in figure D.1.

K.5.2 Channel insertion loss length scaling

Where:

Channel insertion loss =

[𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ ℎ𝑜𝑟𝑖𝑧𝑜𝑛𝑡𝑎𝑙

2(𝐼𝐿

𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛

) + 𝐼𝐿𝐷

𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑙

𝐿 = 𝑥5 is the channel length in meters and

+ (𝐷𝐹)(𝐿𝑒𝑛𝑔𝑡ℎ 𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑑𝑎𝑔𝑒

)](𝐼𝐿

𝐶𝑏𝑙

) +

𝐼𝐿𝐷

𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑙 is the insertion loss deviation allowance for a channel.

𝐼𝐿𝐷

𝐶ℎ𝑎𝑛𝑛𝑒𝑙

= (0.0324)√𝑓 for channels

(K5)

(K6)

K.5.3 Channel DC resistance scaling

Channel_DC_Loop_R(L) =2[(2.4/30) Length_horizontal +(4.2/30) Length_cordage +2(0.2)]

(K7)

Where:

Channel_DC_Loop_R(L)

is the DC loop resistance of the channel as a function of length.

Length_horizontal

is the length of the horizontal cable in the channel in meters.

Length_cordage

is the length of the cordage in the channel in meters.

The numbers 2.4, 4.2, and 0.2 are the resistance requirements of those components.

The number 2 is for 2 connectors in the channel.

K.5.4 Channel return loss scaling

𝑅𝐿𝑐ℎ𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [10

−(

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

10

)

+ 10

−(

𝑅𝐿𝑐𝑛𝑒

10

)

]

(K8)

5833

5834

5835

Where:

RLche

= return loss of the channel

RLcne

= return loss in the channel due to the connectors

263

5836

5837

5838

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

𝑅𝐿𝑐𝑛𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [(10

(−10)(𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑟𝑑)(𝑥1)

) (10

−(

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

) + (10

(−10)(𝑎3)

)(10

−(

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

)]

(K9)

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 20 + 5log (𝑓)

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 25 𝑓

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚 =

25 − 7log (

40

)

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚 =

32 − 20 log

( 𝑓 𝑘

100

)

𝑅𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚 =

12 𝑓 < 10

10 ≤ 𝑓 < 40

40 ≤ 𝑓 < 2000 𝑓 ≤ 1000

1000 < 𝑓 ≤ 2000

(K10)

(K11)

5848

5849

5850

5851

5852

5853

5854

5855

5856

5857

5839

5840

5841

5842

5843

5844

5845

5846

5847

5858

K.5.5 Channel NEXT length scaling

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐ℎ𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [10

−(

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

10

)

+ 10

−(

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐𝑛𝑒

10

)

]

(K12)

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

=

45.3 − 15log ( 𝑓

100

)

=

46.04 − 30log ( 𝑓

250

)

1 ≤ 𝑓 ≤ 2000

250 < 𝑓 ≤ 500

(K13)

Channel NEXT loss is scaled by evaluating the components due to connectors (

NEXTcne

) and cable

(

NEXT_Cbl_lim

) and power summing the two. The individual connector contributions (

NEXT_Conn_lim

) are attenuated by the appropriate length-scaled channel segments (x1 and x3) with the two contributions from the two connectors voltage summed (

NEXTcne

).

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓

=

54 − 20log (

100

) 𝑓 ≤ 250

(K14)

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

=

37 − 40log ( 𝑓

500

)

500 < 𝑓 ≤ 2000

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐𝑛𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [

(10

( −10)(𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑟𝑑)(𝑥1)

)(10

−(

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

) +

(10

( −10)(𝑎3)

)(10

−(

𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

)]

(K15)

Where:

NEXTcne

= the NEXT in the channel due to the connectors

K.5.6 Channel PSNEXT length scaling

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐ℎ𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

10

)

+ 10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐𝑛𝑒

10

)

]

(K16)

264

5885

5886

5887

5888

5889

5890

5891

5865

5866

5867

5868

5869

5870

5871

5872

5873

5874

5875

5876

5877

5859

5860

5861

5862

5863

5864

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

=

42.3 − 15log ( 𝑓

100

)

1 ≤ 𝑓 ≤ 2000

(K17)

Channel PSNEXT loss is scaled by evaluating the components due to connectors

(

PSNEXTcne

) and cable (

PSNEXT_Cbl_lim

) and power summing the two. The individual connector contributions (

PSNEXT_Conn_lim

) are attenuated by the appropriate length-scaled channel segments (x1 and x3) with the two contributions from the two connectors voltage summed (

PSNEXTcne

).

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚 𝑓

=

50 − 20log (

100

) 𝑓 ≤ 250

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

=

42.04 − 30log ( 𝑓

250

)

250 < 𝑓 ≤ 500

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

=

33 − 40log ( 𝑓

500

)

500 < 𝑓 ≤ 2000

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇𝑐𝑛𝑒 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [

(10

( −10)(𝐼𝐿𝐶𝑟𝑑)(𝑥1)

) (10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

) +

(K18)

(10

( −10)(𝑎3)

)(10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝑁𝐸𝑋𝑇_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

)]

Where:

PSNEXTcne

= the power sum NEXT in the channel due to the connectors

(K19)

K.5.7 Channel PSACRF length scaling

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝐶𝑅𝐹_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 36 − 20 log ( 𝑓

100

) − 10 log ( 𝑥5

30

)

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝐶𝑅𝐹_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚 = 40.1 − 20 log ( 𝑓

100

) − 𝐼𝐿_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝐶𝑅𝐹_𝐶ℎ_𝑙𝑖𝑚 = −20𝑙𝑜𝑔 [10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝐶𝑅𝐹_𝐶𝑏𝑙_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

+ (2)(10

−(

𝑃𝑆𝐴𝐶𝑅𝐹_𝐶𝑜𝑛𝑛_𝑙𝑖𝑚

20

)

)]

(K20)

(K21)

(K22)

5878

5879

5880

5881

5882

5883

5884

K.5.8 Channel ACRF length scaling

Length scaling. The cable ACRF scales as a 10log(newlength/reflength) function.

ACRF

Channel

_

scaled

 

20 log

10

( 10 log(

L

/

l

)

39

20

20 log(

f

/ 100 ))

( 2 )( 10

( 43 .

1

20

 log(

20

f

/ 100 ))

)

(K23)

Where:

l

represents the scaled length of the channel

And

L

represents the original unscaled length of the channel.

This analysis assumes a uniform insertion loss distribution throughout the channel and relatively uniform

265

5892

5893

5894

5895

5896

5897

5898

5899

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

FEXT couplings along the channel. This results in some error compared to a true cascaded (matrix) analysis where there may be point source FEXT couplings (connectors) and varying insertion loss profiles

(cables vs cords) of the transmission media.

K.5.9 Channel FEXT length scaling

Channel FEXT for any length can be calculated from the addition of the scaled ACRF result and the channel insertion loss.

FEXT

Channel

_

scaled

ACRF

Channel

_

scaled

IL

Channel

(K24)

5900

5901

5902

5903

5904

5905

5906

5907

5908

5909

5910

5911

5912

5913

5914

K.5.10 Channel propagation delay scaling

Channel propagation delay

=

(

L

/ 30 )( 160

11

)

( 2 )( 2 .

5 )

f

Where:

L

=

Channel Length in meters and maximum channel length

L

is 32 meters.

(K25)

K.6 Category 8 direct attach channel worst case NEXT and PSNEXT

The requirements for NEXT and PSNEXT for direct attach channels are given in clause 6.4. These requirements are functions of both length and the cordage de-rating factor. The tables given below summarize the worst case conditions for all combinations of length and de-rating factor. For measurement purposes calculations that result in values greater than 65 dB shall revert to 65 dB.

Table K.2 - Informative worst case NEXT for direct attach channels

Frequency

(MHz)

1

250

f

< 250

f

< 383

383

500

f

< 500

f

 2000

NEXT

(dB)

82.9-18.5log(

f

)

93-22.72log(

f

)

109-28.92log(

f

)

133.5-38log(

f

)

266

5915

5916

5917

5918

5919

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table K.3 - Informative minimum direct attach channel NEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

38.5

36.7

33.7

30.9

27.9

19.5

12.8

8.1

65.0

65.0

65.0

64.4

60.6

58.8

57.0

55.2

49.7

45.9

40.3

Table K.4 - Informative worst case PSNEXT for direct attach channels

Frequency

(MHz)

1

250

f

< 250

f

< 331

331

500

f

< 500

f

 2000

PSNEXT

(dB)

79.4-18.5log(

f

)

90.65-23.2log(

f

)

105.26-29log(

f

)

129.5-38log(

f

)

267

5920

5921

5922

5923

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

Table K.5 - Informative minimum direct attach channel PSNEXT loss

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

10.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

200.00

250.00

300.00

400.00

500.00

600.00

1000.00

1500.00

2000.00

Category 8

(dB)

65.0

65.0

65.0

60.9

57.1

55.3

53.5

51.7

46.2

42.4

36.8

35.0

33.2

29.8

26.9

23.9

15.5

8.8

4.1

268

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5924

Annex L (informative) - Additional information on channel and permanent link NEXT loss limits

5925

5926

5927

5928

5929

5930

5931

5932

5933

5934

5935

5936

5937

5938

5939

5940

5941

5942

5943

5944

5945

5946

5947

L.1 General

This annex describes the reflected FEXT contribution to overall measured NEXT loss, and provides guidelines to avoid conditions that may cause a NEXT loss failure from this phenomenon.

NEXT loss is a measure of the unwanted signal coupling from a transmitter at the near-end into neighboring pairs measured at the near-end. The magnitude of the measured NEXT loss is affected by the NEXT loss,

FEXT loss, insertion loss, and return loss properties of the components comprising a channel or permanent link.

The model used in this standard to compute NEXT loss limits for cabling from the properties of the components is simplified and does not take into account all potential disturbers and reflection paths. The model has generally been conservative, in that computations based on a more detailed model result in the potential for tighter specifications. However, for category 6, and in particular at high frequencies, the FEXT loss and return loss properties increase in significance. When FEXT loss properties in connecting hardware and/or ACRF properties of cable are close to minimum specified requirements, failures in NEXT performance testing on cabling assemblies can occur.

L.2 Reflected FEXT contributions to measured NEXT loss

This source of indirect NEXT is caused by FEXT in the cabling components between a source of a reflection

and the near-end. Two pairs are shown in Figure L.1 for simplicity. The signal applied to one pair causes

NEXT in an adjacent pair. In addition, the same test signal causes reflections throughout the cabling on the stimulus pair. These reflected signals couple through FEXT into the same pair as the NEXT and, thereby, are a source of indirect NEXT .

connector

Equipment

Rest of cabling

5948

5949

5950

5951

reflected

FEXT normal

NEXT

Figure L.1 - Principle of reflected FEXT effects adding to NEXT

269

5963

5964

5965

5966

5967

5968

5969

5970

5971

5972

5973

5974

5975

5976

5977

5978

5952

5953

5954

5955

5956

5957

5958

5959

5960

5961

5962

5979

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

A similar indirect NEXT contribution is through FEXT from the stimulus pair to the disturbed pair, and

reflections causing the signals return with the NEXT loss (this path is not shown in Figure L.1).

The magnitude of reflected FEXT is affected by:

1 The magnitude of major reflections, which generally occur at connecting hardware termination points

(where mismatches between the impedance of the connector and the characteristic impedance of adjacent cable segments contribute to reflections).

2 The length of cable segments. Generally, reflections further away from the near-end are attenuated and insignificant. However, near-end reflections remain significant.

3 The magnitude of FEXT loss in connecting hardware and magnitude of ACRF in cable.

L.3 Guidelines for determining the impact of reflected FEXT effects

Reflected FEXT effects can affect pass/fail conditions of channel and permanent link NEXT loss under the following conditions:

1 The cable and/or connecting hardware NEXT loss is close to minimally required values. This condition is generally detected by NEXT loss showing low margin relative to the pass/fail requirements of the channel or permanent link.

2 Major reflections occur near the beginning of the link. This condition is generally detected by return loss performance close to channel or permanent link pass fail limits, most often in the 10 MHz to

30 MHz frequency range.

3 The cable segments near the beginning of the link are short (a few meters).

4 The connector FEXT loss and/or cable ACRF is close to minimally required component values. This condition is generally found by observing the ACRF property of the channel or permanent link. A significant impact of reflected FEXT is generally avoided when the ACRF of the channel or permanent link exceeds the pass/fail limits by at least 5 dB.

270

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

5980

Annex M (informative) - PSAACRF and AFEXT loss normalization

5981

5982

5983

5984

5985

5986

5987

5988

5989

5990

5991

5992

5993

M.1 General

This annex provides additional information on the derivation of PSAACRF related to AFEXT loss normalization. It specifically addresses conditions where disturbed and disturbing channel or permanent links have different lengths. Unlike the parameters that apply to the internal transmission parameters and

PSANEXT loss, the PSAACRF properties are affected by the length of disturbed and disturbing channels or permanent links.

NOTE - PSAACRF, as defined in this Standard is equivalent to the PSAELFEXT computation, as defined in IEEE Std

802.3™.

M.2 Coupled length

The alien FEXT loss, AFEXT k,i,,j,

coupling from the 4 pairs of a disturbing channel or permanent link

j

with pairs 1 through 4 to a pair

k

of a disturbed channel or permanent link is shown in Figure M.1.

AFEXT k,i,j

Disturbing channel or permanent link j

IL

i,j

5994

5995

5996

5997

5998

5999

6000

6001

6002

6003

6004

6005

6006

6007

6008

IL

k

Disturbed channel or permanent link

Coupling length

Figure M.1 - Unequal lengths of disturbing and disturbed channels or permanent links

In case the disturbed permanent link or channel

k

, is longer than the disturbing permanent link or channel

j

, then the AFEXT loss noise coupling only occurs over the length of disturbing permanent link or channel

j

. Normally the signal strengths applied to each permanent link or channel (shown in Figure M.1 at the right

side) have equal magnitudes. A worst case condition occurs when both of the disturbed and disturbing

permanent links or channels terminate at the same location (on the left side of Figure M.1). This is

commonly the case for a patch panel in an equipment room. At the location where the disturbed and disturbing permanent links or channels are joined in a cable bundle, the source signal strength is nominal for the disturbing FEXT loss noise and lower by the nominal minus attenuated signal for a worst case condition where the signal source is at the location where the disturbing permanent links or channels joins the cable bundle. This relative loss of signal equals the difference of the insertion

IL k

loss of pair

k

of the disturbed permanent links or channels and the insertion loss

IL i,j

of disturbing permanent link or channel

j

.

Adjustment is only applied when the disturbed permanent link or channel is longer than the disturbing permanent link or channel. This adjustment is referred to as AFEXT loss normalization.

271

6009

6010

6011

6012

6013

6014

6015

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

M.3 AFEXT loss normalization

Normalization includes the adjustment for signal strengths that can be applied to the coupled permanent links or channels for different lengths of disturbed and disturbing permanent links or channels. AACRF of

the coupled permanent link or channel is determined using equations (M1) and (M2) with reference to

Figure M.2.

Disturbing length

6016

6017

6018

6019

6020

6021

6022

6023

6024

6025

6026

0 dB

- IL i,j

dB

AFEXT k,i,j

0 dB

- IL k

dB

Disturbed length

Figure M.2 - AACRF for the coupled permanent link or channel

IL coupling

_

length

 min(

IL k

,

IL i

,

j

)

dB

For the example shown in Figure M.2,

IL coupling

_

length

or channel is given by equation (M2).

AACRF k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

IL i

,

j

dB

(M1)

IL i

,

j

and the AACRF of the coupled permanent link

(M2)

Disturbing length

- (IL k

- IL i,j

) dB

0 dB

- IL k

dB

6027

6028

6029

6030

6031

6032

6033

6034

6035

6036

6037

AFEXT norm,k

,i,j

0 dB

- IL k

dB

Disturbed length

Figure M.3 - AACRF normalized for the length of the disturbed permanent link or channel

AACRF of the coupled permanent link or channel is then scaled to the length of the disturbed permanent

link or channel using equations (M3) to (M7) with reference to Figure M.3.

AACRF norm

,

k

,

i

,

j

AACRF k

,

i

,

j

10 log

Length disturbed

Length disturbing

dB (M3)

AFEXT norm

,

k

,

i

,

j

IL k

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

IL i

,

j

10 log

Length disturbed

Length disturbing

dB (M4)

The ratio of lengths can be approximated by using the ratio of insertion losses. Since the ratio does not change significantly over frequency, it is recommended to use the insertion loss values at 250 MHz.

272

6038

6039

6040

6041

6042

6043

6044

6045

6046

6047

6048

6049

6050

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

AFEXT norm

,

k

,

i

,

j

AFEXT k

,

i

,

j

IL k

IL i

,

j

10 log

IL k

IL i

,

j

dB

PSAFEXT norm

,

k

 

10 log

j n N



1

i

1

10

AFEXTnorm k

,

i

,

j

10

dB

PSAACRF

k

 

10 log

j

N n



1

i

1

10

AFEXTnorm

K

,

i

,

10

j

IL

k

dB

(M5)

(M6)

(M7)

NOTE - The computation using equation (M7) is equivalent to the computation of PSAACRF

specified in TIA TSB-155 and the computation of PSAELFEXT in IEEE Std

802.3™.

273

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6051

Annex N (informative) - Category 5 channel parameters

6052

6053

6054

6055

6056

Category 5 has been superseded by category 5e and is no longer recognized by this Standard. The use of category 5e or better cabling is recommended for all new installations characterized for operation over the

frequency range of 1 to 100 MHz. Table N.1 provides reference performance values for legacy category 5

channels.

Table N.1 - Category 5 channel parameters

Parameter

Frequency

(MHz)

Channel performance

Insertion loss 1

f

≤ 100

NEXT loss

3)

1

f

≤ 100

1 .

02

1 .

967

f

0 .

023

f

0 .

05

f

4

0 .

04

f

dB

20 log

10

 64

15 log

20

f

0 .

772



2

10

 40

20 log

f

100



20

dB

6057

6058

Return loss

1

f

< 20

20 ≤

f

≤ 100

15

dB

15

20 log

f

20

dB

ELFEXT

1)

1

f

≤ 100

17

20 log

f

100

dB

PSELFEXT 2)

1

f

≤ 100 ≥

14 .

4

20 log

f

100

dB

Propagation delay

10

≤ 555 ns

Delay skew 10

≤ 50 ns

1)

ELFEXT is referred to as ACRF in other sections of this Standard.

2)

PSELFEXT is referred to as PSACRF in other sections of this Standard.

3)

Calculations that result in NEXT loss values greater than 60 dB revert to 60 dB.

274

6059

6060

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The category 5 channel parameter values in Table N.2 are provided for information only.

Table N.2 - Category 5 channel performance at key frequencies

Frequency

(MHz)

1.00

4.00

8.00

16.00

20.00

25.00

31.25

62.50

100.00

Insertion

Loss

(dB)

NEXT loss

(dB)

3.0

4.5

6.3

9.1

10.2

11.4

12.9

18.6

24.0

60.0

50.6

45.6

40.6

39.0

37.4

35.7

30.6

27.1

Return loss

(dB)

15.0

15.0

15.0

15.0

15.0

14.0

13.1

10.1

8.0

ELFEXT

(dB)

57.0

45.0

38.9

32.9

31.0

29.0

27.1

21.1

17.0

PSELFEXT

(dB)

54.4

42.4

36.3

30.3

28.4

26.4

24.5

18.5

14.4

6061

275

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

6062

Annex O (informative) - Bibliography

6063

6064

6065

6066

6067

6068

6086

6087

6088

6089

6090

6091

6092

6093

6094

6095

6096

6097

6098

6069

6070

6071

6072

6073

6074

6075

6076

6077

6078

6079

6080

6081

6082

6083

6084

6085

This annex contains information on the documents that are related to or have been referenced in this document. Many of the documents are in print and are distributed and maintained by national or international standards organizations. These documents can be obtained through contact with the associated standards body or designated representatives. The applicable electrical code in the United

States is the National Electrical Code.

ANSI INCITS 166-1990, Information Systems - Fibre Data Distributed Interface (FDDI) - Token Ring

Physical Layer Medium Dependent (PMD)

IEEE Std 802.3™-2012, IEEE Standard for Ethernet

ISO/IEC 11801-1:201x, Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises - Part 1: General

requirements

IEC 60603-7 Ed. 3.1, Connectors for electronic equipment - Part 7: Detail specification for 8-way,

unshielded, free and fixed connectors

IEC 60603-7-1 Ed. 3.0, Connectors for electronic equipment - Part 7-1: Detail specification for 8-way,

shielded, free and fixed connectors

IEC 60603-7-81:2015, Connectors for Electronic Equipment - Part 7-81: Detail Specification for 8-way,

Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmissions with Frequencies up to 2000 MHz

IEC 60603-7-82:2016, Connectors for Electronic Equipment - Part 7-82: Detail Specification for 8-way, 12

Contacts, Shielded, Free and Fixed Connectors, for Data Transmission with Frequencies up to 2000 MHz

IEC 61156-9:2016, Multicore and Symmetrical Pair/Quad Cables for Digital Communications - Part 9:

Cables for Channels with Transmission Characteristics up to 2 GHz - Sectional Specification

IEC 61156-10:2016, Multicore and Symmetrical Pair/Quad Cables for Digital Communications - Part 10:

Cables for Cords with Transmission Characteristics up to 2 GHz - Sectional Specification

IEC 61935-2:2008, Specification for the Testing of Balanced and Coaxial Information Technology Cabling

- Part 2: Cords as Specified in ISO/IEC 11801 and Related Standards

IEC 62153-4-11:2009, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-11: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Coupling Attenuation or Screening Attenuation of Patch Cords, Coaxial Cable

Assemblies, Pre-connectorized Cables - Absorbing Clamp Method

IEC 62153-4-12:2009, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-12: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Coupling Attenuation or Screening Attenuation of Connecting Hardware - Absorbing

Clamp Method

IEC TS 62153-4-1:2014, Metallic Communication Cable Test Methods - Part 4-1: Electromagnetic

Compatibility (EMC) - Introduction to Electromagnetic Screening Measurements

TIA TSB-31-D 2011, Telecommunications Telephone Terminal Equipment Rationale and Measurement

Guidelines for U.S. Network Protection

276

6123

6124

6125

6126

6127

6128

6129

6130

6115

6116

6117

6118

6119

6120

6121

6122

6131

6132

6133

6134

6135

6136

6137

6138

6139

6140

6141

6142

6107

6108

6109

6110

6111

6112

6113

6114

6099

6100

6101

6102

6103

6104

6105

6106

PN-568.2-D Draft 1.0

To be published as ANSI/TIA-568.2-D

The organizations listed below can be contacted to obtain reference information.

ANSI www.ansi.org

ASTM www.astm.org

BICSI www.bicsi.org

CENELEC www.cenelec.eu

CSA www.csa.ca

FCC www.fcc.gov

ICEA www.icea.net

IEC www.iec.ch

IEEE www.ieee.org

Global Engineering Documents www.global.ihs.com

TIA www.tiaonline.org

UL www.ul.com

ISO/IEC www.jtc1.org

FCC www.fcc.gov

ICEA www.icea.net

IEC www.iec.ch

IEEE www.ieee.org

Global Engineering Documents www.global.ihs.com

Telcordia Technologies (formerly Bellcore) www.telcordia.com

TIA www.tiaonline.org

UL www.ul.com

277

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents